0% found this document useful (0 votes)
108 views346 pages

ESP32C3-ATUser-Guide

Uploaded by

Mahadi Hasan
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
108 views346 pages

ESP32C3-ATUser-Guide

Uploaded by

Mahadi Hasan
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 346

ESP32-C3

ESP-AT User Guide

Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068
Espressif Systems
Aug 09, 2022
Table of contents

Table of contents i

1 Get Started 3
1.1 What is ESP-AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Hardware Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.1 What You Need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.2 ESP32-C3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Downloading Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3.1 Download AT Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.2 Flash AT Firmware into Your Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3.3 Check Whether AT Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2 AT Binary Lists 11
2.1 Released Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1.1 ESP32-C3-MINI-1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3 AT Command Set 13
3.1 Basic AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.1 AT: Test AT Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.2 AT+RST: Restart a Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1.3 AT+GMR: Check Version Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1.4 AT+CMD: List all AT commands and types supported in current firmware . . . . . . . . 15
3.1.5 AT+GSLP: Enter Deep-sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.1.6 ATE: Configure AT Commands Echoing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.1.7 AT+RESTORE: Restore Factory Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.1.8 AT+UART_CUR: Current UART Configuration, Not Saved in Flash . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.1.9 AT+UART_DEF: Default UART Configuration, Saved in Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.1.10 AT+SLEEP: Set the Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.11 AT+SYSRAM: Query Current Remaining Heap Size and Minimum Heap Size . . . . . . 20
3.1.12 AT+SYSMSG: Query/Set System Prompt Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.1.13 AT+SYSFLASH: Query/Set User Partitions in Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.1.14 AT+FS: Filesystem Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.15 AT+RFPOWER: Query/Set RF TX Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.1.16 Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.1.17 AT+SYSROLLBACK: Roll Back to the Previous Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.1.18 AT+SYSTIMESTAMP: Query/Set Local Time Stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.1.19 AT+SYSLOG: Enable or Disable the AT Error Code Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1.20 AT+SLEEPWKCFG: Set the Light-sleep Wakeup Source and Awake GPIO . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.21 AT+SYSSTORE: Query/Set Parameter Store Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.22 AT+SYSREG: Read/Write the Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.1.23 AT+SYSTEMP: Read the Internal Chip Celsius Temperature Value . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.2 Wi-Fi AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.2.1 AT+CWMODE: Query/Set the Wi-Fi Mode (Station/SoftAP/Station+SoftAP) . . . . . . 31
3.2.2 AT+CWSTATE: Query the Wi-Fi state and Wi-Fi information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2.3 AT+CWJAP: Connect to an AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.2.4 AT+CWRECONNCFG: Query/Set the Wi-Fi Reconnecting Configuration . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.5 AT+CWLAPOPT: Set the Configuration for the Command AT+CWLAP . . . . . . . . . 36

i
3.2.6 AT+CWLAP: List Available APs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.2.7 AT+CWQAP: Disconnect from an AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2.8 AT+CWSAP: Query/Set the configuration of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2.9 AT+CWLIF: Obtain IP Address of the Station That Connects to an ESP32-C3 SoftAP . . 40
3.2.10 AT+CWQIF: Disconnect Stations from an ESP32-C3 SoftAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.2.11 AT+CWDHCP: Enable/Disable DHCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.2.12 AT+CWDHCPS: Query/Set the IP Addresses Allocated by an ESP32-C3 SoftAP DHCP
Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.2.13 AT+CWAUTOCONN: Automatically Connect to an AP When Powered on . . . . . . . . 43
3.2.14 AT+CWAPPROTO: Query/Set the 802.11 b/g/n Protocol Standard of SoftAP Mode . . . 44
3.2.15 AT+CWSTAPROTO: Query/Set the 802.11 b/g/n Protocol Standard of Station Mode . . 44
3.2.16 AT+CIPSTAMAC: Query/Set the MAC Address of an ESP32-C3 Station . . . . . . . . 45
3.2.17 AT+CIPAPMAC: Query/Set the MAC Address of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2.18 AT+CIPSTA: Query/Set the IP Address of an ESP32-C3 Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.2.19 AT+CIPAP: Query/Set the IP Address of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.2.20 AT+CWSTARTSMART: Start SmartConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.2.21 AT+CWSTOPSMART: Stop SmartConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.2.22 AT+WPS: Enable the WPS Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.2.23 AT+MDNS: Configure the mDNS Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.2.24 AT+CWJEAP: Connect to a WPA2 Enterprise AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.2.25 AT+CWHOSTNAME: Query/Set the Host Name of an ESP32-C3 Station . . . . . . . . 54
3.2.26 AT+CWCOUNTRY: Query/Set the Wi-Fi Country Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.3 TCP/IP AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.3.1 AT+CIPV6: Enable/disable the network of Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) . . . . . . 56
3.3.2 AT+CIPSTATE: Obtain the TCP/UDP/SSL Connection Information . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.3.3 AT+CIPSTATUS (deprecated): Obtain the TCP/UDP/SSL Connection Status and Infor-
mation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.3.4 AT+CIPDOMAIN: Resolve a Domain Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.3.5 AT+CIPSTART: Establish TCP Connection, UDP Transmission, or SSL Connection . . . 59
3.3.6 AT+CIPSTARTEX: Establish TCP connection, UDP transmission, or SSL connection with
an Automatically Assigned ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.3.7 [Data Mode Only] +++: Exit from Data Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.3.8 AT+CIPSEND: Send Data in the Normal Transmission Mode or Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode 63
3.3.9 AT+CIPSENDL: Send Long Data in Paraller in the Normal Transmission Mode. . . . . . 64
3.3.10 AT+CIPSENDLCFG: Set the Configuration for the Command AT+CIPSENDL . . . . . 66
3.3.11 AT+CIPSENDEX: Send Data in the Normal Transmission Mode in Expanded Ways . . . 66
3.3.12 AT+CIPCLOSE: Close TCP/UDP/SSL Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.3.13 AT+CIFSR: Obtain the Local IP Address and MAC Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.3.14 AT+CIPMUX: Enable/disable Multiple Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.3.15 AT+CIPSERVER: Delete/create a TCP/SSL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.3.16 AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN: Query/Set the Maximum Connections Allowed by a Server 71
3.3.17 AT+CIPMODE: Query/Set the Transmission Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.3.18 AT+SAVETRANSLINK: Set Whether to Enter Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode on Power-up . . 73
3.3.19 AT+CIPSTO: Query/Set the local TCP/SSL Server Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.3.20 AT+CIPSNTPCFG: Query/Set the Time Zone and the SNTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.3.21 AT+CIPSNTPTIME: Query the SNTP Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.3.22 AT+CIPSNTPINTV: Query/Set the SNTP time synchronization interval . . . . . . . . . 77
3.3.23 AT+CIUPDATE: Upgrade Firmware Through Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.3.24 AT+CIPDINFO: Set +IPD Message Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
3.3.25 AT+CIPSSLCCONF: Query/Set SSL Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.3.26 AT+CIPSSLCCN: Query/Set the Common Name of the SSL Client . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.3.27 AT+CIPSSLCSNI: Query/Set SSL Client Server Name Indication (SNI) . . . . . . . . . 83
3.3.28 AT+CIPSSLCALPN: Query/Set SSL Client Application Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN) 83
3.3.29 AT+CIPSSLCPSK: Query/Set SSL Client Pre-shared Key (PSK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3.3.30 AT+CIPRECONNINTV: Query/Set the TCP/UDP/SSL reconnection Interval for the Wi-
Fi Passthrough Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.3.31 AT+CIPRECVMODE: Query/Set Socket Receiving Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.3.32 AT+CIPRECVDATA: Obtain Socket Data in Passive Receiving Mode . . . . . . . . . . 87

ii
3.3.33 AT+CIPRECVLEN: Obtain Socket Data Length in Passive Receiving Mode . . . . . . . 88
3.3.34 AT+PING: Ping the Remote Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.3.35 AT+CIPDNS: Query/Set DNS Server Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.3.36 AT+CIPTCPOPT: Query/Set the Socket Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.4 Bluetooth® Low Energy AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.4.1 AT+BLEINIT: Bluetooth LE Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
3.4.2 AT+BLEADDR: Query/Set Bluetooth LE Device Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.4.3 AT+BLENAME: Query/Set Bluetooth LE Device Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.4.4 AT+BLESCANPARAM: Query/Set Parameters of Bluetooth LE Scanning . . . . . . . . 96
3.4.5 AT+BLESCAN: Enable Bluetooth LE Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.4.6 AT+BLESCANRSPDATA: Set Bluetooth LE Scan Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.4.7 AT+BLEADVPARAM: Query/Set Parameters of Bluetooth LE Advertising . . . . . . . 98
3.4.8 AT+BLEADVDATA: Set Bluetooth LE Advertising Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.4.9 AT+BLEADVDATAEX: Automatically Set Bluetooth LE Advertising Data . . . . . . . . 101
3.4.10 AT+BLEADVSTART: Start Bluetooth LE Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.4.11 AT+BLEADVSTOP: Stop Bluetooth LE Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.4.12 AT+BLECONN: Establish Bluetooth LE Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.4.13 AT+BLECONNPARAM: Query/Update Parameters of Bluetooth LE Connection . . . . 104
3.4.14 AT+BLEDISCONN: End Bluetooth LE Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3.4.15 AT+BLEDATALEN: Set Bluetooth LE Data Packet Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.4.16 AT+BLECFGMTU: Set Bluetooth LE MTU Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.4.17 AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE: GATTS Creates Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
3.4.18 AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART: GATTS Starts Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3.4.19 AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTOP: GATTS Stops Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
3.4.20 AT+BLEGATTSSRV: GATTS Discovers Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
3.4.21 AT+BLEGATTSCHAR: GATTS Discovers Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.4.22 AT+BLEGATTSNTFY: Notify a Client of the Value of a Characteristic Value from the
Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
3.4.23 AT+BLEGATTSIND: Indicate the Characteristic Value from the Server to a Client . . . . 111
3.4.24 AT+BLEGATTSSETATTR: GATTS Sets Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.4.25 AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV: GATTC Discovers Primary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.4.26 AT+BLEGATTCINCLSRV: GATTC Discovers Included Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.4.27 AT+BLEGATTCCHAR: GATTC Discovers Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.4.28 AT+BLEGATTCRD: GATTC Reads Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.4.29 AT+BLEGATTCWR: GATTC Writes Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.4.30 AT+BLESPPCFG: Query/Set Bluetooth LE SPP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.4.31 AT+BLESPP: Enter Bluetooth LE SPP Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
3.4.32 AT+BLESECPARAM: Query/Set Bluetooth LE Encryption Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.4.33 AT+BLEENC: Initiate Bluetooth LE Encryption Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
3.4.34 AT+BLEENCRSP: Respond to the Pairing Request from the Peer Device . . . . . . . . . 121
3.4.35 AT+BLEKEYREPLY: Reply the Key Value to the Peer Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.4.36 AT+BLECONFREPLY: Reply the Confirm Value to the Peer Device in the Legacy Con-
nection Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.4.37 AT+BLEENCDEV: Query Bonded Bluetooth LE Encryption Device List . . . . . . . . . 123
3.4.38 AT+BLEENCCLEAR: Clear Bluetooth LE Encryption Device List . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.4.39 AT+BLESETKEY: Set Bluetooth LE Static Pair Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
3.4.40 AT+BLEHIDINIT: Bluetooth LE HID Profile Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
3.4.41 AT+BLEHIDKB: Send Bluetooth LE HID Keyboard Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
3.4.42 AT+BLEHIDMUS: Send Bluetooth LE HID Mouse Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
3.4.43 AT+BLEHIDCONSUMER: Send Bluetooth LE HID Consumer Information . . . . . . . 127
3.4.44 AT+BLUFI: Start or Stop BluFi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.4.45 AT+BLUFINAME: Query/Set BluFi Device Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
3.4.46 AT+BLEPERIODICDATA: Set Bluetooth LE periodic advertising data . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.4.47 AT+BLEPERIODICSTART: Start Bluetooth LE periodic advertising . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.4.48 AT+BLEPERIODICSTOP: Stop Bluetooth LE periodic advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.4.49 AT+BLESYNCSTART: Start to synchronize with periodic advertising . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.4.50 AT+BLESYNCSTOP: Stop synchronizing with periodic advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
3.4.51 AT+BLEREADPHY: Query the current transmitter PHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

iii
3.4.52 AT+BLESETPHY: Set the current transmitter PHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.5 MQTT AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.5.1 AT+MQTTUSERCFG: Set MQTT User Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.5.2 AT+MQTTCLIENTID: Set MQTT Client ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.5.3 AT+MQTTUSERNAME: Set MQTT Username . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.5.4 AT+MQTTPASSWORD: Set MQTT Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.5.5 AT+MQTTCONNCFG: Set Configuration of MQTT Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.5.6 AT+MQTTALPN: Set MQTT Application Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN) . . . . . . 137
3.5.7 AT+MQTTCONN: Connect to MQTT Brokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.5.8 AT+MQTTPUB: Publish MQTT Messages in String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.5.9 AT+MQTTPUBRAW: Publish Long MQTT Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.5.10 AT+MQTTSUB: Subscribe to MQTT Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.5.11 AT+MQTTUNSUB: Unsubscribe from MQTT Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.5.12 AT+MQTTCLEAN: Close MQTT Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.5.13 MQTT AT Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.5.14 MQTT AT Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.6 HTTP AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.6.1 AT+HTTPCLIENT: Send HTTP Client Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.6.2 AT+HTTPGETSIZE: Get HTTP Resource Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.6.3 AT+HTTPCGET: Get HTTP Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.6.4 AT+HTTPCPOST: Post HTTP data of specified length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.6.5 AT+HTTPURLCFG: Set/Get long HTTP URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.6.6 HTTP AT Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.7 Signaling Test AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.7.1 AT+FACTPLCP: Send with Long or Short PLCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.8 Web Server AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.8.1 AT+WEBSERVER: Enable/disable Wi-Fi connection configuration via Web server . . . . 149
3.9 Driver AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.9.1 AT+DRVADC: Read ADC Channel Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.9.2 AT+DRVPWMINIT: Initialize PWM Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.9.3 AT+DRVPWMDUTY: Set PWM Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.9.4 AT+DRVPWMFADE: Set PWM Fade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.9.5 AT+DRVI2CINIT: Initialize I2C Master Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.9.6 AT+DRVI2CRD: Read I2C Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.9.7 AT+DRVI2CWRDATA: Write I2C Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
3.9.8 AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES: Write No More Than 4 Bytes I2C Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
3.9.9 AT+DRVSPICONFGPIO: Configure SPI GPIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
3.9.10 AT+DRVSPIINIT: Initialize SPI Master Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
3.9.11 AT+DRVSPIRD: Read SPI Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.9.12 AT+DRVSPIWR: Write SPI Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.10 User AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
3.10.1 AT+USERRAM: Operate user s free RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
3.10.2 AT+USEROTA: Upgrade the Firmware According to the Specified URL . . . . . . . . . 160
3.10.3 AT+USERDOCS: Query the ESP-AT User Guide for Current Firmware . . . . . . . . . 161
3.11 AT Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.12 AT Commands with Configuration Saved in the Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.13 AT Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

4 AT Command Examples 165


4.1 TCP/IP AT Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
4.1.1 ESP32-C3 as a TCP client in single connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
4.1.2 ESP32-C3 as a TCP server in multiple connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4.1.3 UDP transmission with fixed remote IP address and port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
4.1.4 UDP transmission with changeable remote IP address and port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
4.1.5 ESP32-C3 as an SSL client in single connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.1.6 ESP32-C3 as an SSL server in multiple connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4.1.7 ESP32-C3 as an SSL client to create a single connection with mutual authentication . . . . 176
4.1.8 ESP32-C3 as an SSL server to create multiple connections with mutual authentication . . 178

iv
4.1.9 UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a TCP client in single
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
4.1.10 UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a TCP server . . . . 182
4.1.11 UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a softAP in UDP
transparent transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
4.2 Bluetooth LE AT Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
4.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
4.2.2 Bluetooth LE client reads and write services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
4.2.3 Bluetooth LE server read and write services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
4.2.4 Encrypt Bluetooth LE connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
4.2.5 Establish SPP connection between two ESP32-C3 development boards and transmit data
in UART-Bluetooth LE Passthrough Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
4.2.6 Establish SPP connection between ESP32-C3 and mobile phone and transmit data in
UART-Bluetooth LE passthrough mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
4.3 MQTT AT Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
4.3.1 MQTT over TCP (with a local MQTT broker)(suitable for a small amount of data) . . . . 207
4.3.2 MQTT over TCP (with a local MQTT broker)(suitable for large amounts of data) . . . . . 208
4.3.3 MQTT over TLS (with a local MQTT broker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
4.3.4 MQTT over WSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
4.4 MQTT AT Examples for Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
4.4.1 Obtain certificates and endpoints from AWS IoT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
4.4.2 Connect to AWS IoT based on mutual authentication with MQTT AT commands . . . . . 214
4.5 Web Server AT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
4.5.1 Wi-Fi Provisioning Using a Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
4.5.2 OTA Firmware Upgrade Using a Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
4.5.3 Wi-Fi Provisioning Using a WeChat Applet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
4.5.4 OTA Firmware Upgrade Using a WeChat Applet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
4.5.5 ESP32-C3 Using Captive Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
4.6 HTTP AT Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
4.6.1 The HEAD method of HTTP client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
4.6.2 The GET method of HTTP client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
4.6.3 The POST method of HTTP client (suitable for POST small amount of data) . . . . . . . 239
4.6.4 The POST method of HTTP client (recommended method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
4.6.5 The PUT method of HTTP client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
4.6.6 The DELETE method of HTTP client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
4.7 Sleep AT Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
4.7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
4.7.2 Set Modem-sleep mode in Wi-Fi mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
4.7.3 Set Light-sleep mode in Wi-Fi mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
4.7.4 Set Modem-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE advertising mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
4.7.5 Set Modem-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE connection mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
4.7.6 Set Light-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE advertising mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
4.7.7 Set Light-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE connection mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
4.7.8 Set Deep-sleep mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

5 How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project 253


5.1 Compile ESP-AT Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
5.1.1 Detailed Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
5.1.2 Step 1. Get Started with ESP-IDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
5.1.3 Step 2. Get ESP-AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
5.1.4 Step 3. Install Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
5.1.5 Step 4. Connect Your Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
5.1.6 Step 5. Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
5.1.7 Step 6. Build the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
5.1.8 Step 7. Flash onto the Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
5.1.9 build.py Advanced Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
5.2 How to Set AT Port Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
5.2.1 ESP32-C3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

v
5.3 How to add user-defined AT commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
5.3.1 Define AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
5.3.2 Register AT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
5.3.3 Give it a try . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
5.3.4 Define Return Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
5.3.5 Access Command Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
5.3.6 Omit Command Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
5.3.7 Block Command Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
5.3.8 Access Input Data from AT Command Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
5.4 How to Improve ESP-AT Throughput Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
5.4.1 [Simple] Quick Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
5.4.2 [Recommended] Understand Data Stream and Make the Precise Configuration . . . . . . 269
5.5 How to Generate Factory Parameter Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
5.5.1 factory_param_type.csv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
5.5.2 factory_param_data.csv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
5.5.3 Add a Customized Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
5.5.4 Add a Customized Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
5.5.5 Modify Factory Parameter Data on an Existing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
5.6 How to Customize Bluetooth® LE Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
5.6.1 Bluetooth LE Service Source File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
5.6.2 Customize Bluetooth LE Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
5.7 How to Customize Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
5.7.1 Modify at_customize.csv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
5.7.2 Generate at_customize.bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
5.7.3 Flash at_customize.bin into ESP32-C3 Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
5.7.4 Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
5.8 How to Add Support for a Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
5.8.1 Add Module to factory_param_data.csv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
5.8.2 Modify esp_at_module_info Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5.8.3 Configure the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5.9 SPI AT Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5.9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
5.9.2 How to Use SPI AT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
5.9.3 SPI AT Throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
5.10 How to Implement OTA Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
5.10.1 Comparison Among OTA Commands and Their Application Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . 289
5.10.2 Perform OTA Upgrade with ESP-AT OTA Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
5.11 How to Update the ESP-IDF Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
5.12 ESP-AT Firmware Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
5.12.1 ESP32-C3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
5.13 How to Download the Latest Temporary Version of AT Firmware from GitHub . . . . . . . . . . 298
5.14 Customize Bluetooth LE Services Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
5.14.1 Generate Bin File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5.14.2 Download or Update Bin File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5.15 How to Generate PKI Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5.15.1 Certificate Bin Files Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5.15.2 Generate Certificate Bin Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
5.15.3 Download or Update Certificate Bin Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
5.16 AT API Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
5.16.1 Header File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
5.16.2 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
5.16.3 Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
5.16.4 Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
5.16.5 Type Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
5.16.6 Enumerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
5.16.7 Header File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
5.16.8 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
5.16.9 Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

vi
6 Customized AT Commands and Firmware 321
6.1 Tencent Cloud IoT AT Commands and Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
6.1.1 Tencent Cloud IoT AT Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
6.1.2 Tencent Cloud IoT AT Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

7 AT FAQ 323
7.1 AT Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
7.1.1 There is no released firmware for my module. Where can I get the firmware for it? . . . . 324
7.1.2 How to get the source code of AT firmware? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
7.1.3 How to download the AT firmware on Espressif s official website? . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
7.1.4 How to combine all the bin files compiled by ESP-AT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
7.1.5 Does the AT firmware shipped in modules support flow control? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
7.2 AT Commands and Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
7.2.1 What is the reason why AT prompts busy? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
7.2.2 Why does the ESP-AT firmware always return the following message after the I powered
up the device and sent the first command? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2.3 What commands are supported by the default ESP-AT firmware on different modules, and
from which version are they supported? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2.4 When the host MCU sends an AT command to the ESP32-C3 device, there is no response.
What is the reason? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2.5 Do AT commands support ESP-WIFI-MESH? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2.6 Does AT support websocket commands? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2.7 Can AT command set Bluetooth LE transmit power? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2.8 How to support commands that are not supported by the default firmware but can be sup-
ported after configuring and compiling the ESP-AT project? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2.9 How to handle special characters in AT commands? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7.2.10 Can the serial port baudrate be modified in AT Commands? (Default: 115200) . . . . . . 326
7.2.11 After ESP32-C3 enters the passthrough mode using AT commands, can ESP32-C3 give a
message if the connected hotspot is disconnected? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7.2.12 How to set ADV broadcast parameters after it exceeds 32 bytes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7.3 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7.3.1 How big is the chip flash required for ESP-AT firmware on different modules? . . . . . . 326
7.3.2 How to view the error log of AT firmware? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7.3.3 The UART1 communication pin used by ESP-AT on the ESP32-C3 module is inconsistent
with the default UART1 pin described in the ESP32-C3 module s datasheet? . . . . . . 326
7.4 Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7.4.1 How long does it take for the AT to connect to Wi-Fi? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7.4.2 Is it possible to change the TCP send window size in AT firmware? . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
7.4.3 How to test and optimize the throughput of ESP32-C3 AT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
7.5 Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
7.5.1 What interfaces of ESP32-C3 chips can be used to transmit AT commands? . . . . . . . . 327
7.5.2 How does ESP-AT conduct BQB certification? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
7.5.3 How do I specify the TLS protocol version for ESP32-C3 AT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
7.5.4 How to modify the number of TCP connections in AT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

8 Index of Abbreviations 329

9 About 333

Index 335

Index 335

vii
viii
Table of contents

This is the documentation for ESP-AT Development Framework. ESP-AT project was started and powered by
Espressif Systems as an official project, for the ESP32, ESP32-C3, ESP8266, and ESP32-S2 Series SoCs provided
for Windows, Linux, and macOS.
This document describes using ESP-AT with the ESP32-C3 SoC.

Get Started AT Binary Lists AT Command Set

AT Command Examples Compile and Develop Customized AT Com-


mands and Firmware

Espressif Systems 1 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Table of contents

Espressif Systems 2 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 1

Get Started

This Get Started guide provides users with detailed information on what is ESP-AT, how to connect hardware, and
how to download and flash AT firmware. It consists of the following parts:

1.1 What is ESP-AT

ESP-AT is a solution developed by Espressif to integrate connectivity into customers products, which can be quickly
moved to mass production. It aims to reduce software development costs and quickly form products. With ESP-AT
commands, you can quickly join the wireless network, connect to the cloud platform, realize data transmission and
remote control functions, and realize the interconnection of everything through wireless communication easily.
ESP-AT is a project based on ESP-IDF. It makes an ESP32-C3 board work as a slave, and an MCU as a host. The host
MCU sends AT commands to the ESP32-C3 chip and receives AT responses back. ESP-AT provides a wide range
of AT commands with different functions, such as Wi-Fi commands, TCP/IP commands, Bluetooth LE commands,
Bluetooth commands, MQTT commands, HTTP commands, and Ethernet commands.

Fig. 1: ESP-AT Overview

AT commands start with AT , which stand for Attention , and end with a new line (CR LF). Every time
you send a command, you will receive an OK or ERROR, which indicates the final execution status of the current
command. Please be noted that all commands are executed serially, which means only one AT command can be
executed at a time. Therefore, you should wait for the previous command to be executed before sending out the next

3
Chapter 1. Get Started

one. Otherwise, you will receive busy P.... For more details about AT commands, please refer to AT Command
Set.
By default, the host MCU connects to the ESP32-C3 board via UART, and sends/receives AT commands/responses
through UART. But you can also use other interfaces, such as SDIO, according to your actual use scenario.
You can develop your own AT commands based on our ESP-AT project and implement more features according to
your actual use scenario.

1.2 Hardware Connection

This document introduces what hardware you need to prepare and how to connect them in order to download AT
firmware, send AT commands, and receive AT responses.
For different series of modules, the commands supported by AT firmware are different. Please refer to ESP-AT
Firmware Differences for more details.

1.2.1 What You Need

Table 1: List of Components Required for ESP-AT Testing


Component Function
ESP32-C3 board Slave MCU.
USB cable (ESP32-C3 borad to PC) Download/Log output connection.
PC Act as Host MCU. Download firmware to Slave MCU.
USB cable (PC to serial port converter) AT command/response connection.
USB to serial port converter Convert between USB signals and TTL signals.
Jumper wires (serial port converter to ESP32-C3 board) AT command/response connection.

Fig. 2: Connection of Components for ESP-AT Testing

Please note that in the above picture, four jump wires are used to connect the ESP32-C3 board and USB to serial
converter. If you don t use hardware flow control, two wires connecting TX/RX and a simpler converter will be
enough.

Espressif Systems 4 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 1. Get Started

1.2.2 ESP32-C3 Series

ESP32-C3 AT uses two UART ports: UART0 is used to download firmware and log output; UART1 is used to send
AT commands and receive AT responses. Both UART0 and UART1 use 115200 baud rate for communication by
default.

Table 2: ESP32-C3 Series Hardware Connection Pinout


Function of Connection ESP32-C3 Board Pins Other Device Pins
Download/Log output 1
UART0 PC
• GPIO20 (RX) • TX
• GPIO21 (TX) • RX

AT command/response 2
UART1 USB to serial converter
• GPIO6 (RX) • TX
• GPIO7 (TX) • RX
• GPIO5 (CTS) • RTS
• GPIO4 (RTS) • CTS

Note 1: Connection between individual pins of the ESP32-C3 board and the PC is already established internally on
the ESP32-C3 board. You only need to provide USB cable between the board and PC.
Note 2: Connection between CTS/RTS is optional, depending on whether you want to use hardware flow control.

Fig. 3: ESP32-C3 Series Hardware Connection

If you want to connect your device directly with ESP32-C3-MINI-1 module rather than the ESP32-C3 board that
integrates it, please refer to ESP32-C3-MINI-1 Datasheet for more details.

1.3 Downloading Guide

This Guide demonstrates how to download AT firmware and flash it into an ESP32-C3-MINI-1 device by taking
ESP32-C3-MINI-1 as an example. The Guide is also applicable to other ESP32-C3 modules.
Before you start, please make sure you have already connected your hardware. For more details, see Hardware
Connection.
For different series of modules, the commands supported by AT firmware are different. Please refer to ESP-AT
Firmware Differences for more details.

Espressif Systems 5 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 1. Get Started

1.3.1 Download AT Firmware

To download AT firmware to your computer, please do as follows:


• Navigate to AT Binary Lists
• Find the firmware for your device
• Click the link to download it
Here, we download ESP32-C3-MINI-1_AT_Bin_V2.3.0.0 for ESP32-C3-MINI-1. The list below describes
the structure of this firmware and what each bin file contains. Other AT firmware has similar structure and bin files.
.
├── at_customize.bin // secondary partition table
├── bootloader // bootloader
│ └── bootloader.bin
├── customized_partitions // AT customized binaries
│ ├── ble_data.bin
│ ├── client_ca.bin
│ ├── client_cert.bin
│ ├── client_key.bin
│ ├── factory_param.bin
│ ├── factory_param_MINI-1.bin
│ ├── mqtt_ca.bin
│ ├── mqtt_cert.bin
│ ├── mqtt_key.bin
│ ├── server_ca.bin
│ ├── server_cert.bin
│ └── server_key.bin
├── download.config // configuration of downloading
├── esp-at.bin // AT application binary
├── esp-at.elf
├── esp-at.map
├── factory // A combined bin for factory downloading
│ ├── factory_MINI-1.bin
│ └── factory_parameter.log
├── flasher_args.json // flasher arguments
├── ota_data_initial.bin // ota data parameters
├── partition_table // primary partition table
│ └── partition-table.bin
├── phy_init_data.bin // phy parameters
└── sdkconfig // compilation configuration for AT firmware

The file download.config contains the configuration to flash the firmware into multiple addresses:
--flash_mode dio --flash_freq 40m --flash_size 4MB
0x8000 partition_table/partition-table.bin
0xd000 ota_data_initial.bin
0xf000 phy_init_data.bin
0x0 bootloader/bootloader.bin
0x60000 esp-at.bin
0x1e000 at_customize.bin
0x1F000 customized_partitions/ble_data.bin
0x3a000 customized_partitions/mqtt_key.bin
0x27000 customized_partitions/server_key.bin
0x3c000 customized_partitions/mqtt_ca.bin
0x2d000 customized_partitions/client_key.bin
0x2b000 customized_partitions/client_cert.bin
0x31000 customized_partitions/factory_param.bin
0x2f000 customized_partitions/client_ca.bin
0x38000 customized_partitions/mqtt_cert.bin
0x29000 customized_partitions/server_ca.bin
0x25000 customized_partitions/server_cert.bin

Espressif Systems 6 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 1. Get Started

• --flash_mode dio means the firmware is compiled with flash DIO mode.
• --flash_freq 40m means the firmware s flash frequency is 40 MHz.
• --flash_size 4MB means the firmware is using flash size 4 MB.
• 0xd000 ota_data_initial.bin means downloading ota_data_initial.bin into the address
0xd000.

1.3.2 Flash AT Firmware into Your Device

Follow the instructions below for your operating system.

Windows

Before starting to flash, you need to download Flash Download Tools for Windows. For more details about the tools,
please see the doc folder in the zip folder.
• Open the ESP32-C3 Flash Download Tool.
• Select chipType. (Here, we select ESP32C3.)
• Select a workMode according to your need. (Here, we select Developer Mode.)
• Select a loadMode according to your need. (Here, we select uart.)

Fig. 4: Firmware Download Configurations

• Flash AT firmware into your device. You can select either of the two ways below.
– To download one combined factory bin to address 0, select DoNotChgBin to use the default config-
uration of the factory bin.
– To download multiple bins separately to different addresses, set up the configurations according to the
file download.config and do NOT select DoNotChgBin .
In case of flashing issues, please verify what the COM port number of download interface of the ESP32-C3 board
is and select it from COM: dropdown list. If you don t know the port number, you can refer to Check port on
Windows for details.
When you finish flashing, please Check Whether AT Works.

Linux or macOS

Before you start to flash, you need to install esptool.py.


You can select either of the two ways below to flash AT firmware into your device.
• To download the bins separately into multiple addresses, enter the following command and replace PORTNAME
and download.config:

Espressif Systems 7 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 1. Get Started

Fig. 5: Download to One Address

Fig. 6: Download to Multiple Addresses

Espressif Systems 8 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 1. Get Started

esptool.py --chip auto --port PORTNAME --baud 115200 --before default_reset --


,→after hard_reset write_flash -z download.config

Replace PORTNAME with your port name. If you don t know it, you can refer to Check port on Linux and
macOS for details.
Replace download.config with the content inside the file.
Below is the example command for ESP32-C3-MINI-1.

esptool.py --chip auto --port /dev/tty.usbserial-0001 --baud 115200 --


,→before default_reset --after hard_reset write_flash -z --flash_mode␣

,→dio --flash_freq 40m --flash_size 4MB 0x8000 partition_table/

,→partition-table.bin 0xd000 ota_data_initial.bin 0xf000 phy_init_data.

,→bin 0x0 bootloader/bootloader.bin 0x60000 esp-at.bin 0x1e000 at_

,→customize.bin 0x1F000 customized_partitions/ble_data.bin 0x3a000␣

,→customized_partitions/mqtt_key.bin 0x27000 customized_partitions/

,→server_key.bin 0x3c000 customized_partitions/mqtt_ca.bin 0x2d000␣

,→customized_partitions/client_key.bin 0x2b000 customized_partitions/

,→client_cert.bin 0x31000 customized_partitions/factory_param.bin␣

,→0x2f000 customized_partitions/client_ca.bin 0x38000 customized_

,→partitions/mqtt_cert.bin 0x29000 customized_partitions/server_ca.bin␣

,→0x25000 customized_partitions/server_cert.bin

• To download the bins together to one address, enter the following command and replace PORTNAME and
FILEDIRECTORY:

esptool.py --chip auto --port PORTNAME --baud 115200 --before default_reset --


,→after hard_reset write_flash -z --flash_mode dio --flash_freq 40m --flash_

,→size 4MB 0x0 FILEDIRECTORY

Replace PORTNAME with your port name. If you don t know it, you can refer to Check port on Linux and
macOS for details.
Replace FILEDIRECTORY with the file directory you would flash to the address 0x0. It is normally fac-
tory/XXX.bin.
Below is the example command for ESP32-C3-MINI-1.

esptool.py --chip auto --port /dev/tty.usbserial-0001 --baud 115200 --


,→before default_reset --after hard_reset write_flash -z --flash_mode␣

,→dio --flash_freq 40m --flash_size 4MB 0x0 factory/factory_MINI-1.bin

When you finish flashing, please Check Whether AT Works.

1.3.3 Check Whether AT Works

To check whether AT works, do as follows:


• Open a serial port tool, such as SecureCRT;
• Select the Port attached to AT command/response line (see Hardware Connection for details);
• Set Baudrate to 115200;
• Set Data Bits to 8;
• Set Parity to None;
• Set Stop Bits to 1;
• Set Flow Type to None;
• Enter the command AT+GMR with a new line (CR LF).
If the response is OK as the picture below shows, AT works.
Otherwise, you need to check your ESP32-C3 startup log, which is visible on PC over Download/Log output
connection . If it is like the log below, it means that ESP-AT firmware have been initalized correctly.
ESP32-C3 startup log:

Espressif Systems 9 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 1. Get Started

Fig. 7: Response from AT

ESP-ROM:esp32c3-api1-20210207
Build:Feb 7 2021
rst:0x1 (POWERON),boot:0xc (SPI_FAST_FLASH_BOOT)
SPIWP:0xee
mode:DIO, clock div:2
load:0x3fcd6100,len:0x1948
load:0x403ce000,len:0x8dc
load:0x403d0000,len:0x2de0
entry 0x403ce000
I (31) boot: ESP-IDF v4.3.1-354-g98d34e5 2nd stage bootloader
I (32) boot: compile time 11:21:56
I (32) boot: chip revision: 3
I (34) boot.esp32c3: SPI Speed : 40MHz
I (39) boot.esp32c3: SPI Mode : DIO
I (44) boot.esp32c3: SPI Flash Size : 4MB
I (49) boot: Enabling RNG early entropy source...
I (54) boot: Partition Table:
I (58) boot: ## Label Usage Type ST Offset Length
I (65) boot: 0 otadata OTA data 01 00 0000d000 00002000
I (72) boot: 1 phy_init RF data 01 01 0000f000 00001000
I (80) boot: 2 nvs WiFi data 01 02 00010000 0000e000
I (87) boot: 3 at_customize unknown 40 00 0001e000 00042000
I (95) boot: 4 ota_0 OTA app 00 10 00060000 001d0000
I (102) boot: 5 ota_1 OTA app 00 11 00230000 001d0000
I (110) boot: End of partition table
I (114) esp_image: segment 0: paddr=00060020 vaddr=3c140020 size=29060h (168032)␣
,→map

I (158) esp_image: segment 1: paddr=00089088 vaddr=3fc90800 size=03dfch ( 15868)␣


,→load

I (162) esp_image: segment 2: paddr=0008ce8c vaddr=40380000 size=0318ch ( 12684)␣


,→load

I (167) esp_image: segment 3: paddr=00090020 vaddr=42000020 size=130764h (1247076)␣


,→map

I (433) esp_image: segment 4: paddr=001c078c vaddr=4038318c size=0d588h ( 54664)␣


,→load

I (446) esp_image: segment 5: paddr=001cdd1c vaddr=50000000 size=00004h ( 4)␣


,→load

I (447) esp_image: segment 6: paddr=001cdd28 vaddr=50000008 size=00010h ( 16)␣


,→load

I (457) boot: Loaded app from partition at offset 0x60000


I (458) boot: Disabling RNG early entropy source...
module_name:MINI-1
max tx power=78,ret=0
2.3.0

To learn more about ESP-AT, please read What is ESP-AT.


To get started with ESP-AT, please read Hardware Connection first to learn what hardware to prepare and how to
connect them. Then, you can download and flash AT firmware into your device according to Downloading Guide.

Espressif Systems 10 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 2

AT Binary Lists

2.1 Released Firmware

It is recommended to use the lastest version of firmware. Currently, Espressif only releases AT firmware for the
following ESP32-C3 series of modules.

Note: If there is no released firmware for your module, you can either use the firmware for the module that has the
same hardware configuration as yours (see ESP-AT Firmware Differences for which module has the same configura-
tion), or create a factory parameter bin for your module (see How to Generate Factory Parameter Bin for details).

2.1.1 ESP32-C3-MINI-1 Series

• v2.4.1.0 ESP32-C3-MINI-1_AT_Bin_V2.4.1.0.zip (Recommended)


• v2.4.0.0 ESP32-C3-MINI-1_AT_Bin_V2.4.0.0.zip
• v2.3.0.0 ESP32-C3-MINI-1_AT_Bin_V2.3.0.0.zip
• v2.2.0.0 ESP32-C3-MINI-1_AT_Bin_V2.2.0.0.zip
Each of the linked above ESP-AT firmware contains several binaries dedicated to some specific functions, and the
factory/factory_xxx.bin is the combination of all binaries. So you can either download the factory/
factory_xxx.bin to address 0, or several binaries to different addresses according to download.config.
Please refer to Download AT Firmware for how to download.
• at_customize.bin provides a user partition table, which lists the starting address and partition size for
the ble_data.bin, SSL certificates, MQTT certificates, factory_param_XXX.bin, and so on. You
can read and write contents of the partition listed in this file with the command AT+FS and AT+SYSFLASH.
• factory_param_XXX.bin indicates the hardware configurations for different ESP32-C3 modules (see
the table below). Please make sure the correct bin is used for your specific module.

Note: If you design your own module, please configure and compile with reference to How to Generate Factory
Parameter Bin, and the binaries will be automatically generated after compilation. Or you can select firmware
with similar configuration according to the configuration of UART pins,PSRAM,Flash (The premise is to
ensure that the hardware meets the requirements. Please refer to ESP-AT Firmware Differences for the firmware
applicable to your module).
When you flash the firmware into module according to the download.config, the cus-
tomized_partitions/factory_param.bin should be replaced with the actual module-specific

11
Chapter 2. AT Binary Lists

customized_partitions/factory_param_XXX.bin. UART CTS and RTS pins are optional.

• ESP32-C3 Series

Modules UART Pins (TX, RX, CTS, RTS) Factory Parameter Bin
ESP32-C3-MINI Series factory_param_MINI-1.
• GPIO7
bin
• GPIO6
• GPIO5
• GPIO4

• ble_data.bin provides Bluetooth LE services when the ESP32-C3 works as a Bluetooth LE server;
• server_cert.bin, server_key.bin and server_ca.bin are examples of SSL server s certifi-
cate;
• client_cert.bin, client_key.bin and client_ca.bin are examples of SSL client s certifi-
cate;
• mqtt_cert.bin, mqtt_key.bin and mqtt_ca.bin are examples of MQTT SSL client s certificate;
If some of the functions are not used, then the corresponding binaries need not to be downloaded into flash.

Espressif Systems 12 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3

AT Command Set

Here is a list of AT commands.

3.1 Basic AT Commands

• AT: Test AT startup.


• AT+RST: Restart a module.
• AT+GMR: Check version information.
• AT+CMD: List all AT commands and types supported in current firmware.
• AT+GSLP: Enter Deep-sleep mode.
• ATE: Configure AT commands echoing.
• AT+RESTORE: Restore factory default settings of the module.
• AT+UART_CUR: Current UART configuration, not saved in flash.
• AT+UART_DEF: Default UART configuration, saved in flash.
• AT+SLEEP: Set the sleep mode.
• AT+SYSRAM: Query current remaining heap size and minimum heap size.
• AT+SYSMSG: Query/Set System Prompt Information.
• AT+SYSFLASH: Query/Set User Partitions in Flash.
• AT+FS: Filesystem Operations.
• AT+RFPOWER: Query/Set RF TX Power.
• AT+SYSROLLBACK: Roll back to the previous firmware.
• AT+SYSTIMESTAMP: Query/Set local time stamp.
• AT+SYSLOG: Enable or disable the AT error code prompt.
• AT+SLEEPWKCFG: Query/Set the light-sleep wakeup source and awake GPIO.
• AT+SYSSTORE: Query/Set parameter store mode.
• AT+SYSREG: Read/write the register.
• AT+SYSTEMP: Read the internal chip Celsius temperature value.

3.1.1 AT: Test AT Startup

Execute Command

Command:

AT

13
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Response:

OK

3.1.2 AT+RST: Restart a Module

Execute Command

Command:

AT+RST

Response:

OK

3.1.3 AT+GMR: Check Version Information

Execute Command

Command:

AT+GMR

Response:

<AT version info>


<SDK version info>
<compile time>
<Bin version>

OK

Parameters

• <AT version info>: information about the esp-at core library version, which is under the directory: esp-at/
components/at/lib/. Code is closed source, no plan to open.
• <SDK version info>: information about the esp-at platform sdk version, which is defined in file: esp-at/
module_config/module_{platform}_default/IDF_VERSION
• <compile time>: the time to compile the firmware.
• <Bin version>: esp-at firmware version. Version information can be modified in menuconfig.

Note

• If you have any issues on esp-at firmware, please provide AT+GMR version information firstly.

Example

AT+GMR
AT version:2.2.0.0-dev(ca41ec4 - ESP32-C3 - Sep 16 2020 11:28:17)
SDK version:v4.0.1-193-ge7ac221b4
compile time(98b95fc):Oct 29 2020 11:23:25
Bin version:2.1.0(MINI-1)
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 14 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

(continued from previous page)

OK

3.1.4 AT+CMD: List all AT commands and types supported in current firmware

Query Command

Command:

AT+CMD?

Response:

+CMD:<index>,<AT command name>,<support test command>,<support query command>,


,→<support set command>,<support execute command>

OK

Parameters

• <index>: AT command sequence number.


• <AT command name>: AT command name.
• <support test command>: 0 means not supported, 1 means supported.
• <support query command>: 0 means not supported, 1 means supported.
• <support set command>: 0 means not supported, 1 means supported.
• <support execute command>: 0 means not supported, 1 means supported.

3.1.5 AT+GSLP: Enter Deep-sleep Mode

Set Command

Command:

AT+GSLP=<time>

Response:

<time>

OK

Parameter

• <time>: the duration when the device stays in Deep-sleep. Unit: millisecond. When the time is up, the device
automatically wakes up, calls Deep-sleep wake stub, and then proceeds to load the application.
– 0 means restarting right now
– the maximum Deep-sleep time is about 28.8 days (2 31 -1 milliseconds)

Notes

• The theoretical and actual time of Deep-sleep may be different due to external factors.

Espressif Systems 15 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.1.6 ATE: Configure AT Commands Echoing

Execute Command

Command:

ATE0

or

ATE1

Response:

OK

Parameters

• ATE0: Switch echo off.


• ATE1: Switch echo on.

3.1.7 AT+RESTORE: Restore Factory Default Settings

Execute Command

Command:

AT+RESTORE

Response:

OK

Notes

• The execution of this command will restore all parameters saved in flash to factory default settings of the
module.
• The device will be restarted when this command is executed.

3.1.8 AT+UART_CUR: Current UART Configuration, Not Saved in Flash

Query Command

Command:

AT+UART_CUR?

Response:

+UART_CUR:<baudrate>,<databits>,<stopbits>,<parity>,<flow control>

OK

Espressif Systems 16 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Command:

AT+UART_CUR=<baudrate>,<databits>,<stopbits>,<parity>,<flow control>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <baudrate>: UART baud rate


– For ESP32-C3 devices, the supported range is 80 ~ 5000000.
• <databits>: data bits
– 5: 5-bit data
– 6: 6-bit data
– 7: 7-bit data
– 8: 8-bit data
• <stopbits>: stop bits
– 1: 1-bit stop bit
– 2: 1.5-bit stop bit
– 3: 2-bit stop bit
• <parity>: parity bit
– 0: None
– 1: Odd
– 2: Even
• <flow control>: flow control
– 0: flow control is not enabled
– 1: enable RTS
– 2: enable CTS
– 3: enable both RTS and CTS

Notes

• The Query Command will return actual values of UART configuration parameters, which may have minor
differences from the set value because of the clock division.
• The configuration changes will NOT be saved in flash.
• To use hardware flow control, you need to connect CTS/RTS pins of your ESP32-C3. For more de-
tails, please refer to Hardware Connection or components/customized_partitions/raw_data/
factory_param/factory_param_data.csv.

Example

AT+UART_CUR=115200,8,1,0,3

3.1.9 AT+UART_DEF: Default UART Configuration, Saved in Flash

Query Command

Command:

AT+UART_DEF?

Espressif Systems 17 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Response:

+UART_DEF:<baudrate>,<databits>,<stopbits>,<parity>,<flow control>

OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+UART_DEF=<baudrate>,<databits>,<stopbits>,<parity>,<flow control>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <baudrate>: UART baud rate


– For ESP32-C3 devices, the supported range is 80 ~ 5000000.
• <databits>: data bits
– 5: 5-bit data
– 6: 6-bit data
– 7: 7-bit data
– 8: 8-bit data
• <stopbits>: stop bits
– 1: 1-bit stop bit
– 2: 1.5-bit stop bit
– 3: 2-bit stop bit
• <parity>: parity bit
– 0: None
– 1: Odd
– 2: Even
• <flow control>: flow control
– 0: flow control is not enabled
– 1: enable RTS
– 2: enable CTS
– 3: enable both RTS and CTS

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area, and will still be valid when the chip is powered on
again.
• To use hardware flow control, you need to connect CTS/RTS pins of your ESP32-C3. For more de-
tails, please refer to Hardware Connection or components/customized_partitions/raw_data/
factory_param/factory_param_data.csv.

Example

AT+UART_DEF=115200,8,1,0,3

Espressif Systems 18 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.1.10 AT+SLEEP: Set the Sleep Mode

Query Command

Command:

AT+SLEEP?

Response:

+SLEEP:<sleep mode>

OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+SLEEP=<sleep mode>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <sleep mode>:
– 0: Disable the sleep mode.
– 1: Modem-sleep mode.
∗ Only Wi-Fi mode.
· RF will be periodically closed according to AP DTIM.
∗ Only BLE mode.
· RF will be periodically closed according to advertising interval ( BLE state in advertising ).
· RF will be periodically closed according to connection interval ( BLE state in connection ).
– 2: Light-sleep mode.
∗ Only Wi-Fi mode.
· CPU will automatically sleep and RF will be periodically closed according to listen in-
terval set by AT+CWJAP.
∗ Only BLE mode.
· CPU will automatically sleep and RF will be periodically closed according to advertising interval
( BLE state in advertising ).
· CPU will automatically sleep and RF will be periodically closed according to connection interval
( BLE state in connection ).
– 3: Modem-sleep listen interval mode.
∗ Only Wi-Fi mode.
· RF will be periodically closed according to listen interval set by AT+CWJAP.
∗ Only BLE mode.
· RF will be periodically closed according to advertising interval ( BLE state in advertising ).
· RF will be periodically closed according to connection interval ( BLE state in connection ).

Note

• When sleep mode is disabled, you cannot initialize Bluetooth LE. When Bluetooth LE is initialized, you cannot
disable sleep mode.
• Modem-sleep mode and Light-sleep mode can be set under Wi-Fi mode or BLE mode, but in Wi-Fi mode,
these two modes can only be set in station mode.

Espressif Systems 19 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• Before setting the Light-sleep mode, it is recommended to set the wakeup source in advance through the
command AT+SLEEPWKCFG, otherwise ESP32-C3 can t wake up and will always be in sleep mode.
• After setting the Light-sleep mode, if the Light-sleep wakeup condition is not met, ESP32-C3 will automatically
enter the sleep mode. When the Light-sleep wakeup condition is met, ESP32-C3 will automatically wake up
from sleep mode.
• For Light-sleep mode in BLE mode, users must ensure external 32KHz crystal oscillator, otherwise the Light-
sleep mode will work in Modem-sleep mode.
• For more examples, please refer to Sleep AT Examples.

Example

AT+SLEEP=0

3.1.11 AT+SYSRAM: Query Current Remaining Heap Size and Minimum Heap Size

Query Command

Command:

AT+SYSRAM?

Response:

+SYSRAM:<remaining RAM size>,<minimum heap size>


OK

Parameters

• <remaining RAM size>: current remaining heap size. Unit: byte.


• <minimum heap size>: minimum heap size that has ever been available. Unit: byte.

Example

AT+SYSRAM?
+SYSRAM:148408,84044
OK

3.1.12 AT+SYSMSG: Query/Set System Prompt Information

Query Command

Function:
Query the current system prompt information state.
Command:

AT+SYSMSG?

Response:

+SYSMSG:<state>
OK

Espressif Systems 20 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Function:
Configure system prompt information.
Command:

AT+SYSMSG=<state>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <state>:
– Bit0: Prompt information when quitting Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode, Bluetooth LE SPP and Bluetooth SPP.
∗ 0: Print no prompt information when quitting Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode, Bluetooth LE SPP and
Bluetooth SPP.
∗ 1: Print +QUITT when quitting Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode, Bluetooth LE SPP and Bluetooth SPP.
– Bit1: Connection prompt information type.
∗ 0: Use simple prompt information, such as XX,CONNECT.
∗ 1: Use detailed prompt information, such as +LINK_CONN:status_type,link_id,
ip_type,terminal_type,remote_ip,remote_port,local_port.
– Bit2: Connection status prompt information for Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode, Bluetooth LE SPP and Blue-
tooth SPP.
∗ 0: Print no prompt information.
∗ 1: Print one of the following prompt information when Wi-Fi, socket, Bluetooth LE or Bluetooth
status is changed:

- "CONNECT\r\n" or the message prefixed with "+LINK_CONN:"


- "CLOSED\r\n"
- "WIFI CONNECTED\r\n"
- "WIFI GOT IP\r\n"
- "WIFI GOT IPv6 LL\r\n"
- "WIFI GOT IPv6 GL\r\n"
- "WIFI DISCONNECT\r\n"
- "+ETH_CONNECTED\r\n"
- "+ETH_DISCONNECTED\r\n"
- the message prefixed with "+ETH_GOT_IP:"
- the message prefixed with "+STA_CONNECTED:"
- the message prefixed with "+STA_DISCONNECTED:"
- the message prefixed with "+DIST_STA_IP:"
- the message prefixed with "+BLECONN:"
- the message prefixed with "+BLEDISCONN:"

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• If you set Bit0 to 1, it will prompt +QUITT when you quit Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode.
• If you set Bit1 to 1, it will impact the information of command AT+CIPSTART and AT+CIPSERVER. It will sup-
ply +LINK_CONN:status_type,link_id,ip_type,terminal_type,remote_ip,remote_port,local_port instead of
XX,CONNECT .

Espressif Systems 21 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

// print no promt info when quitting Wi-Fi passthrough mode


// print detailed connection prompt info
// print no prompt info when the connection status is changed
AT+SYSMSG=2

or
// In the transparent transmission mode, a prompt message will be printed when the␣
,→Wi-Fi, socket, Bluetooth LE or Bluetooth status changes

AT+SYSMSG=4

3.1.13 AT+SYSFLASH: Query/Set User Partitions in Flash

Query Command

Function:
Query user partitions in flash.
Command:
AT+SYSFLASH?

Response:
+SYSFLASH:<partition>,<type>,<subtype>,<addr>,<size>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Read/write the user partitions in flash.
Command:
AT+SYSFLASH=<operation>,<partition>,<offset>,<length>

Response:
+SYSFLASH:<length>,<data>
OK

Parameters

• <operation>:
– 0: erase sector
– 1: write data into the user partition
– 2: read data from the user partition
• <partition>: name of user partition
• <offset>: offset of user partition
• <length>: data length
• <type>: type of user partition
• <subtype>: subtype of user partition
• <addr>: address of user partition
• <size>: size of user partition

Espressif Systems 22 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• Please make sure that you have downloaded at_customize.bin before using this command. For more details,
please refer to How to Customize Partitions.
• Before downloading the secondary user partition, please refer How to Generate PKI Files to generate the binary
user partition file.
• When erasing the targeted user partition in its entirety, you can omit the parameters <offset> and
<length>. For example, command AT+SYSFLASH=0,"ble_data" can erase the entire ble_data
user partition. But if you want to keep the two parameters, they have to be 4KB-aligned.
• The introduction to partitions is in ESP-IDF Partition Tables.
• If the operator is write, wrap return > after the write command, then you can send the data that you want to
write. The length should be parameter <length>.
• If the operator is write, please make sure that you have already erased this partition.
• If the operator is write on a PKI bin, the <length> should be 4 bytes aligned.

Example

// read 100 bytes from the "ble_data" partition offset 0.


AT+SYSFLASH=2,"ble_data",0,100

// write 10 bytes to the "ble_data" partition offset 100.


AT+SYSFLASH=1,"ble_data",100,10

// erase 8192 bytes from the "ble_data" partition offset 4096.


AT+SYSFLASH=0,"ble_data",4096,8192

3.1.14 AT+FS: Filesystem Operations

Set Command

Command:

AT+FS=<type>,<operation>,<filename>,<offset>,<length>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <type>: only FATFS is currently supported.


– 0: FATFS
• <operation>:
– 0: delete file.
– 1: write file.
– 2: read file.
– 3: query the size of the file.
– 4: list files in a specific directory. Only root directory is currently supported.
• <offset>: apply to writing and reading operations only.
• <length>: data length, applying to writing and reading operations only.

Notes

• Please make sure that you have downloaded at_customize.bin before using this command. For more details,
refer to ESP-IDF Partition Tables and How to Customize Partitions.

Espressif Systems 23 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• If the length of the read data is greater than the actual file length, only the actual data length of the file will be
returned.
• If the operator is write, wrap return > after the write command, then you can send the data that you want to
write. The length should be parameter <length>.

Example

// delete a file.
AT+FS=0,0,"filename"

// write 10 bytes to offset 100 of a file.


AT+FS=0,1,"filename",100,10

// read 100 bytes from offset 0 of a file.


AT+FS=0,2,"filename",0,100

// list all files in the root directory.


AT+FS=0,4,"."

3.1.15 AT+RFPOWER: Query/Set RF TX Power

Query Command

Function:
Query the RF TX Power.
Command:

AT+RFPOWER?

Response:

+RFPOWER:<wifi_power>,<ble_adv_power>,<ble_scan_power>,<ble_conn_power>
OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+RFPOWER=<wifi_power>[,<ble_adv_power>,<ble_scan_power>,<ble_conn_power>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <wifi_power>: the unit is 0.25 dBm. For example, if you set the value to 78, the actual maximum RF Power
value is 78 * 0.25 dBm = 19.5 dBm. After you configure it, please confirm the actual value by entering the
command AT+RFPOWER?.
– For ESP32-C3 devices, the range is [40,84]:

set value get value actual value actual dBm


[40,80] <set value> <set value> <set value> * 0.25
[81,84] <set value> 80 20

Espressif Systems 24 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• <ble_adv_power>: RF TX Power of Bluetooth LE advertising. Range: [0,7].


• 0: -27 dBm
• 1: -24 dBm
• 2: -21 dBm
• 3: -18 dBm
• 4: -15 dBm
• 5: -12 dBm
• 6: -9 dBm
• 7: -6 dBm
• 8: -3 dBm
• 9: -0 dBm
• 10: 3 dBm
• 11: 6 dBm
• 12: 9 dBm
• 13: 12 dBm
• 14: 15 dBm
• 15: 18 dBm
• <ble_scan_power>: RF TX Power of Bluetooth LE scanning. The parameters are the same as
<ble_adv_power>.
• <ble_conn_power>: RF TX Power of Bluetooth LE connecting. The same as <ble_adv_power>.

3.1.16 Note

• Since the RF TX Power is actually divided into several levels, and each level has its own value range, the
wifi_power value queried by the esp_wifi_get_max_tx_power may differ from the value set by
esp_wifi_set_max_tx_power and is no larger than the set value.

3.1.17 AT+SYSROLLBACK: Roll Back to the Previous Firmware

Execute Command

Command:

AT+SYSROLLBACK

Response:

OK

Note

• This command will not upgrade via OTA. It only rolls back to the firmware which is in the other OTA partition.

3.1.18 AT+SYSTIMESTAMP: Query/Set Local Time Stamp

Query Command

Function:
Query the time stamp.
Command:

AT+SYSTIMESTAMP?

Espressif Systems 25 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Response:

+SYSTIMESTAMP:<Unix_timestamp>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set local time stamp. It will be the same as SNTP time when the SNTP time is updated.
Command:

AT+SYSTIMESTAMP=<Unix_timestamp>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <Unix-timestamp>: Unix timestamp. Unit: second.

Example

AT+SYSTIMESTAMP=1565853509 //2019-08-15 15:18:29

3.1.19 AT+SYSLOG: Enable or Disable the AT Error Code Prompt

Query Command

Function:
Query whether the AT error code prompt is enabled or not.
Command:

AT+SYSLOG?

Response:

+SYSLOG:<status>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Enable or disable the AT error code prompt.
Command:

AT+SYSLOG=<status>

Response:

Espressif Systems 26 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameter

• <status>: enable or disable


– 0: disable
– 1: enable

Example

// enable AT error code prompt


AT+SYSLOG=1

OK
AT+FAKE
ERR CODE:0x01090000

ERROR

// disable AT error code prompt


AT+SYSLOG=0

OK
AT+FAKE
// No `ERR CODE:0x01090000`

ERROR

The error code is a 32-bit hexadecimal value and defined as follows:

category subcategory extension


bit32 ~ bit24 bit23 ~ bit16 bit15 ~ bit0

• category: stationary value 0x01.


• subcategory: error type.

Table 1: Subcategory of Error Code


Error Type Error Description
Code
ESP_AT_SUB_OK 0x00 OK
ESP_AT_SUB_COMMON_ERROR 0x01 reserved
ESP_AT_SUB_NO_TERMINATOR 0x02 terminator character not found ( rn ex-
pected)
ESP_AT_SUB_NO_AT 0x03 Starting AT not found (or at, At or aT en-
tered)
ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_LENGTH_MISMATCH 0x04 parameter length mismatch
ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_TYPE_MISMATCH 0x05 parameter type mismatch
ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_NUM_MISMATCH 0x06 parameter number mismatch
ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_INVALID 0x07 the parameter is invalid
ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_PARSE_FAIL 0x08 parse parameter fail
ESP_AT_SUB_UNSUPPORT_CMD 0x09 the command is not supported
ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_EXEC_FAIL 0x0A the command execution failed
ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_PROCESSING 0x0B processing of previous command is in
progress
ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_OP_ERROR 0x0C the command operation type is error

Espressif Systems 27 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• extension: error extension information. There are different extensions for different subcategory. For more
information, please see the components/at/include/esp_at.h.
For example, the error code ERR CODE:0x01090000 means the command is not supported.

3.1.20 AT+SLEEPWKCFG: Set the Light-sleep Wakeup Source and Awake GPIO

Set Command

Command:

AT+SLEEPWKCFG=<wakeup source>,<param1>[,<param2>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <wakeup source>:
– 0: wakeup by a timer.
– 1: reserved.
– 2: wakeup by GPIO.
• <param1>:
– If the wakeup source is a timer, it means the time before wakeup. Unit: millisecond.
– If the wakeup source is GPIO, it means the GPIO number.
• <param2>:
– If the wakeup source is GPIO, it means the wakeup level:
– 0: low level.
– 1: high level.

Example

// Timer wakeup
AT+SLEEPWKCFG=0,1000

// GPIO12 wakeup, low level


AT+SLEEPWKCFG=2,12,0

3.1.21 AT+SYSSTORE: Query/Set Parameter Store Mode

Query Command

Function:
Query the AT parameter store mode.
Command:

AT+SYSSTORE?

Response:

+SYSSTORE:<store_mode>

OK

Espressif Systems 28 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Command:

AT+SYSSTORE=<store_mode>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <store_mode>:
– 0: command configuration is not stored into flash.
– 1: command configuration is stored into flash. (Default)

Note

• This command affects set commands only. Query commands are always fetched from RAM.
• Affected commands:

• AT+SYSMSG
• AT+CWMODE
• AT+CIPV6
• AT+CWJAP
• AT+CWSAP
• AT+CWRECONNCFG
• AT+CIPAP
• AT+CIPSTA
• AT+CIPAPMAC
• AT+CIPSTAMAC
• AT+CIPDNS
• AT+CIPSSLCCONF
• AT+CIPRECONNINTV
• AT+CIPTCPOPT
• AT+CWDHCPS
• AT+CWDHCP
• AT+CWSTAPROTO
• AT+CWAPPROTO
• AT+CWJEAP
• AT+BLENAME
• AT+BLEADVPARAM
• AT+BLEADVDATA
• AT+BLEADVDATAEX
• AT+BLESCANRSPDATA
• AT+BLESCANPARAM

Examples

AT+SYSSTORE=0
AT+CWMODE=1 // Not stored into flash
AT+CWJAP="test","1234567890" // Not stored into flash

AT+SYSSTORE=1
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 29 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

(continued from previous page)


AT+CWMODE=3 // Stored into flash
AT+CWJAP="test","1234567890" // Stored into flash

3.1.22 AT+SYSREG: Read/Write the Register

Set Command

Command:

AT+SYSREG=<direct>,<address>[,<write value>]

Response:

+SYSREG:<read value> // Only in read mode


OK

Parameters

• <direct>: read or write register.


– 0: read register.
– 1: write register.
• <address>: (uint32) register address. You can refer to Technical Reference Manuals.
• <write value>: (uint32) write value (only in write mode).

Note

• AT does not check address. Make sure that the registers you are operating on are valid.

3.1.23 AT+SYSTEMP: Read the Internal Chip Celsius Temperature Value

Function:
Read data from the internal chip temperature sensor and convert it into values in Celsius degrees.

Query Command

Command:

AT+SYSTEMP?

Response:

+SYSTEMP:<value>
OK

Parameter

• <value>: Celsius temperature value. Floating point type with two decimal places.

Espressif Systems 30 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.2 Wi-Fi AT Commands

• AT+CWMODE: Set the Wi-Fi mode (Station/SoftAP/Station+SoftAP).


• AT+CWSTATE: Query the Wi-Fi state and Wi-Fi information.
• AT+CWJAP: Connect to an AP.
• AT+CWRECONNCFG: Query/Set the Wi-Fi reconnecting configuration.
• AT+CWLAPOPT: Set the configuration for the command AT+CWLAP.
• AT+CWLAP: List available APs.
• AT+CWQAP: Disconnect from an AP.
• AT+CWSAP: Query/Set the configuration of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
• AT+CWLIF: Obtain IP address of the station that connects to an ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
• AT+CWQIF: Disconnect stations from an ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
• AT+CWDHCP: Enable/disable DHCP.
• AT+CWDHCPS: Query/Set the IP addresses allocated by an ESP32-C3 SoftAP DHCP server.
• AT+CWAUTOCONN: Connect to an AP automatically when powered on.
• AT+CWAPPROTO: Query/Set the 802.11 b/g/n protocol standard of SoftAP mode.
• AT+CWSTAPROTO: Query/Set the 802.11 b/g/n protocol standard of station mode.
• AT+CIPSTAMAC: Query/Set the MAC address of an ESP32-C3 station.
• AT+CIPAPMAC: Query/Set the MAC address of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
• AT+CIPSTA: Query/Set the IP address of an ESP32-C3 station.
• AT+CIPAP: Query/Set the IP address of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
• AT+CWSTARTSMART: Start SmartConfig.
• AT+CWSTOPSMART: Stop SmartConfig.
• AT+WPS: Enable the WPS function.
• AT+MDNS: Configure the mDNS function.
• AT+CWJEAP: Connect to a WPA2 Enterprise AP.
• AT+CWHOSTNAME: Query/Set the host name of an ESP32-C3 station.
• AT+CWCOUNTRY: Query/Set the Wi-Fi Country Code.

3.2.1 AT+CWMODE: Query/Set the Wi-Fi Mode (Station/SoftAP/Station+SoftAP)

Query Command

Function:
Query the Wi-Fi mode of ESP32-C3.
Command:

AT+CWMODE?

Response:

+CWMODE:<mode>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the Wi-Fi mode of ESP32-C3.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=<mode>[,<auto_connect>]

Response:

Espressif Systems 31 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameters

• <mode>:
– 0: Null mode. Wi-Fi RF will be disabled.
– 1: Station mode.
– 2: SoftAP mode.
– 3: SoftAP+Station mode.
• <auto_connect>: Enable or disable automatic connection to an AP when you change the mode of the ESP32-
C3 from the SoftAP mode or null mode to the station mode or the SoftAP+Station mode. Default: 1. If you
omit the parameter, the default value will be used, i.e. automatically connecting to an AP.
– 0: The ESP32-C3 will not automatically connect to an AP.
– 1: The ESP32-C3 will automatically connect to an AP if the configuration to connect to the AP has
already been saved in flash before.

Note

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.

Example

AT+CWMODE=3

3.2.2 AT+CWSTATE: Query the Wi-Fi state and Wi-Fi information

Query Command

Function:
Query the Wi-Fi state and Wi-Fi information of ESP32-C3.
Command:

AT+CWSTATE?

Response:

+CWSTATE:<state>,<"ssid">

OK

Parameters

• <state>: current Wi-Fi state.


– 0: ESP32-C3 station has not started any Wi-Fi connection.
– 1: ESP32-C3 station has connected to an AP, but does not get an IPv4 address yet.
– 2: ESP32-C3 station has connected to an AP, and got an IPv4 address.
– 3: ESP32-C3 station is in Wi-Fi connecting or reconnecting state.
– 4: ESP32-C3 station is in Wi-Fi disconnected state.
• < ssid >: the SSID of the target AP.

Espressif Systems 32 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Note

• When ESP32-C3 station is not connected to an AP, it is recommended to use this command to query Wi-Fi
information; after ESP32-C3 station is connected to an AP, it is recommended to use AT+CWJAP to query
Wi-Fi information.

3.2.3 AT+CWJAP: Connect to an AP

Query Command

Function:
Query the AP to which the ESP32-C3 Station is already connected.
Command:

AT+CWJAP?

Response:

+CWJAP:<ssid>,<bssid>,<channel>,<rssi>,<pci_en>,<reconn_interval>,<listen_interval>
,→,<scan_mode>,<pmf>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Connect an ESP32-C3 station to a targeted AP.
Command:

AT+CWJAP=[<ssid>],[<pwd>][,<bssid>][,<pci_en>][,<reconn_interval>][,<listen_
,→interval>][,<scan_mode>][,<jap_timeout>][,<pmf>]

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK
[WIFI GOT IPv6 LL]
[WIFI GOT IPv6 GL]

or

+CWJAP:<error code>
ERROR

Execute Command

Function:
Connect an ESP32-C3 station to a targeted AP with last Wi-Fi configuration.
Command:

AT+CWJAP

Response:

Espressif Systems 33 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK
[WIFI GOT IPv6 LL]
[WIFI GOT IPv6 GL]

or

+CWJAP:<error code>
ERROR

Parameters

• <ssid>: the SSID of the target AP.


– Escape character syntax is needed if SSID or password contains special characters, such ,, ", or \\.
• <pwd>: password, MAX: 63-byte ASCII.
• <bssid>: the MAC address of the target AP. It cannot be omitted when multiple APs have the same SSID.
• <channel>: channel.
• <rssi>: signal strength.
• <pci_en>: PCI Authentication.
– 0: The ESP32-C3 station will connect APs with all encryption methods, including OPEN and WEP.
– 1: The ESP32-C3 station will connect APs with all encryption methods, except OPEN and WEP.
• <reconn_interval>: the interval between Wi-Fi reconnections. Unit: second. Default: 1. Maximum: 7200.
– 0: The ESP32-C3 station will not reconnect to the AP when disconnected.
– [1,7200]: The ESP32-C3 station will reconnect to the AP at the specified interval when disconnected.
• <listen_interval>: the interval of listening to the AP s beacon. Unit: AP beacon intervals. Default: 3.
Range: [1,100].
• <scan_mode>:
– 0: fast scan. It will end after finding the targeted AP. The ESP32-C3 station will connect to the first
scanned AP.
– 1: all-channel scan. It will end after all the channels are scanned. The device will connect to the scanned
AP with the strongest signal.
• <jap_timeout>: maximum timeout for AT+CWJAP command. Unit: second. Default: 15. Range: [3,600].
• <pmf>: Protected Management Frames. Default: 1.
– 0 means disable PMF.
– bit 0: PMF capable, advertizes support for protected management frame. Device will prefer to connect
in PMF mode if other device also advertizes PMF capability.
– bit 1: PMF required, advertizes that protected management frame is required. Device will not associate
to non-PMF capable devices.
• <error code>: (for reference only)
– 1: connection timeout.
– 2: wrong password.
– 3: cannot find the target AP.
– 4: connection failed.
– others: unknown error occurred.

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• This command requires Station mode to be enabled.
• After ESP32-C3 station is connected to an AP, it is recommended to use this command to query Wi-Fi infor-
mation; when ESP32-C3 station is not connected to an AP, it is recommended to use AT+CWSTATE to query
Wi-Fi information.
• The parameter <reconn_interval> of this command is the same as <interval_second> of the

Espressif Systems 34 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

command AT+CWRECONNCFG. Therefore, if you omit <reconn_interval> when running this com-
mand, the interval between Wi-Fi reconnections will use the default value 1.
• If the <ssid> and <password> parameter are omitted, AT will use the last configuration.
• Execute command has the same maximum timeout to setup command. The default value is 15 seconds, but
you can change it by setting the parameter <jap_timeout>.
• To get an IPv6 address, you need to set AT+CIPV6=1.
• Response OK means that the IPv4 network is ready, but not the IPv6 network. At present, ESP-AT is mainly
based on IPv4 network, supplemented by IPv6 network.
• WIFI GOT IPv6 LL represents that the linklocal IPv6 address has been obtained. This address is calculated
locally through EUI-64 and does not require the participation of the AP. Because of the parallel timing, this
print may be before or after OK.
• WIFI GOT IPv6 GL represents that the global IPv6 address has been obtained. This address is combined by
the prefix issued by AP and the suffix calculated internally, which requires the participation of the AP. Because
of the parallel timing, this print may be before or after OK, or it may not be printed because the AP does not
support IPv6.

Example

// If the target AP's SSID is "abc" and the password is "0123456789", the command␣
,→should be:

AT+CWJAP="abc","0123456789"

// If the target AP's SSID is "ab\,c" and the password is "0123456789"\", the␣
,→command should be:

AT+CWJAP="ab\\\,c","0123456789\"\\"

// If multiple APs all have the SSID of "abc", the target AP can be found by BSSID:
AT+CWJAP="abc","0123456789","ca:d7:19:d8:a6:44"

// If esp-at is required that connect to a AP by protected management frame, the␣


,→command should be:

AT+CWJAP="abc","0123456789",,,,,,,3

3.2.4 AT+CWRECONNCFG: Query/Set the Wi-Fi Reconnecting Configuration

Query Command

Function:
Query the configuration of Wi-Fi reconnect.
Command:

AT+CWRECONNCFG?

Response:

+CWRECONNCFG:<interval_second>,<repeat_count>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the configuration of Wi-Fi reconnect.
Command:

Espressif Systems 35 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+CWRECONNCFG=<interval_second>,<repeat_count>

Response:
OK

Parameters

• <interval_second>: the interval between Wi-Fi reconnections. Unit: second. Default: 0. Maximum: 7200.
– 0: The ESP32-C3 station will not reconnect to the AP when disconnected.
– [1,7200]: The ESP32-C3 station will reconnect to the AP at the specified interval when disconnected.
• <repeat_count>: the number of attempts the ESP32-C3 makes to reconnect to the AP. This parameter only
works when the parameter <interval_second> is not 0. Default: 0. Maximum: 1000.
– 0: The ESP32-C3 station will always try to reconnect to AP.
– [1,1000]: The ESP32-C3 station will attempt to reconnect to AP for the specified times.

Example

// The ESP32-C3 station tries to reconnect to AP at the interval of one second for␣
,→100 times.

AT+CWRECONNCFG=1,100

// The ESP32-C3 station will not reconnect to AP when disconnected.


AT+CWRECONNCFG=0,0

Notes

• The parameter <interval_second> of this command is the same as the parameter


[<reconn_interval>] of the command AT+CWJAP.
• This command works for passive disconnection from APs, Wi-Fi mode switch, and Wi-Fi auto connect after
power on.

3.2.5 AT+CWLAPOPT: Set the Configuration for the Command AT+CWLAP

Set Command

Command:
AT+CWLAPOPT=<reserved>,<print mask>[,<rssi filter>][,<authmode mask>]

Response:
OK

or
ERROR

Parameters

• <reserved>: reserved item.


• <print mask>: determine whether the following parameters are shown in the result of AT+CWLAP. Default:
0x7FF. If you set them to 1, it means showing the corresponding parameters; if you set them as 0, it means
NOT showing the corresponding parameters.

Espressif Systems 36 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

– bit 0: determine whether <ecn> will be shown.


– bit 1: determine whether <ssid> will be shown.
– bit 2: determine whether <rssi> will be shown.
– bit 3: determine whether <mac> will be shown.
– bit 4: determine whether <channel> will be shown.
– bit 5: determine whether <freq_offset> will be shown.
– bit 6: determine whether <freqcal_val> will be shown.
– bit 7: determine whether <pairwise_cipher> will be shown.
– bit 8: determine whether <group_cipher> will be shown.
– bit 9: determine whether <bgn> will be shown.
– bit 10: determine whether <wps> will be shown.
• [<rssi filter>]: determine whether the result of the command AT+CWLAP will be filtered according to rssi
filter. In other words, the result of the command will NOT show the APs whose signal strength is below
rssi filter. Unit: dBm. Default: -100. Range: [-100,40].
• [<authmode mask>]: determine whether APs with the following authmodes are shown in the result of
AT+CWLAP. Default: 0xFFFF. If you set bit x to 1, the APs with the corresponding authmode will be
shown. If you set bit x to 0, the APs with the corresponding authmode will NOT be shown;
– bit 0: determine whether APs with OPEN authmode will be shown.
– bit 1: determine whether APs with WEP authmode will be shown.
– bit 2: determine whether APs with WPA_PSK authmode will be shown.
– bit 3: determine whether APs with WPA2_PSK authmode will be shown.
– bit 4: determine whether APs with WPA_WPA2_PSK authmode will be shown.
– bit 5: determine whether APs with WPA2_ENTERPRISE authmode will be shown.
– bit 6: determine whether APs with WPA3_PSK authmode will be shown.
– bit 7: determine whether AP with WPA2_WPA3_PSK authmode will be shown.
– bit 8: determine whether AP with WAPI_PSK authmode will be shown.

Example

// The first parameter is 1, meaning that the result of the command AT+CWLAP will␣
,→be ordered according to RSSI;

// The second parameter is 31, namely 0x1F, meaning that the corresponding bits of
,→<print mask> are set to 1. All parameters will be shown in the result of␣

,→AT+CWLAP.

AT+CWLAPOPT=1,31
AT+CWLAP

// Just show the AP which authmode is OPEN


AT+CWLAPOPT=1,31,-100,1
AT+CWLAP

3.2.6 AT+CWLAP: List Available APs

Set Command

Function:
Query the APs with specified parameters, such as the SSID, MAC address, or channel.
Command:

AT+CWLAP=[<ssid>,<mac>,<channel>,<scan_type>,<scan_time_min>,<scan_time_max>]

Execute Command

Function:

Espressif Systems 37 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

List all available APs.


Command:

AT+CWLAP

Response:

+CWLAP:<ecn>,<ssid>,<rssi>,<mac>,<channel>,<freq_offset>,<freqcal_val>,<pairwise_
,→cipher>,<group_cipher>,<bgn>,<wps>

OK

Parameters

• <ecn>: encryption method.


– 0: OPEN
– 1: WEP
– 2: WPA_PSK
– 3: WPA2_PSK
– 4: WPA_WPA2_PSK
– 5: WPA2_ENTERPRISE
– 6: WPA3_PSK
– 7: WPA2_WPA3_PSK
– 8: WAPI_PSK
• <ssid>: string parameter showing SSID of the AP.
• <rssi>: signal strength.
• <mac>: string parameter showing MAC address of the AP.
• <channel>: channel.
• <scan_type>: Wi-Fi scan type. Default: 0.
– 0: active scan
– 1: passive scan
• <scan_time_min>: the minimum active scan time per channel. Unit: millisecond. Range [0,1500]. If the
scan type is passive, this parameter is invalid.
• <scan_time_max>: the maximum active scan time per channel. Unit: millisecond. Range [0,1500]. If this
parameter is 0, the firmware will use the default time: 120 ms for active scan; 360 ms for passive scan.
• <freq_offset>: frequency offset (reserved item).
• <freqcal_val>: frequency calibration value (reserved item).
• <pairwise_cipher>: pairwise cipher type.
– 0: None
– 1: WEP40
– 2: WEP104
– 3: TKIP
– 4: CCMP
– 5: TKIP and CCMP
– 6: AES-CMAC-128
– 7: Unknown
• <group_cipher>: group cipher type, same enumerated value to <pairwise_cipher>.
• <bgn>: 802.11 b/g/n. If the corresponding bit is 1, the corresponding mode is enabled; if the corresponding
bit is 0, the corresponding mode is disabled.
– bit 0: bit to identify if 802.11b mode is enabled or not
– bit 1: bit to identify if 802.11g mode is enabled or not
– bit 2: bit to identify if 802.11n mode is enabled or not
• <wps>: wps flag.
– 0: WPS disabled
– 1: WPS enabled

Espressif Systems 38 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+CWLAP="Wi-Fi","ca:d7:19:d8:a6:44",6,0,400,1000

// Search for APs with a designated SSID:


AT+CWLAP="Wi-Fi"

3.2.7 AT+CWQAP: Disconnect from an AP

Execute Command

Command:

AT+CWQAP

Response:

OK

3.2.8 AT+CWSAP: Query/Set the configuration of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP

Query Command

Function:
Query the configuration parameters of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:

AT+CWSAP?

Response:

+CWSAP:<ssid>,<pwd>,<channel>,<ecn>,<max conn>,<ssid hidden>


OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the configuration of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:

AT+CWSAP=<ssid>,<pwd>,<chl>,<ecn>[,<max conn>][,<ssid hidden>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <ssid>: string parameter showing SSID of the AP.


• <pwd>: string parameter showing the password. Length: 8 ~ 63 bytes ASCII.
• <channel>: channel ID.
• <ecn>: encryption method; WEP is not supported.

Espressif Systems 39 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

– 0: OPEN
– 2: WPA_PSK
– 3: WPA2_PSK
– 4: WPA_WPA2_PSK
• [<max conn>]: maximum number of stations that ESP32-C3 SoftAP can connect. Range: [1,10].
• [<ssid hidden>]:
– 0: broadcasting SSID (default).
– 1: not broadcasting SSID.

Notes

• This command works only when AT+CWMODE=2 or AT+CWMODE=3.


• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.
• The default SSID varies from devices to device as it consists of the MAC address of the device. You can use
AT+CWSAP? to query the default SSID.

Example

AT+CWSAP="ESP","1234567890",5,3

3.2.9 AT+CWLIF: Obtain IP Address of the Station That Connects to an ESP32-C3


SoftAP

Execute Command

Command:
AT+CWLIF

Response:
+CWLIF:<ip addr>,<mac>

OK

Parameters

• <ip addr>: IP address of the station that connects to the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
• <mac>: MAC address of the station that connects to the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.

Note

• This command cannot get a static IP. It works only when DHCP of both the ESP32-C3 SoftAP and the
connected station are enabled.

3.2.10 AT+CWQIF: Disconnect Stations from an ESP32-C3 SoftAP

Execute Command

Function:
Disconnect all stations that are connected to the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:

Espressif Systems 40 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+CWQIF

Response:

OK

Set Command

Function:
Disconnect a specific station from the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:

AT+CWQIF=<mac>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <mac>: MAC address of the station to disconnect.

3.2.11 AT+CWDHCP: Enable/Disable DHCP

Query Command

Command:

AT+CWDHCP?

Response:

+CWDHCP:<state>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Enable/disable DHCP.
Command:

AT+CWDHCP=<operate>,<mode>

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 41 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <operate>:
– 0: disable
– 1: enable
• <mode>:
– Bit0: Station DHCP
– Bit1: SoftAP DHCP
• <state>: the status of DHCP
– Bit0:
∗ 0: Station DHCP is disabled.
∗ 1: Station DHCP is enabled.
– Bit1:
∗ 0: SoftAP DHCP is disabled.
∗ 1: SoftAP DHCP is enabled.
– Bit2:
∗ 0: Ethernet DHCP is disabled.
∗ 1: Ethernet DHCP is enabled.

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• This Set Command correlates with the commands that set static IP, such as AT+CIPSTA and AT+CIPAP:
– If DHCP is enabled, static IP address will be disabled;
– If static IP address is enabled, DHCP will be disabled;
– The last configuration overwrites the previous configuration.

Example

// Enable Station DHCP. If the last DHCP mode is 2, the current DHCP mode will be␣
,→3.

AT+CWDHCP=1,1

// Disable SoftAP DHCP. If the last DHCP mode is 3, the current DHCP mode will be␣
,→1.

AT+CWDHCP=0,2

3.2.12 AT+CWDHCPS: Query/Set the IP Addresses Allocated by an ESP32-C3 SoftAP


DHCP Server

Query Command

Command:

AT+CWDHCPS?

Response:

+CWDHCPS=<lease time>,<start IP>,<end IP>


OK

Set Command

Function:

Espressif Systems 42 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set the IP address range of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP DHCP server.


Command:

AT+CWDHCPS=<enable>,<lease time>,<start IP>,<end IP>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <enable>:
– 1: Enable DHCP server settings. The parameters below have to be set.
– 0: Disable DHCP server settings and use the default IP address range.
• <lease time>: lease time. Unit: minute. Range [1,2880].
• <start IP>: start IP address of the IP address range that can be obtained from ESP32-C3 SoftAP DHCP
server.
• <end IP>: end IP address of the IP address range that can be obtained from ESP32-C3 SoftAP DHCP server.

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• This AT command works only when both SoftAP and DHCP server are enabled for ESP32-C3.
• The IP address should be in the same network segment as the IP address of ESP32-C3 SoftAP.

Example

AT+CWDHCPS=1,3,"192.168.4.10","192.168.4.15"

AT+CWDHCPS=0 // Disable the settings and use the default IP address range.

3.2.13 AT+CWAUTOCONN: Automatically Connect to an AP When Powered on

Set Command

Command:

AT+CWAUTOCONN=<enable>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <enable>:
– 1: Enable automatic connection to an AP when powered on. (Default)
– 0: Disable automatic connection to an AP when powered on.

Note

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area.

Espressif Systems 43 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+CWAUTOCONN=1

3.2.14 AT+CWAPPROTO: Query/Set the 802.11 b/g/n Protocol Standard of SoftAP


Mode

Query Command

Command:

AT+CWAPPROTO?

Response:

+CWAPPROTO=<protocol>
OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+CWAPPROTO=<protocol>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <protocol>:
– bit0: 802.11b protocol standard.
– bit1: 802.11g protocol standard.
– bit2: 802.11n protocol standard.

Note

• Currently ESP32-C3 only support 802.11b or 802.11bg or 802.11bgn mode.


• By default, PHY mode of ESP32-C3 is 802.11bgn mode.

3.2.15 AT+CWSTAPROTO: Query/Set the 802.11 b/g/n Protocol Standard of Station


Mode

Query Command

Command:

AT+CWSTAPROTO?

Response:

+CWSTAPROTO=<protocol>
OK

Espressif Systems 44 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Command:
AT+CWSTAPROTO=<protocol>

Response:
OK

Parameters

• <protocol>:
– bit0: 802.11b protocol standard.
– bit1: 802.11g protocol standard.
– bit2: 802.11n protocol standard.

Note

• Currently ESP32-C3 only support 802.11b or 802.11bg or 802.11bgn mode.


• By default, PHY mode of ESP32-C3 is 802.11bgn mode.
• This command is supported since ESP-AT v2.1.0.0

3.2.16 AT+CIPSTAMAC: Query/Set the MAC Address of an ESP32-C3 Station

Query Command

Function:
Query the MAC address of the ESP32-C3 Station.
Command:
AT+CIPSTAMAC?

Response:
+CIPSTAMAC:<mac>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the MAC address of an ESP32-C3 station.
Command:
AT+CIPSTAMAC=<mac>

Response:
OK

Parameters

• <mac>: string parameter showing MAC address of an ESP32-C3 station.

Espressif Systems 45 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• The MAC address of ESP32-C3 Station is different from that of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP. Please make sure that
you do not set the same MAC address for both of them.
• Bit 0 of the ESP32-C3 MAC address CANNOT be 1. For example, a MAC address can be 1a: but not
15: .
• FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF and 00:00:00:00:00:00 are invalid MAC address and cannot be set.

Example

AT+CIPSTAMAC="1a:fe:35:98:d3:7b"

3.2.17 AT+CIPAPMAC: Query/Set the MAC Address of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP

Query Command

Function:
Query the MAC address of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:
AT+CIPAPMAC?

Response:
+CIPAPMAC:<mac>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the MAC address of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:
AT+CIPAPMAC=<mac>

Response:
OK

Parameters

• <mac>: string parameter showing MAC address of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• The MAC address of ESP32-C3 SoftAP is different from that of the ESP32-C3 station. Please make sure that
you do not set the same MAC address for both of them.

Espressif Systems 46 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• Bit 0 of the ESP32-C3 MAC address CANNOT be 1. For example, a MAC address can be 18: but not
15: .
• FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF and 00:00:00:00:00:00 are invalid MAC and cannot be set.

Example

AT+CIPAPMAC="18:fe:35:98:d3:7b"

3.2.18 AT+CIPSTA: Query/Set the IP Address of an ESP32-C3 Station

Query Command

Function:
Query the IP address of the ESP32-C3 Station.
Command:

AT+CIPSTA?

Response:

+CIPSTA:ip:<"ip">
+CIPSTA:gateway:<"gateway">
+CIPSTA:netmask:<"netmask">
+CIPSTA:ip6ll:<"ipv6 addr">
+CIPSTA:ip6gl:<"ipv6 addr">

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the IPv4 address of the ESP32-C3 station.
Command:

AT+CIPSTA=<"ip">[,<"gateway">,<"netmask">]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• < ip >: string parameter showing the IPv4 address of the ESP32-C3 station.
• < gateway >: gateway.
• < netmask >: netmask.
• < ipv6 addr >: string parameter showing the IPv6 address of the ESP32-C3 station.

Notes

• For the query command, only when the ESP32-C3 station is connected to an AP or the static IP address is
configured can its IP address be queried.
• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.

Espressif Systems 47 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• The Set Command correlates with the commands that set DHCP, such as AT+CWDHCP.
– If static IP address is enabled, DHCP will be disabled;
– If DHCP is enabled, static IP address will be disabled;
– The last configuration overwrites the previous configuration.

Example

AT+CIPSTA="192.168.6.100","192.168.6.1","255.255.255.0"

3.2.19 AT+CIPAP: Query/Set the IP Address of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP

Query Command

Function:
Query the IP address of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:

AT+CIPAP?

Response:

+CIPAP:ip:<"ip">
+CIPAP:gateway:<"gateway">
+CIPAP:netmask:<"netmask">
+CIPAP:ip6ll:<"ipv6 addr">
+CIPAP:ip6gl:<"ipv6 addr">

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the IPv4 address of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
Command:

AT+CIPAP=<"ip">[,<"gateway">,<"netmask">]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• < ip >: string parameter showing the IPv4 address of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.
• < gateway >: gateway.
• < netmask >: netmask.
• < ipv6 addr >: string parameter showing the IPv6 address of the ESP32-C3 SoftAP.

Espressif Systems 48 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• The set command correlates with the commands that set DHCP, such as AT+CWDHCP.
– If static IP address is enabled, DHCP will be disabled;
– If DHCP is enabled, static IP address will be disabled;
– The last configuration overwrites the previous configuration.

Example

AT+CIPAP="192.168.5.1","192.168.5.1","255.255.255.0"

3.2.20 AT+CWSTARTSMART: Start SmartConfig

Execute Command

Function:
Start SmartConfig of the type ESP-TOUCH+AirKiss.
Command:

AT+CWSTARTSMART

Set Command

Function:
Start SmartConfig of a designated type.
Command:

AT+CWSTARTSMART=<type>[,<auth floor>][,<"esptouch v2 key">]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <type>:
– 1: ESP-TOUCH
– 2: AirKiss
– 3: ESP-TOUCH+AirKiss
– 4: ESP-TOUCH v2
• <auth floor>: Wi-Fi authentication mode floor. ESP-AT will not connect to the AP whose authmode is lower
than this floor.
– 0: OPEN (Default)
– 1: WEP
– 2: WPA_PSK
– 3: WPA2_PSK
– 4: WPA_WPA2_PSK
– 5: WPA2_ENTERPRISE
– 6: WPA3_PSK
– 7: WPA2_WPA3_PSK

Espressif Systems 49 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• < esptouch v2 key >: ESP-TOUCH v2 decrypt key. It is used to decrypt Wi-Fi password and reserved
data. Length: 16 bytes.

Notes

• For more details on SmartConfig, please see ESP-TOUCH User Guide.


• SmartConfig is only available in the ESP32-C3 station mode.
• The message Smart get Wi-Fi info means that SmartConfig has successfully acquired the AP infor-
mation. ESP32-C3 will try to connect to the target AP.
• Message +SCRD:<length>,<rvd data> means that ESP-Touch v2 has successfully acquired the re-
served data information.
• Message Smartconfig connected Wi-Fi is printed if the connection is successful.
• When AT returns Smartconfig connected Wi-Fi, it is recommended to delay more than 6 seconds
before executing AT+CWSTOPSMART because the ESP32-C3 needs to synchronize the SmartConfig results
to the mobile phone.
• Use command AT+CWSTOPSMART to stop SmartConfig before running other commands. Please make sure
that you do not execute other commands during SmartConfig.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWSTARTSMART

3.2.21 AT+CWSTOPSMART: Stop SmartConfig

Execute Command

Command:

AT+CWSTOPSMART

Response:

OK

Note

• Irrespective of whether SmartConfig succeeds or not, please always call AT+CWSTOPSMART before executing
any other AT commands to release the internal memory taken up by SmartConfig.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWSTARTSMART
AT+CWSTOPSMART

3.2.22 AT+WPS: Enable the WPS Function

Set Command

Command:

Espressif Systems 50 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+WPS=<enable>[,<auth floor>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <enable>:
– 1: Enable WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) that uses PBC (Push Button Configuration) mode.
– 0: Disable WPS that uses PBC mode.
• <auth floor>: Wi-Fi authentication mode floor. ESP-AT will not connect to the AP whose authmode is lower
than this floor.
– 0: OPEN (Default)
– 1: WEP
– 2: WPA_PSK
– 3: WPA2_PSK
– 4: WPA_WPA2_PSK
– 5: WPA2_ENTERPRISE
– 6: WPA3_PSK
– 7: WPA2_WPA3_PSK

Notes

• WPS can only be used when the ESP32-C3 station is enabled.


• WPS does not support WEP (Wired-Equivalent Privacy) encryption.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+WPS=1

3.2.23 AT+MDNS: Configure the mDNS Function

Set Command

Command:

AT+MDNS=<enable>[,<hostname>,<service_name>,<port>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <enable>:
– 1: Enable the mDNS function. The following three parameters need to be set.
– 0: Disable the mDNS function. The following three parameters does not need to be set.
• <hostname>: mDNS host name.
• <service_name>: mDNS service name.
• <port>: mDNS port.

Espressif Systems 51 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="1234567890","1234567890"
AT+MDNS=1,"espressif","_iot",8080
AT+MDNS=0

3.2.24 AT+CWJEAP: Connect to a WPA2 Enterprise AP

Query Command

Function:
Query the configuration information of the Enterprise AP to which the ESP32-C3 station is already connected.
Command:

AT+CWJEAP?

Response:

+CWJEAP:<ssid>,<method>,<identity>,<username>,<password>,<security>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Connect to the targeted Enterprise AP.
Command:

AT+CWJEAP=<ssid>,<method>,<identity>,<username>,<password>,<security>[,<jeap_
,→timeout>]

Response:

OK

or

+CWJEAP:Timeout
ERROR

Parameters

• <ssid>: the SSID of the Enterprise AP.


– Escape character syntax is needed if SSID or password contains any special characters, such as ,, ", or
\\.
• <method>: WPA2 Enterprise authentication method.
– 0: EAP-TLS.
– 1: EAP-PEAP.
– 2: EAP-TTLS.
• <identity>: identity for phase 1. String limited to 1 ~ 32.
• <username>: username for phase 2. Range: 1 ~ 32 bytes. For the EAP-PEAP and EAP-TTLS method, you
must set this parameter. For the EAP-TLS method, you don t need to.
• <password>: password for phase 2. Range: 1 ~ 32 bytes. For the EAP-PEAP and EAP-TTLS method, you
must set this parameter. For the EAP-TLS method, you don t need to.

Espressif Systems 52 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• <security>:
– Bit0: Client certificate.
– Bit1: Server certificate.
• [<jeap_timeout>]: maximum timeout for AT+CWJEAP command. Unit: second. Default: 15. Range:
[3,600].

Example

// Connect to EAP-TLS mode Enterprise AP, set identity, verify server certificate␣
,→and load client certificate

AT+CWJEAP="dlink11111",0,"example@espressif.com",,,3

// Connect to EAP-PEAP mode Enterprise AP, set identity, username and password,␣
,→not verify server certificate and not load client certificate

AT+CWJEAP="dlink11111",1,"example@espressif.com","espressif","test11",0

Error Code:
The WPA2 Enterprise error code will be prompt as ERR CODE:0x<%08x>.

AT_EAP_MALLOC_FAILED 0x8001
AT_EAP_GET_NVS_CONFIG_FAILED 0x8002
AT_EAP_CONN_FAILED 0x8003
AT_EAP_SET_WIFI_CONFIG_FAILED 0x8004
AT_EAP_SET_IDENTITY_FAILED 0x8005
AT_EAP_SET_USERNAME_FAILED 0x8006
AT_EAP_SET_PASSWORD_FAILED 0x8007
AT_EAP_GET_CA_LEN_FAILED 0x8008
AT_EAP_READ_CA_FAILED 0x8009
AT_EAP_SET_CA_FAILED 0x800A
AT_EAP_GET_CERT_LEN_FAILED 0x800B
AT_EAP_READ_CERT_FAILED 0x800C
AT_EAP_GET_KEY_LEN_FAILED 0x800D
AT_EAP_READ_KEY_FAILED 0x800E
AT_EAP_SET_CERT_KEY_FAILED 0x800F
AT_EAP_ENABLE_FAILED 0x8010
AT_EAP_ALREADY_CONNECTED 0x8011
AT_EAP_GET_SSID_FAILED 0x8012
AT_EAP_SSID_NULL 0x8013
AT_EAP_SSID_LEN_ERROR 0x8014
AT_EAP_GET_METHOD_FAILED 0x8015
AT_EAP_CONN_TIMEOUT 0x8016
AT_EAP_GET_IDENTITY_FAILED 0x8017
AT_EAP_IDENTITY_LEN_ERROR 0x8018
AT_EAP_GET_USERNAME_FAILED 0x8019
AT_EAP_USERNAME_LEN_ERROR 0x801A
AT_EAP_GET_PASSWORD_FAILED 0x801B
AT_EAP_PASSWORD_LEN_ERROR 0x801C
AT_EAP_GET_SECURITY_FAILED 0x801D
AT_EAP_SECURITY_ERROR 0x801E
AT_EAP_METHOD_SECURITY_UNMATCHED 0x801F
AT_EAP_PARAMETER_COUNTS_ERROR 0x8020
AT_EAP_GET_WIFI_MODE_ERROR 0x8021
AT_EAP_WIFI_MODE_NOT_STA 0x8022
AT_EAP_SET_CONFIG_FAILED 0x8023
AT_EAP_METHOD_ERROR 0x8024

Espressif Systems 53 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Note

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• This command requires Station mode to be active.
• TLS mode will use client certificate. Please make sure it is enabled.

3.2.25 AT+CWHOSTNAME: Query/Set the Host Name of an ESP32-C3 Station

Query Command

Function:
Query the host name of ESP32-C3 Station.
Command:

AT+CWHOSTNAME?

Response:

+CWHOSTNAME:<hostname>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the host name of ESP32-C3 Station.
Command:

AT+CWHOSTNAME=<hostname>

Response:

OK

If the Station mode is not enabled, the command will return:

ERROR

Parameters

• <hostname>: the host name of the ESP32-C3 Station. Maximum length: 32 bytes.

Note

• The configuration changes are not saved in the flash.

Example

AT+CWMODE=3
AT+CWHOSTNAME="my_test"

Espressif Systems 54 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.2.26 AT+CWCOUNTRY: Query/Set the Wi-Fi Country Code

Query Command

Function:
Query Wi-Fi country code information.
Command:

AT+CWCOUNTRY?

Response:

+CWCOUNTRY:<country_policy>,<country_code>,<start_channel>,<total_channel_count>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the Wi-Fi country code information.
Command:

AT+ CWCOUNTRY=<country_policy>,<country_code>,<start_channel>,<total_channel_count>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <country_policy>:
– 0: will change the county code to be the same as the AP that the ESP32-C3 is connected to.
– 1: the country code will not change, always be the one set by command.
• <country_code>: country code. Maximum length: 3 characters.
• <start_channel>: the channel number to start. Range: [1,14].
• <total_channel_count>: total number of channels.

Note

• The configuration changes are not saved in the flash.

Example

AT+CWMODE=3
AT+CWCOUNTRY=1,"CN",1,13

3.3 TCP/IP AT Commands

• AT+CIPV6: Enable/disable the network of Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6).

Espressif Systems 55 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• AT+CIPSTATE: Obtain the TCP/UDP/SSL connection information.


• AT+CIPSTATUS (deprecated): Obtain the TCP/UDP/SSL connection status and information.
• AT+CIPDOMAIN: Resolve a Domain Name.
• AT+CIPSTART: Establish TCP connection, UDP transmission, or SSL connection.
• AT+CIPSTARTEX: Establish TCP connection, UDP transmission, or SSL connection with an automatically
assigned ID.
• [Data Mode Only] +++: Exit from the data mode.
• AT+CIPSEND: Send data in the normal transmission mode or Wi-Fi normal transmission mode.
• AT+CIPSENDL: Send long data in paraller in the normal transmission mode.
• AT+CIPSENDLCFG: Set the configuration for the command AT+CIPSENDL.
• AT+CIPSENDEX: Send data in the normal transmission mode in expanded ways.
• AT+CIPCLOSE: Close TCP/UDP/SSL connection.
• AT+CIFSR: Obtain the local IP address and MAC address.
• AT+CIPMUX: Enable/disable the multiple connections mode.
• AT+CIPSERVER: Delete/create a TCP/SSL server.
• AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN: Query/Set the maximum connections allowed by a server.
• AT+CIPMODE: Query/Set the transmission mode.
• AT+SAVETRANSLINK: Set whether to enter Wi-Fi normal transmission mode on power-up.
• AT+CIPSTO: Query/Set the local TCP Server Timeout.
• AT+CIPSNTPCFG: Query/Set the time zone and SNTP server.
• AT+CIPSNTPTIME: Query the SNTP time.
• AT+CIPSNTPINTV: Query/Set the SNTP time synchronization interval.
• AT+CIUPDATE: Upgrade the firmware through Wi-Fi.
• AT+CIPDINFO: Set +IPD message mode.
• AT+CIPSSLCCONF: Query/Set SSL clients.
• AT+CIPSSLCCN: Query/Set the Common Name of the SSL client.
• AT+CIPSSLCSNI: Query/Set SSL client Server Name Indication (SNI).
• AT+CIPSSLCALPN: Query/Set SSL client Application Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN).
• AT+CIPSSLCPSK: Query/Set SSL client Pre-shared Key (PSK).
• AT+CIPRECONNINTV: Query/Set the TCP/UDP/SSL reconnection interval for the Wi-Fi normal transmission
mode.
• AT+CIPRECVMODE: Query/Set socket receiving mode.
• AT+CIPRECVDATA: Obtain socket data in passive receiving mode.
• AT+CIPRECVLEN: Obtain socket data length in passive receiving mode.
• AT+PING: Ping the remote host.
• AT+CIPDNS: Query/Set DNS server information.
• AT+CIPTCPOPT: Query/Set the socket options.

3.3.1 AT+CIPV6: Enable/disable the network of Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6)

Query Command

Function:
Query whether IPv6 is enabled.
Command:

AT+CIPV6?

Response:

+CIPV6:<enable>

OK

Espressif Systems 56 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Function:
Enable/Disable IPv6 network.
Command:

AT+CIPV6=<enable>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <enable>: status of IPv6 network. Default: 0.


– 0: disable IPv6 network.
– 1: enable IPv6 network.

Notes

• You should enable IPv6 network before using IPv6 related upper layer AT commands
(TCP/UDP/SSL/PING/DNS based on IPv6 network, also known as TCP6/UDP6/SSL6/PING6/DNS6
or TCPv6/UDPv6/SSLv6/PINGv6/DNSv6).

3.3.2 AT+CIPSTATE: Obtain the TCP/UDP/SSL Connection Information

Query Command

Command:

AT+CIPSTATE?

Response:
When there is a connection, AT returns:

+CIPSTATE:<link ID>,<"type">,<"remote IP">,<remote port>,<local port>,<tetype>

OK

When there is no connection, AT returns:

OK

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0~4), used for multiple connections.


• < type >: string parameter showing the type of transmission: TCP , TCPv6 , UDP , UDPv6
, SSL , or SSLv6 .
• < remote IP >: string parameter showing the remote IPv4 address or IPv6 address.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.
• <local port>: the local port number.
• <tetype>:
– 0: ESP32-C3 runs as a client.
– 1: ESP32-C3 runs as a server.

Espressif Systems 57 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.3.3 AT+CIPSTATUS (deprecated): Obtain the TCP/UDP/SSL Connection Status and


Information

Execute Command

Command:

AT+CIPSTATUS

Response:

STATUS:<stat>
+CIPSTATUS:<link ID>,<"type">,<"remote IP">,<remote port>,<local port>,<tetype>
OK

Parameters

• <stat>: status of the ESP32-C3 station interface.


– 0: The ESP32-C3 station is not initialized.
– 1: The ESP32-C3 station is initialized, but not started a Wi-Fi connection yet.
– 2: The ESP32-C3 station is connected to an AP and its IP address is obtained.
– 3: The ESP32-C3 station has created a TCP/SSL transmission.
– 4: All of the TCP/UDP/SSL connections of the ESP32-C3 station are disconnected.
– 5: The ESP32-C3 station started a Wi-Fi connection, but was not connected to an AP or disconnected
from an AP.
• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0~4), used for multiple connections.
• < type >: string parameter showing the type of transmission: TCP , TCPv6 , UDP , UDPv6
, SSL , or SSLv6 .
• < remote IP >: string parameter showing the remote IPv4 address or IPv6 address.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.
• <local port>: the local port number.
• <tetype>:
– 0: ESP32-C3 runs as a client.
– 1: ESP32-C3 runs as a server.

Notes
• It is recommended to use AT+CWSTATE command to query Wi-Fi state and AT+CIPSTATE command to
query TCP/UDP/SSL state.

3.3.4 AT+CIPDOMAIN: Resolve a Domain Name

Set Command

Command:

AT+CIPDOMAIN=<"domain name">[,<ip network>]

Response:

+CIPDOMAIN:<"IP address">

OK

Espressif Systems 58 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameter

• < domain name >: the domain name.


• <ip network>: preferred IP network. Default: 1.
– 1: preferred resolution of IPv4 address
– 2: resolve IPv4 address only
– 3: resolve IPv6 address only
• < IP address >: the resolved IPv4 address or IPv6 address.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1 // set the station mode


AT+CWJAP="SSID","password" // access to the internet
AT+CIPDOMAIN="iot.espressif.cn" // Domain Name Resolution function

// Domain Name Resolution Function for IPv4 address only


AT+CIPDOMAIN="iot.espressif.cn",2

// Domain Name Resolution Function for IPv6 address only


AT+CIPDOMAIN="ipv6.test-ipv6.com",3

// Domain Name Resolution Function for compatible IP address


AT+CIPDOMAIN="ds.test-ipv6.com",1

3.3.5 AT+CIPSTART: Establish TCP Connection, UDP Transmission, or SSL Connec-


tion

Establish TCP Connection

Set Command Command:

// Single connection (AT+CIPMUX=0):


AT+CIPSTART=<"type">,<"remote host">,<remote port>[,<keep_alive>][,<"local IP">]

// Multiple Connections (AT+CIPMUX=1):


AT+CIPSTART=<link ID>,<"type">,<"remote host">,<remote port>[,<keep_alive>][,<
,→"local IP">]

Response:
For single connection, it returns:

CONNECT

OK

For multiple connections, it returns:

<link ID>,CONNECT

OK

Parameters
• <link ID>: ID of network connection (0~4), used for multiple connections. The range of this parameter
depends on two configuration items in menuconfig. One is AT_SOCKET_MAX_CONN_NUM of the AT
component, and its default value is 5. The other is LWIP_MAX_SOCKETS of the LWIP component, and its
default value is 10. To modify the range of this parameter, you need to set AT_SOCKET_MAX_CONN_NUM

Espressif Systems 59 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

and make sure it is no larger than the value of LWIP_MAX_SOCKETS. (See Compile ESP-AT Project for details
on configuring and build ESP-AT projects.)
• < type >: string parameter showing the type of transmission: TCP , or TCPv6 . Default: TCP .
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.
• <keep_alive>: It configures the SO_KEEPALIVE option for socket. Unit: second.
– Range: [0,7200].
∗ 0: disable keep-alive function (default).
∗ 1 ~ 7200: enable keep-alive function. TCP_KEEPIDLE value is <keep_alive>,
TCP_KEEPINTVL value is 1, and TCP_KEEPCNT value is 3.
– This parameter of this command is the same as the <keep_alive> parameter of AT+CIPTCPOPT
command. It always takes the value set later by either of the two commands. If it is omitted or not set,
the last configured value is used by default.
• < local IP >: the local IPv4 address or IPv6 address that the connection binds. This parameter is useful
when you are using multiple network interfaces or multiple IP addresses. By default, it is disabled. If you want
to use it, you should specify it first. Null is also valid.

Notes
• If you want to establish TCP connection based on IPv6 network, set AT+CIPV6=1 first, and ensure the
connected AP by AT+CWJAP supports IPv6 and esp-at got the IPv6 address which you can check it by
AT+CIPSTA.

Example
AT+CIPSTART="TCP","iot.espressif.cn",8000
AT+CIPSTART="TCP","192.168.101.110",1000
AT+CIPSTART="TCP","192.168.101.110",2500,60
AT+CIPSTART="TCP","192.168.101.110",1000,,"192.168.101.100"
AT+CIPSTART="TCPv6","test-ipv6.com",80
AT+CIPSTART="TCPv6","fe80::860d:8eff:fe9d:cd90",1000,,"fe80::411c:1fdb:22a6:4d24"

// esp-at has obtained an IPv6 global address by AT+CWJAP before


AT+CIPSTART="TCPv6","2404:6800:4005:80b::2004",80,,
,→"240e:3a1:2070:11c0:32ae:a4ff:fe80:65ac"

Establish UDP Transmission

Set Command Command:

// Single connection (AT+CIPMUX=0):


AT+CIPSTART=<"type">,<"remote host">,<remote port>[,<local port>,<mode>,<"local IP
,→">]

// Multiple connections (AT+CIPMUX=1):


AT+CIPSTART=<link ID>,<"type">,<"remote host">,<remote port>[,<local port>,<mode>,<
,→"local IP">]

Response:
For single connection, it returns:

CONNECT

OK

For multiple connections, it returns:

Espressif Systems 60 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

<link ID>,CONNECT

OK

Parameters
• <link ID>: ID of network connection (0~4), used for multiple connections.
• < type >: string parameter showing the type of transmission: UDP , or UDPv6 . Default: TCP
.
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host.
• <remote port>: remote port number.
• <local port>: UDP port of ESP32-C3.
• <mode>: In the UDP Wi-Fi passthrough, the value of this parameter has to be 0.
– 0: After UDP data is received, the parameters <"remote host"> and <remote port> will stay
unchanged (default).
– 1: Only the first time that UDP data is received from an IP address and port that are different from the
initially set value of parameters <remote host> and <remote port>, will they be changed to the
IP address and port of the device that sends the data.
– 2: Each time UDP data is received, the <"remote host"> and <remote port> will be changed
to the IP address and port of the device that sends the data.
• < local IP >: the local IPv4 address or IPv6 address that the connection binds. This parameter is useful
when you are using multiple network interfaces or multiple IP addresses. By default, it is disabled. If you want
to use it, you should specify it first. Null is also valid.

Notes
• If the remote host over the UDP is an IPv4 multicast address (224.0.0.0 ~ 239.255.255.255), the ESP32-C3
will send and receive the UDPv4 multicast.
• If the remote host over the UDP is an IPv4 broadcast address (255.255.255.255), the ESP32-C3 will send and
receive the UDPv4 broadcast.
• If the remote host over the UDP is an IPv6 multicast address (FF00:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 ~
FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF), the ESP32-C3 will send and receive the UDP mul-
ticast based on IPv6 network.
• To use the parameter <mode>, parameter <local port> must be set first.
• If you want to establish UDP connection based on IPv6 network, set AT+CIPV6=1 first, and ensure the
connected AP by AT+CWJAP supports IPv6 and esp-at got the IPv6 address which you can check it by
AT+CIPSTA.

Example
// UDP unicast
AT+CIPSTART="UDP","192.168.101.110",1000,1002,2
AT+CIPSTART="UDP","192.168.101.110",1000,,,"192.168.101.100"

// UDP unicast based on IPv6 network


AT+CIPSTART="UDPv6","fe80::32ae:a4ff:fe80:65ac",1000,,,"fe80::5512:f37f:bb03:5d9b"

// UDP multicast based on IPv6 network


AT+CIPSTART="UDPv6","FF02::FC",1000,1002,0

Establish SSL Connection

Set Command Command:

Espressif Systems 61 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

// Single connection (AT+CIPMUX=0):


AT+CIPSTART=<"type">,<"remote host">,<remote port>[,<keep_alive>,<"local IP">]

// Multiple connections (AT+CIPMUX=1):


AT+CIPSTART=<link ID>,<"type">,<"remote host">,<remote port>[,<keep_alive>,<"local␣
,→IP">]

Response:
For single connection, it returns:

CONNECT

OK

For multiple connections, it returns:

<link ID>,CONNECT

OK

Parameters
• <link ID>: ID of network connection (0~4), used for multiple connections.
• < type >: string parameter showing the type of transmission: SSL , or SSLv6 . Default: TCP .
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.
• <keep_alive>: It configures the SO_KEEPALIVE option for socket. Unit: second.
– Range: [0,7200].
∗ 0: disable keep-alive function (default).
∗ 1 ~ 7200: enable keep-alive function. TCP_KEEPIDLE value is <keep_alive>,
TCP_KEEPINTVL value is 1, and TCP_KEEPCNT value is 3.
– This parameter of this command is the same as the <keep_alive> parameter of AT+CIPTCPOPT
command. It always takes the value set later by either of the two commands. If it is omitted or not set,
the last configured value is used by default.
• < local IP >: the local IPv4 address or IPv6 address that the connection binds. This parameter is useful
when you are using multiple network interfaces or multiple IP addresses. By default, it is disabled. If you want
to use it, you should specify it first. Null is also valid.

Notes
• The number of SSL connections depends on available memory and the maximum number of connections.
• SSL connection needs a large amount of memory. Insufficient memory may cause the system reboot.
• If the AT+CIPSTART is based on an SSL connection and the timeout of each packet is 10 s, the total timeout
will be much longer depending on the number of handshake packets.
• If you want to establish SSL connection based on IPv6 network, set AT+CIPV6=1 first, and ensure the
connected AP by AT+CWJAP supports IPv6 and esp-at got the IPv6 address which you can check it by
AT+CIPSTA.

Example
AT+CIPSTART="SSL","iot.espressif.cn",8443
AT+CIPSTART="SSL","192.168.101.110",1000,,"192.168.101.100"

// esp-at has obtained an IPv6 global address by AT+CWJAP before


AT+CIPSTART="SSLv6","240e:3a1:2070:11c0:6972:6f96:9147:d66d",1000,,
,→"240e:3a1:2070:11c0:55ce:4e19:9649:b75"

Espressif Systems 62 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.3.6 AT+CIPSTARTEX: Establish TCP connection, UDP transmission, or SSL connec-


tion with an Automatically Assigned ID

This command is similar to AT+CIPSTART except that you don t need to assign an ID by yourself in multiple
connections mode (AT+CIPMUX=1). The system will assign an ID to the new connection automatically.

3.3.7 [Data Mode Only] +++: Exit from Data Mode

Special Execute Command

Function:
Exit from Data Mode and enter the Command Mode.
Command:

// Only for data mode


+++

Notes
• This special execution command consists of three identical + characters (0x2b ASCII), and no CR-LF appends
to the command tail.
• Make sure there is more than 20 ms interval before the first + character, more than 20 ms interval after the
third + character, less than 20 ms interval among the three + characters. Otherwise, the + characters will be
sent out as normal data.
• This command returns no reply.
• Please wait for at least one second before sending the next AT command.

3.3.8 AT+CIPSEND: Send Data in the Normal Transmission Mode or Wi-Fi


Passthrough Mode

Set Command

Function:
Set the data length to be send in the Normal Transmission Mode. If the length of data you need to send exceeds 8192
bytes, please use the AT+CIPSENDL command.
Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSEND=<length>

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSEND=<link ID>,<length>

// Remote host and port can be set for UDP transmission:


AT+CIPSEND=[<link ID>,]<length>[,<"remote host">,<remote port>]

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data. You should enter the data, and when the data length
reaches the <length> value, the transmission of data starts.

Espressif Systems 63 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

If the connection cannot be established or is disrupted during data transmission, the system returns:

ERROR

If data is transmitted successfully, the system returns:

SEND OK

Execute Command

Function:
Enter the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode.
Command:

AT+CIPSEND

Response:

OK
>

or

ERROR

Enter the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode. The ESP32-C3 can receive 8192 bytes and send 2920 bytes at most each time.
If the length of the currently received data is greater than the maximum number of bytes that can be sent, AT will
send the received data immediately; Otherwise, the received data will be sent out within 20 ms. When a single packet
containing +++ is received, the ESP32-C3 will exit the data sending mode under the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode.
Please wait for at least one second before sending the next AT command.
This command can only be used for single connection in the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode. For UDP Wi-Fi passthrough,
the <mode> parameter has to be 0 when using AT+CIPSTART.

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0~4), for multiple connections.


• <length>: data length. Maximum: 8192 bytes.
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host. It can be set in UDP
transmission.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.

Notes

• You can use AT+CIPTCPOPT command to configure socket options for each TCP connection. For example,
setting <so_sndtimeo> to 5000 will enable TCP send to return results within 5 seconds, whether it succeeds or
fails. This can save the time that the MCU waits for AT command response.

3.3.9 AT+CIPSENDL: Send Long Data in Paraller in the Normal Transmission Mode.

Set Command

Function:
In the Normal Transmission Mode, set the data length to be sent, and then send data to remote host in parallel
(the AT command port receives data in parallel with the AT sending data to the remote host). You can use the

Espressif Systems 64 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+CIPSENDLCFG command to configure this command. If the length of data you need to send is less than 8192
bytes, you also can use the AT+CIPSEND command.
Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSENDL=<length>

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSENDL=<link ID>,<length>

// Remote host and port can be set for UDP transmission:


AT+CIPSENDL=[<link ID>,]<length>[,<"remote host">,<remote port>]

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT enters the Data Mode and AT command port is ready to receive data. You can enter
the data now. Once the port receives data, it will be pushed to underlying protocol stack and the transmission starts.
If the transmission starts, the system reports message according to AT+CIPSENDLCFG configuration:

+CIPSENDL:<had sent len>,<port recv len>

If the transmission is cancelled by +++ command, the system returns:

SEND CANCELLED

If not all the data has been sent out, the system finally returns:

SEND FAIL

If all the data is transmitted successfully, the system finally returns:

SEND OK

When the connection is disconnected, you can send +++ command to cancel the transmission, then the ESP32-C3
will exit from the Data Mode, otherwise, the Data Mode will not end until the AT command port receives all the data
of the specified <length>.

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0~4), for multiple connections.


• <length>: data length. Maximum: 2 31 - 1 bytes.
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host. It can be set in UDP
transmission.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.
• <had sent len>: the length of data successfully sent to the underlying protocol stack.
• <port recv len>: data length received by AT command port.

Notes

• You can use AT+CIPTCPOPT command to configure socket options for each TCP connection. For example,
setting <so_sndtimeo> to 5000 will enable TCP send to return results within 5 seconds, whether it succeeds or
fails. This can save the time that the MCU waits for AT command response.

Espressif Systems 65 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.3.10 AT+CIPSENDLCFG: Set the Configuration for the Command AT+CIPSENDL

Query Command

Function:
Query the configuration of AT+CIPSENDL.
Command:

AT+CIPSENDLCFG?

Response:

+CIPSENDLCFG:<report size>,<transmit size>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the configuration of AT+CIPSENDL.
Command:

AT+CIPSENDLCFG:<report size>[,<transmit size>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <report size>: report block size for AT+CIPSENDL. Default: 1024. Range: [100,2 20 ]. For example, set
<report size> to 100, <had sent len> report sequence in the response of AT+CIPSENDL will be
(100, 200, 300, 400, ). The final <had sent len> report is always equal to the data length that had
been sent out.
• <transmit size>: transmit block size of AT+CIPSENDL. It specifies the size of the data block sent to the
underlying protocol stack. Default: 2920. Range: [100,2920]. If the received data length is greater than or
equal to <transmit size>, it is pushed to the underlying protocol stack immediately, otherwise, the data
waits for 20 ms and then is pushed to the protocol stack.

Note
• For devices with small throughput but high real-time requirements, it is recommended to set a smaller
<transmit size>. It is also recommended to set TCP_NODELAY by AT+CIPTCPOPT command.
• For devices with large throughput, it is recommended to set a larger <transmit size>. It is also recom-
mended to read How to Improve ESP-AT Throughput Performance first.

3.3.11 AT+CIPSENDEX: Send Data in the Normal Transmission Mode in Expanded


Ways

Set Command

Function:

Espressif Systems 66 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set the data length to be send in Normal Transmission Mode, or use \0 (0x5c, 0x30 ASCII) to trigger data transmis-
sion.
Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSENDEX=<length>

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSENDEX=<link ID>,<length>

// Remote host and port can be set for UDP transmission:


AT+CIPSENDEX=[<link ID>,]<length>[,<"remote host">,<remote port>]

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT is ready for receiving data. You should enter the data of designated length. When
the data length reaches the <length> value, or when the string \0 appears in the data, the transmission starts.
If the connection cannot be established or gets disconnected during transmission, the system returns:

ERROR

If the data are successfully transmitted, the system returns:

SEND OK

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0~4), for multiple connections.


• <length>: data length. Maximum: 8192 bytes.
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host. It can be set in UDP
transmission.
• <remote port>: remote port can be set in UDP transmission.

Notes

• When the requirement of data length is met, or when the string \0 (0x5c, 0x30 in ASCII) appears, the trans-
mission of data starts. Go back to the normal command mode and wait for the next AT command.
• If the data contains the \<any>, it means that drop backslash symbol and only use <any> character.
• When sending \0, please use a backslash to escape it as \\0.
• You can use AT+CIPTCPOPT command to configure socket options for each TCP connection. For example,
setting <so_sndtimeo> to 5000 will enable TCP send to return results within 5 seconds, whether it succeeds or
fails. This can save the time that the MCU waits for AT command response.

3.3.12 AT+CIPCLOSE: Close TCP/UDP/SSL Connection

Set Command

Function:
Close TCP/UDP/SSL connection in the multiple connections mode.
Command:

Espressif Systems 67 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+CIPCLOSE=<link ID>

Response:

<link ID>,CLOSED

OK

Execute Command

Function:
Close TCP/UDP/SSL connection in the single connection mode.

AT+CIPCLOSE

Response:

CLOSED

OK

Parameter

• <link ID>: ID of the connection that you want to close. If you set it to 5, all connections will be closed.

3.3.13 AT+CIFSR: Obtain the Local IP Address and MAC Address

Execute Command

Command:

AT+CIFSR

Response:

+CIFSR:APIP,<"APIP">
+CIFSR:APIP6LL,<"APIP6LL">
+CIFSR:APIP6GL,<"APIP6GL">
+CIFSR:APMAC,<"APMAC">
+CIFSR:STAIP,<"STAIP">
+CIFSR:STAIP6LL,<"STAIP6LL">
+CIFSR:STAIP6GL,<"STAIP6GL">
+CIFSR:STAMAC,<"STAMAC">
+CIFSR:ETHIP,<"ETHIP">
+CIFSR:ETHIP6LL,<"ETHIP6LL">
+CIFSR:ETHIP6GL,<"ETHIP6GL">
+CIFSR:ETHMAC,<"ETHMAC">

OK

Parameters

• < APIP >: IPv4 address of Wi-Fi softAP interface


• < APIP6LL >: Linklocal IPv6 address of Wi-Fi softAP interface
• < APIP6GL >: Global IPv6 address of Wi-Fi softAP interface

Espressif Systems 68 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• < APMAC >: MAC address of Wi-Fi softAP interface


• < STAIP >: IPv4 address of Wi-Fi station interface
• < STAIP6LL >: Linklocal IPv6 address of Wi-Fi station interface
• < STAIP6GL >: Global IPv6 address of Wi-Fi station interface
• < STAMAC >: MAC address of Wi-Fi station interface
• < ETHIP >: IPv4 address of ethernet interface
• < ETHIP6LL >: Linklocal IPv6 address of ethernet interface
• < ETHIP6GL >: Global IPv6 address of ethernet interface
• < ETHMAC >: MAC address of ethernet interface

Note

• Only when the ESP32-C3 has the valid interface information can you query its IP address and MAC address.

3.3.14 AT+CIPMUX: Enable/disable Multiple Connections

Query Command

Function:
Query the connection type.
Command:

AT+CIPMUX?

Response:

+CIPMUX:<mode>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the connection type.
Command:

AT+CIPMUX=<mode>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <mode>: connection mode. Default: 0.


– 0: single connection.
– 1: multiple connections.

Notes

• This mode can only be changed after all connections are disconnected.
• If you want to set the multiple connections mode, ESP32-C3 should be in the Normal Transmission Mode
(AT+CIPMODE=0).

Espressif Systems 69 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• If you want to set the single connection mode when the TCP/SSL server is running, you should delete the server
first. (AT+CIPSERVER=0).

Example

AT+CIPMUX=1

3.3.15 AT+CIPSERVER: Delete/create a TCP/SSL Server

Query Command

Function:
Query the TCP/SSL server status.
Command:

AT+CIPSERVER?

Response:

+CIPSERVER:<mode>[,<port>,<"type">][,<CA enable>]

OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+CIPSERVER=<mode>[,<param2>][,<"type">][,<CA enable>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <mode>:
– 0: delete a server.
– 1: create a server.
• <param2>: It means differently depending on the parameter <mode>:
• If <mode> is 1, <param2> represents the port number. Default: 333.
• If <mode> is 0, <param2> represents whether the server closes all connections. Default: 0.
– 0: shutdown the server and keep existing connections.
– 1: shutdown the server and close all connections.
• < type >: server type: TCP , TCPv6 , SSL , or SSLv6 . Default: TCP .
• <CA enable>:
– 0: disable CA.
– 1: enable CA.

Espressif Systems 70 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• A TCP/SSL server can only be created when multiple connections are activated (AT+CIPMUX=1).
• A server monitor will be created automatically when the server is created. Only one server can be created at
most.
• When a client is connected to the server, it will take up one connection and be assigned an ID.
• If you want to create a TCP/SSL server based on IPv6 network, set AT+CIPV6=1 first, and obtain an IPv6
address.
• Parameters <"type"> and <CA enable> must be omitted when delete a server.

Example

// To create a TCP server


AT+CIPMUX=1
AT+CIPSERVER=1,80

// To create an SSL server


AT+CIPMUX=1
AT+CIPSERVER=1,443,"SSL",1

// To create an SSL server based on IPv6 network


AT+CIPMUX=1
AT+CIPSERVER=1,443,"SSLv6",0

// To delete an server and close all clients


AT+CIPSERVER=0,1

3.3.16 AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN: Query/Set the Maximum Connections Allowed by


a Server

Query Command

Function:
Obtain the maximum number of clients allowed to connect to the TCP/SSL server.
Command:

AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN?

Response:

+CIPSERVERMAXCONN:<num>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the maximum number of clients allowed to connect to the TCP/SSL server.
Command:

AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN=<num>

Response:

Espressif Systems 71 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameter

• <num>: the maximum number of clients allowed to connect to the TCP/SSL server. Range: [1,5]. For how
to change the upper limit of this range, please refer to the description of the <link ID> parameter of the
AT+CIPSTART command.

Note

• You should call the command AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN=<num> before creating a server.

Example

AT+CIPMUX=1
AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN=2
AT+CIPSERVER=1,80

3.3.17 AT+CIPMODE: Query/Set the Transmission Mode

Query Command

Function:
Query the transmission mode.
Command:

AT+CIPMODE?

Response:

+CIPMODE:<mode>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the transmission mode.
Command:

AT+CIPMODE=<mode>

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 72 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameter

• <mode>:
– 0: Normal Transmission Mode.
– 1: Wi-Fi Passthrough Receiving Mode, or called transparent receiving transmission, which can only be
enabled in TCP single connection mode, UDP mode when the remote host and port do not change, or
SSL single connection mode.

Notes

• The configuration changes will NOT be saved in flash.

Example

AT+CIPMODE=1

3.3.18 AT+SAVETRANSLINK: Set Whether to Enter Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode on


Power-up

For TCP/SSL Single Connection

Set Command Command:

AT+SAVETRANSLINK=<mode>,<"remote host">,<remote port>[,<"type">,<keep_alive>]

Response:

OK

Parameters
• <mode>:
– 0: ESP32-C3 will NOT enter Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode on power-up.
– 1: ESP32-C3 will enter Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode on power-up.
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.
• < type >: string parameter showing the type of transmission: TCP , TCPv6 , SSL , or SSLv6
. Default: TCP .
• <keep_alive>: It configures the SO_KEEPALIVE option for socket. Unit: second.
– Range: [0,7200].
∗ 0: disable keep-alive function (default).
∗ 1 ~ 7200: enable keep-alive function. TCP_KEEPIDLE value is <keep_alive>,
TCP_KEEPINTVL value is 1, and TCP_KEEPCNT value is 3.
– This parameter of this command is the same as the <keep_alive> parameter of AT+CIPTCPOPT
command. It always takes the value set later by either of the two commands. If it is omitted or not set,
the last configured value is used by default.

Notes
• This command will save the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode configuration in the NVS area. If <mode> is set to 1,
ESP32-C3 will enter the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode in any subsequent power cycles. The configuration will take
effect after ESP32-C3 reboots.
• As long as the remote host and port are valid, the configuration will be saved in flash.

Espressif Systems 73 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• If you want to establish TCP/SSL connection based on IPv6 network, set AT+CIPV6=1 first, and ensure
the connected AP by AT+CWJAP supports IPv6 and esp-at got the IPv6 address which you can check it by
AT+CIPSTA.

Example
AT+SAVETRANSLINK=1,"192.168.6.110",1002,"TCP"
AT+SAVETRANSLINK=1,"www.baidu.com",443,"SSL"
AT+SAVETRANSLINK=1,"240e:3a1:2070:11c0:55ce:4e19:9649:b75",8080,"TCPv6"
AT+SAVETRANSLINK=1,"240e:3a1:2070:11c0:55ce:4e19:9649:b75",8080,"SSLv6"

For UDP Transmission

Set Command Command:

AT+SAVETRANSLINK=<mode>,<"remote host">,<remote port>,[<"type">,<local port>]

Response:

OK

Parameters
• <mode>:
– 0: ESP32-C3 will NOT enter Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode on power-up.
– 1: ESP32-C3 will enter Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode on power-up.
• < remote host >: IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or domain name of remote host.
• <remote port>: the remote port number.
• < type >: string parameter showing the type of transmission: UDP or UDPv6 . Default: TCP .
• <local port>: local port when UDP Wi-Fi passthrough is enabled on power-up.

Notes
• This command will save the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode configuration in the NVS area. If <mode> is set to 1,
ESP32-C3 will enter the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode in any subsequent power cycles. The configuration will take
effect after ESP32-C3 reboots.
• As long as the remote host and port are valid, the configuration will be saved in flash.
• If you want to establish UDP transmission based on IPv6 network, set AT+CIPV6=1 first, and ensure the
connected AP by AT+CWJAP supports IPv6 and esp-at got the IPv6 address which you can check it by
AT+CIPSTA.

Example
AT+SAVETRANSLINK=1,"192.168.6.110",1002,"UDP",1005
AT+SAVETRANSLINK=1,"240e:3a1:2070:11c0:55ce:4e19:9649:b75",8081,"UDPv6",1005

3.3.19 AT+CIPSTO: Query/Set the local TCP/SSL Server Timeout

Query Command

Function:
Query the local TCP/SSL server timeout.
Command:

Espressif Systems 74 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+CIPSTO?

Response:

+CIPSTO:<time>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the local TCP/SSL server timeout.
Command:

AT+CIPSTO=<time>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <time>: local TCP/SSL server timeout. Unit: second. Range: [0,7200].

Notes

• When a TCP/SSL client does not communicate with the ESP32-C3 server within the <time> value, the server
will terminate this connection.
• If you set <time> to 0, the connection will never timeout. This configuration is not recommended.
• When the client initiates a communication with the server within the set time, the timer will restart. After the
timeout expires, the client is closed. During the set time, if the server initiate a communication with the client,
the timer will not restart. After the timeout expires, the client is closed.

Example

AT+CIPMUX=1
AT+CIPSERVER=1,1001
AT+CIPSTO=10

3.3.20 AT+CIPSNTPCFG: Query/Set the Time Zone and the SNTP Server

Query Command

Command:

AT+CIPSNTPCFG?

Response:

+CIPSNTPCFG:<enable>,<timezone>,<SNTP server1>[,<SNTP server2>,<SNTP server3>]


OK

Espressif Systems 75 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Command:

AT+CIPSNTPCFG=<enable>,<timezone>[,<SNTP server1>,<SNTP server2>,<SNTP server3>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <enable>: configure the SNTP server:


– 1: the SNTP server is configured.
– 0: the SNTP server is not configured.
• <timezone>: support the following two formats:
– The first format range is [-12,14]. It marks most of the time zones by offset from Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC) in whole hours (UTC 12:00 to UTC+14:00).
– The second format is UTC offset. The UTC offset specifies the time value you must add to the
UTC time to get a local time value. It has syntax like [+|-][hh]mm. This is negative if the local time
zone is on the west of the Prime Meridian and positive if it is on the east. The hour(hh) must be between
-12 and 14, and the minute(mm) between 0 and 59. For example, if you want to set the timezone to New
Zealand (Chatham Islands) which is in UTC+12:45, you should set the parameter <timezone> to
1245. Please refer to UTC offset wiki for more information.
• [<SNTP server1>]: the first SNTP server.
• [<SNTP server2>]: the second SNTP server.
• [<SNTP server3>]: the third SNTP server.

Note

• If the three SNTP servers are not configured, one of the following default servers will be used: cn.ntp.org.cn
, ntp.sjtu.edu.cn , and us.pool.ntp.org .
• For the query command, <timezone> parameter in the response may be different from the <timezone>
parameter in set command. Because the <timezone> parameter supports the second UTC offset format,
for example, set AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,015, for query command, ESP-AT ignores the leading zero of the
<timezone> parameter, and the valid value is 15. It does not belong to the first format, so it is parsed
according to the second UTC offset format, that is, UTC+00:15, that is, timezone is 0 in the response.

Example

// Enable SNTP server, set timezone to China (UTC+08:00)


AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"cn.ntp.org.cn","ntp.sjtu.edu.cn"
or
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,800,"cn.ntp.org.cn","ntp.sjtu.edu.cn"

// Enable SNTP server, set timezone to New York of the United States (UTC 05:00)
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,-5,"0.pool.ntp.org","time.google.com"
or
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,-500,"0.pool.ntp.org","time.google.com"

// Enable SNTP server, set timezone to New Zealand (Chatham Islands, UTC+12:45)
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,1245,"0.pool.ntp.org","time.google.com"

3.3.21 AT+CIPSNTPTIME: Query the SNTP Time

Espressif Systems 76 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Query Command

Command:

AT+CIPSNTPTIME?

Response:

+CIPSNTPTIME:<asctime style time>


OK

Note

• The asctime style time is defined at asctime man page.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="1234567890","1234567890"
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"cn.ntp.org.cn","ntp.sjtu.edu.cn"
AT+CIPSNTPTIME?
+CIPSNTPTIME:Tue Oct 19 17:47:56 2021
OK

or

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="1234567890","1234567890"
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,530
AT+CIPSNTPTIME?
+CIPSNTPTIME:Tue Oct 19 15:17:56 2021
OK

3.3.22 AT+CIPSNTPINTV: Query/Set the SNTP time synchronization interval

Query Command

Command:

AT+CIPSNTPINTV?

Response:

+CIPSNTPINTV:<interval second>

OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+CIPSNTPINTV=<interval second>

Response:

Espressif Systems 77 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameters
• <interval second>: the SNTP time synchronization interval. Unit: second. Range: [15,4294967].

Notes

• It configures interval for synchronization, which means that it sets interval how often ESP32-C3 connects to
NTP servers to get new time.

Example

AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"cn.ntp.org.cn","ntp.sjtu.edu.cn"

OK

// synchronize SNTP time every hour


AT+CIPSNTPINTV=3600

OK

3.3.23 AT+CIUPDATE: Upgrade Firmware Through Wi-Fi

ESP-AT upgrades firmware at runtime by downloading the new firmware from a specific server through Wi-Fi and
then flash it into some partitions.

Query Command

Function:
Query ESP32-C3 upgrade status.
Command:

AT+CIUPDATE?

Response:

+CIPUPDATE:<state>

OK

Execute Command

Function:
Upgrade OTA the latest version of firmware via TCP from the server in blocking mode.
Command:

AT+CIUPDATE

Response:
Please refer to the response in the set command.

Espressif Systems 78 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Function:
Upgrade the specified version of firmware from the server.
Command:
AT+CIUPDATE=<ota mode>[,<version>][,<firmware name>][,<nonblocking>]

Response:
If OTA succeeds in blocking mode, the system returns:
+CIPUPDATE:1
+CIPUPDATE:2
+CIPUPDATE:3
+CIPUPDATE:4

OK

If OTA succeeds in non-blocking mode, the system returns:


OK
+CIPUPDATE:1
+CIPUPDATE:2
+CIPUPDATE:3
+CIPUPDATE:4

If OTA fails in blocking mode, the system returns:


+CIPUPDATE:<state>

ERROR

If OTA fails in non-blocking mode, the system returns:


OK
+CIPUPDATE:<state>
+CIPUPDATE:-1

Parameters

• <ota mode>:
– 0: OTA via HTTP.
– 1: OTA via HTTPS. If it does not work, please check whether ./build.py menuconfig > Com-
ponent config > AT > OTA based upon ssl is enabled. For more information, please refer
to Compile ESP-AT Project.
• <version>: AT version, such as, v1.2.0.0, v1.1.3.0, v1.1.2.0.
• <firmware name>: firmware to upgrade, such as, ota, mqtt_ca, client_ca or other custom partition
in at_customize.csv.
• <nonblocking>:
– 0: OTA by blocking mode (In this mode, you can not send AT command until OTA completes success-
fully or fails.)
– 1: OTA by non-blocking mode (You need to manually restart after upgrade done (+CIPUPDATE:4).)
• <state>:
– 1: Server found.
– 2: Connected to the server.
– 3: Got the upgrade version.
– 4: Upgrade done.
– -1: OTA fails in non-blocking mode.

Espressif Systems 79 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• The speed of the upgrade depends on the network status.


• If the upgrade fails due to unfavorable network conditions, AT will return ERROR. Please wait for some time
before retrying.
• If you use Espressif s AT BIN, AT+CIUPDATE will download a new AT BIN from the Espressif Cloud.
• If you use a user-compiled AT BIN, you need to implement your own AT+CIUPDATE FOTA function or use
AT+USEROTA or AT+WEBSERVER command. ESP-AT project provides an example of FOTA.
• After you upgrade the AT firmware, you are suggested to call the command AT+RESTORE to restore the
factory default settings.
• The timeout of OTA process is 3 minutes.
• The response OK in non-blocking mode does not necessarily come before the response +CIPUP-
DATE:<state>. It may be output before +CIPUPDATE:<state> or after it.
• Upgraded to an older version is not recommended.
• Please refer to How to Implement OTA Upgrade for more OTA commands.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="1234567890","1234567890"
AT+CIUPDATE
AT+CIUPDATE=1
AT+CIUPDATE=1,"v1.2.0.0"
AT+CIUPDATE=1,"v2.2.0.0","mqtt_ca"
AT+CIUPDATE=1,"v2.2.0.0","ota",1
AT+CIUPDATE=1,,,1
AT+CIUPDATE=1,,"ota",1
AT+CIUPDATE=1,"v2.2.0.0",,1

3.3.24 AT+CIPDINFO: Set +IPD Message Mode

Query Command

Command:

AT+CIPDINFO?

Response:

+CIPDINFO:true
OK

or

+CIPDINFO:false
OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+CIPDINFO=<mode>

Response:

Espressif Systems 80 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameters

• <mode>:
– 0: does not show the remote host and port in +IPD and +CIPRECVDATA messages.
– 1: show the remote host and port in +IPD and +CIPRECVDATA messages.

Example

AT+CIPDINFO=1

3.3.25 AT+CIPSSLCCONF: Query/Set SSL Clients

Query Command

Function:
Query the configuration of each connection where the ESP32-C3 runs as an SSL client.
Command:

AT+CIPSSLCCONF?

Response:

+CIPSSLCCONF:<link ID>,<auth_mode>,<pki_number>,<ca_number>
OK

Set Command

Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSSLCCONF=<auth_mode>[,<pki_number>][,<ca_number>]

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSSLCCONF=<link ID>,<auth_mode>[,<pki_number>][,<ca_number>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0 ~ max). For multiple connections, if the value is max, it means all
connections. By default, max is 5.
• <auth_mode>:
– 0: no authentication. In this case <pki_number> and <ca_number> are not required.
– 1: the client provides the client certificate for the server to verify.
– 2: the client loads CA certificate to verify the server s certificate.
– 3: mutual authentication.
• <pki_number>: the index of certificate and private key. If there is only one certificate and private key, the
value should be 0.

Espressif Systems 81 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• <ca_number>: the index of CA. If there is only one CA, the value should be 0.

Notes

• If you want this configuration to take effect immediately, run this command before establishing an SSL con-
nection.
• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area. If you set the command AT+SAVETRANSLINK to
enter SSL Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode on power-up, the ESP32-C3 will establish an SSL connection based on
this configuration when powered up next time.
• If you want to use your own certificate or use multiple sets of certificates, please refer to the documentation:
How to Generate PKI Files.

3.3.26 AT+CIPSSLCCN: Query/Set the Common Name of the SSL Client

Query Command

Function:
Query the common name of the SSL client of each connection.
Command:

AT+CIPSSLCCN?

Response:

+CIPSSLCCN:<link ID>,<"common name">


OK

Set Command

Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSSLCCN=<"common name">

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSSLCCN=<link ID>,<"common name">

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0 ~ max). For the single connection, the link ID is 0. For multiple connec-
tions, if the value is max, it means all connections. Max is 5 by default.
• < common name >: this parameter is used to verify the Common Name in the certificate sent by the server.
The maximum length of common name is 64 bytes.

Note

• If you want this configuration to take effect immediately, run this command before establishing the SSL con-
nection.

Espressif Systems 82 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.3.27 AT+CIPSSLCSNI: Query/Set SSL Client Server Name Indication (SNI)

Query Command

Function:
Query the SNI configuration of each connection.
Command:

AT+CIPSSLCSNI?

Response:

+CIPSSLCSNI:<link ID>,<"sni">
OK

Set Command

Command:

Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSSLCSNI=<"sni">

Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSSLCSNI=<link ID>,<"sni">

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0 ~ max). For the single connection, the link ID is 0. For multiple connec-
tions, if the value is max, it means all connections. Max is 5 by default.
• < sni >: the Server Name Indication in ClientHello. The maximum length of sni is 64 bytes.

Notes

• If you want this configuration to take effect immediately, run this command before establishing the SSL con-
nection.

3.3.28 AT+CIPSSLCALPN: Query/Set SSL Client Application Layer Protocol Negotia-


tion (ALPN)

Query Command

Function:
Query the ALPN configuration of each connection where the ESP32-C3 runs as an SSL client.
Command:

AT+CIPSSLCALPN?

Response:

Espressif Systems 83 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

+CIPSSLCALPN:<link ID>[,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">]

OK

Set Command

Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSSLCALPN=<counts>[,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">]

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSSLCALPN=<link ID>,<counts>[,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0 ~ max). For the single connection, the link ID is 0. For multiple connec-
tions, if the value is max, it means all connections. Max is 5 by default.
• <counts>: the number of ALPNs. Range: [0,5].
• 0: clean the ALPN configuration.
• [1,5]: set the ALPN configuration.
• < alpn >: a string paramemter showing the ALPN in ClientHello. The maximum length of alpn is limited
by the command length.

Note

• If you want this configuration to take effect immediately, run this command before establishing the SSL con-
nection.

3.3.29 AT+CIPSSLCPSK: Query/Set SSL Client Pre-shared Key (PSK)

Query Command

Function:
Query the PSK configuration of each connection where the ESP32-C3 runs as an SSL client.
Command:

AT+CIPSSLCPSK?

Response:

+CIPSSLCPSK:<link ID>,<"psk">,<"hint">
OK

Espressif Systems 84 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPSSLCPSK=<"psk">,<"hint">

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPSSLCPSK=<link ID>,<"psk">,<"hint">

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <link ID>: ID of the connection (0 ~ max). For single connection, <link ID> is 0. For multiple connections,
if the value is max, it means all connections, max is 5 by default.
• < psk >: PSK identity. Maximum length: 32.
• < hint >: PSK hint. Maximum length: 32.

Notes

• If you want this configuration to take effect immediately, run this command before establishing the SSL con-
nection.

3.3.30 AT+CIPRECONNINTV: Query/Set the TCP/UDP/SSL reconnection Interval for


the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode

Query Command

Function:
Query the automatic connect interval for the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode.
Command:

AT+CIPRECONNINTV?

Response:

+CIPRECONNINTV:<interval>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the automatic reconnecting interval when TCP/UDP/SSL transmission breaks in the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode.
Command:

AT+CIPRECONNINTV=<interval>

Response:

Espressif Systems 85 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameter

• <interval>: the duration between automatic reconnections. Unit: 100 milliseconds. Default: 1. Range:
[1,36000].

Note

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.

Example

AT+CIPRECONNINTV=10

3.3.31 AT+CIPRECVMODE: Query/Set Socket Receiving Mode

Query Command

Function:
Query the socket receiving mode.
Command:

AT+CIPRECVMODE?

Response:

+CIPRECVMODE:<mode>
OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+CIPRECVMODE=<mode>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <mode>: the receive mode of socket data. Default: 0.


– 0: active mode. ESP-AT will send all the received socket data instantly to the host MCU with header
+IPD .
– 1: passive mode. ESP-AT will keep the received socket data in an internal buffer (socket receive window,
5760 bytes by default), and wait for the host MCU to read. If the buffer is full, the socket transmission
will be blocked for TCP/SSL connections, or data will be lost for UDP connections.

Espressif Systems 86 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• The configuration can not be used in the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode. If it is a UDP transmission in passive mode,
data will be lost when the buffer is full.
• When ESP-AT receives socket data in passive mode, it will prompt the following messages in different sce-
narios:
– For multiple connections mode (AT+CIPMUX=1), the message is +IPD,<link ID>,<len>.
– For single connection mode (AT+CIPMUX=0), the message is +IPD,<len>.
• <len> is the total length of socket data in the buffer.
• You should read data by running AT+CIPRECVDATA once there is a +IPD reported. Otherwise, the next
+IPD will not be reported to the host MCU until the previous +IPD has been read.
• In case of disconnection, the buffered socket data will still be there and can be read by the MCU until you
send AT+CIPCLOSE (AT as client) or AT+CIPSERVER=0,1 (AT as server). In other words, if +IPD has
been reported, the message CLOSED of this connection will never come until you send AT+CIPCLOSE or
AT+CIPSERVER=0,1 or read all data by command AT+CIPRECVDATA.

Example

AT+CIPRECVMODE=1

3.3.32 AT+CIPRECVDATA: Obtain Socket Data in Passive Receiving Mode

Set Command

Command:

// Single connection: (AT+CIPMUX=0)


AT+CIPRECVDATA=<len>

// Multiple connections: (AT+CIPMUX=1)


AT+CIPRECVDATA=<link_id>,<len>

Response:

+CIPRECVDATA:<actual_len>,<data>
OK

or

+CIPRECVDATA:<actual_len>,<"remote IP">,<remote port>,<data>


OK

Parameters

• <link_id>: connection ID in multiple connections mode.


• <len>: the max value is 0x7fffffff. If the actual length of the received data is less than len, the actual length
will be returned.
• <actual_len>: length of the data you actually obtain.
• <data>: the data you want to obtain.
• < remote IP >: string parameter showing the remote IPv4 address or IPv6 address, enabled by the command
AT+CIPDINFO=1.
• <remote port>: the remote port number, enabled by the command AT+CIPDINFO=1.

Espressif Systems 87 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+CIPRECVMODE=1

// For example, if host MCU gets a message of receiving 100-byte data in␣
,→connection with No.0,

// the message will be "+IPD,0,100".


// Then you can read those 100-byte data by using the command below.
AT+CIPRECVDATA=0,100

3.3.33 AT+CIPRECVLEN: Obtain Socket Data Length in Passive Receiving Mode

Query Command

Function:
Query the length of the entire data buffered for the connection.
Command:

AT+CIPRECVLEN?

Response:

+CIPRECVLEN:<data length of link0>,<data length of link1>,<data length of link2>,


,→<data length of link3>,<data length of link4>

OK

Parameters

• <data length of link>: length of the entire data buffered for the connection.

Note

• For SSL connections, ESP-AT will return the length of the encrypted data, so the returned length will be larger
than the real data length.

Example

AT+CIPRECVLEN?
+CIPRECVLEN:100,,,,,
OK

3.3.34 AT+PING: Ping the Remote Host

Set Command

Function:
Ping the remote host.
Command:

AT+PING=<"host">

Espressif Systems 88 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Response:
+PING:<time>

OK

or
+PING:TIMEOUT // esp-at returns this response only when the domain name␣
,→resolution failure or ping timeout

ERROR

Parameters

• < host >: string parameter showing the host IPv4 address or IPv6 address or domain name.
• <time>: the response time of ping. Unit: millisecond.

Notes

• If you want to ping a remote host based on IPv6 network, set AT+CIPV6=1 first, and ensure the connected AP
by AT+CWJAP supports IPv6 and esp-at got the IPv6 address which you can check it by AT+CIPSTA.
• If the remote host is a domain name string, ping will first resolve the domain name (IPv4 address preferred)
from DNS (domain name server), and then ping the remote IP address.

Example

AT+PING="192.168.1.1"
AT+PING="www.baidu.com"

// China Future Internet Engineering Center


AT+PING="240c::6666"

3.3.35 AT+CIPDNS: Query/Set DNS Server Information

Query Command

Function:
Query the current DNS server information.
Command:
AT+CIPDNS?

Response:
+CIPDNS:<enable>[,<"DNS IP1">][,<"DNS IP2">][,<"DNS IP3">]
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set DNS server information.
Command:

Espressif Systems 89 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+CIPDNS=<enable>[,<"DNS IP1">][,<"DNS IP2">][,<"DNS IP3">]

Response:

OK

or

ERROR

Parameters

• <enable>: configure DNS server settings


– 0: Enable automatic DNS server settings from DHCP. The DNS will be restored to 208.67.222.222
and 8.8.8.8. Only when the ESP32-C3 station completes the DHCP process, the DNS server of the
ESP32-C3 station could be updated.
– 1: Enable manual DNS server settings. If you do not set a value for <DNS IPx>, it will use 208.67.
222.222 and 8.8.8.8 by default.
• < DNS IP1 >: the first DNS server IP address. For the set command, this parameter only works when you
set <enable> to 1, i.e. enable manual DNS settings. If you set <enable> to 1 and a value for this parameter,
the ESP-AT will return this parameter as the current DNS setting when you run the query command.
• < DNS IP2 >: the second DNS server IP address. For the set command, this parameter only works when
you set <enable> to 1, i.e. enable manual DNS settings. If you set <enable> to 1 and a value for this parameter,
the ESP-AT will return this parameter as the current DNS setting when you run the query command.
• < DNS IP3 >: the third DNS server IP address. For the set command, this parameter only works when you
set <enable> to 1, i.e. enable manual DNS settings. If you set <enable> to 1 and a value for this parameter,
the ESP-AT will return this parameter as the current DNS setting when you run the query command.

Notes

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• The three parameters cannot be set to the same server.
• When <enable> is set to 1, the DNS server may change according to the configuration of the router which
the ESP32-C3 is connected to.

Example

AT+CIPDNS=0
AT+CIPDNS=1,"208.67.222.222","114.114.114.114","8.8.8.8"

// first DNS Server based on IPv6: China Future Internet Engineering Center
// second DNS Server based on IPv6: google-public-dns-a.google.com
// third DNS Server based on IPv6: main DNS Server based on IPv6 in JiangSu␣
,→Province, China

AT+CIPDNS=1,"240c::6666","2001:4860:4860::8888","240e:5a::6666"

3.3.36 AT+CIPTCPOPT: Query/Set the Socket Options

Query Command

Function:
Query current socket options.
Command:

Espressif Systems 90 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+CIPTCPOPT?

Response:

+CIPTCPOPT:<link_id>,<so_linger>,<tcp_nodelay>,<so_sndtimeo>,<keep_alive>
OK

Set Command

Command:

// Single TCP connection (AT+CIPMUX=0):


AT+CIPTCPOPT=[<so_linger>],[<tcp_nodelay>],[<so_sndtimeo>][,<keep_alive>]

// Multiple TCP Connections (AT+CIPMUX=1):


AT+CIPTCPOPT=<link ID>,[<so_linger>],[<tcp_nodelay>],[<so_sndtimeo>][,<keep_alive>]

Response:

OK

or

ERROR

Parameters

• <link_id>: ID of the connection (0 ~ max). For multiple connections, if the value is max, it means all
connections. By default, max is 5.
• <so_linger>: configure the SO_LINGER options for the socket (refer to SO_LINGER description). Unit:
second. Default: -1.
– = -1: off
– = 0: on, linger time = 0
– > 0: on, linger time = <so_linger>
• <tcp_nodelay>: configure the TCP_NODELAY option for the socket (refer to TCP_NODELAY description).
Default: 0.
– 0: disable TCP_NODELAY
– 1: enable TCP_NODELAY
• <so_sndtimeo>: configure the SO_SNDTIMEO option for socket (refer to SO_SNDTIMEO description).
Unit: millisecond. Default: 0.
• <keep_alive>: configure the SO_KEEPALIVE option for socket. Unit: second.
– Range: [0,7200].
∗ 0: disable keep-alive function (default).
∗ 1 ~ 7200: enable keep-alive function. TCP_KEEPIDLE value is <keep_alive>,
TCP_KEEPINTVL value is 1, and TCP_KEEPCNT value is 3.
– This parameter of this command is the same as the <keep_alive> parameter of AT+CIPSTART
command. It always takes the value set later by either of the two commands. If it is omitted or not set,
the last configured value is used by default.

Notes

• Before configuring these socket options, please make sure you fully understand the function of them and
the possible impact after configuration.
• The SO_LINGER option is not recommended to be set to a large value. For example, if you set SO_LINGER
value to 60, then AT+CIPCLOSE command will block for 60 seconds if ESP32-C3 cannot receive TCP FIN

Espressif Systems 91 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

packet from the remote TCP peer due to network issues, so ESP32-C3 is unable to respond to any other AT
commands. Therefore, it is recommended to keep the default value of the SO_LINGER option.
• The TCP_NODELAY option is used for situations with small throughput but high real-time requirements. If
this option is enabled, LwIP will speed up TCP transmission, but in a poor network environment, the through-
put will be reduced due to retransmission. Therefore, it is recommended to keep the default value of the
TCP_NODELAY option.
• The SO_SNDTIMEO option is used for situations where the keepalive parameter is not configured
in AT+CIPSTART command. After this option is configured, AT+CIPSEND, AT+CIPSENDL, and
AT+CIPSENDEX commands will exit within this timeout, regardless of whether data are sent successfully
or not. Here, SO_SNDTIMEO is recommended to be set to 5 ~ 10 seconds.
• The SO_KEEPALIVE option is used for actively and regularly detecting whether the connection is discon-
nected. It is generally recommended to configure this option when AT is used as a TCP server. After this
option is configured, additional network bandwidth will be cost. Recommended value of SO_KEEPALIVE
should be not less than 60 seconds.

3.4 Bluetooth® Low Energy AT Commands

Currently, AT firmware for ESP32-C3 supports Bluetooth® Core Specification Version 5.0.

• AT+BLEINIT: Bluetooth LE initialization.


• AT+BLEADDR: Query/Set Bluetooth LE device address.
• AT+BLENAME: Query/Set Bluetooth LE device name.
• AT+BLESCANPARAM: Query/Set parameters of Bluetooth LE scanning.
• AT+BLESCAN: Enable Bluetooth LE scanning.
• AT+BLESCANRSPDATA: Set Bluetooth LE scan response.
• AT+BLEADVPARAM: Query/Set parameters of Bluetooth LE advertising.
• AT+BLEADVDATA: Set Bluetooth LE advertising data.
• AT+BLEADVDATAEX: Automatically set Bluetooth LE advertising data.
• AT+BLEADVSTART: Start Bluetooth LE advertising.
• AT+BLEADVSTOP: Stop Bluetooth LE advertising.
• AT+BLECONN: Establish Bluetooth LE connection.
• AT+BLECONNPARAM: Query/Update parameters of Bluetooth LE connection.
• AT+BLEDISCONN: End Bluetooth LE connection.
• AT+BLEDATALEN: Set Bluetooth LE data packet length.
• AT+BLECFGMTU: Set Bluetooth LE MTU length.
• AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE: Generic Attributes Server (GATTS) creates services.
• AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART: GATTS starts services.
• AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTOP: GATTS Stops Services.
• AT+BLEGATTSSRV: GATTS discovers services.
• AT+BLEGATTSCHAR: GATTS discovers characteristics.
• AT+BLEGATTSNTFY: Notify a client of the value of a characteristic value from the server.
• AT+BLEGATTSIND: Indicate the characteristic value from the server to a client.
• AT+BLEGATTSSETATTR: GATTS sets characteristics.
• AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV: Generic Attributes Client (GATTC) discovers primary services.
• AT+BLEGATTCINCLSRV: GATTC discovers included services.
• AT+BLEGATTCCHAR: GATTC discovers characteristics.
• AT+BLEGATTCRD: GATTC reads characteristics.
• AT+BLEGATTCWR: GATTC writes characteristics.
• AT+BLESPPCFG: Query/Set Bluetooth LE SPP parameters.
• AT+BLESPP: Enter Bluetooth LE SPP mode.
• AT+BLESECPARAM: Query/Set Bluetooth LE encryption parameters.
• AT+BLEENC: Initiate Bluetooth LE encryption request.
• AT+BLEENCRSP: Respond to the pairing request from the peer device.
• AT+BLEKEYREPLY: Reply the key value to the peer device.

Espressif Systems 92 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• AT+BLECONFREPLY: Reply the confirm value to the peer device in the legacy connection stage.
• AT+BLEENCDEV: Query bonded Bluetooth LE encryption device list.
• AT+BLEENCCLEAR: Clear Bluetooth LE encryption device list.
• AT+BLESETKEY: Set Bluetooth LE static pair key.
• AT+BLEHIDINIT: Bluetooth LE Human Interface Device (HID) profile initialization.
• AT+BLEHIDKB: Send Bluetooth LE HID keyboard information.
• AT+BLEHIDMUS: Send Bluetooth LE HID mouse information.
• AT+BLEHIDCONSUMER: Send Bluetooth LE HID consumer information.
• AT+BLUFI: Start or Stop BluFi.
• AT+BLUFINAME: Query/Set BluFi device name.
• AT+BLEPERIODICDATA: Set Bluetooth LE periodic advertising data.
• AT+BLEPERIODICSTART: Start Bluetooth LE periodic advertising.
• AT+BLEPERIODICSTOP: Stop Bluetooth LE periodic advertising.
• AT+BLESYNCSTART: Start to synchronize with periodic advertising.
• AT+BLESYNCSTOP: Stop synchronizing with periodic advertising.
• AT+BLEREADPHY: Query the current transmitter PHY.
• AT+BLESETPHY: Set the current transmitter PHY.

3.4.1 AT+BLEINIT: Bluetooth LE Initialization

Query Command

Function:
Check the initialization status of Bluetooth LE.
Command:

AT+BLEINIT?

Response:
If Bluetooth LE is initialized, AT will return:

+BLEINIT:<role>
OK

If Bluetooth LE is not initialized, AT will return:

+BLEINIT:0
OK

Set Command

Function:
Initialize the role of Bluetooth LE.
Command:

AT+BLEINIT=<init>

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 93 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameter

• <init>:
– 0: deinit Bluetooth LE
– 1: client role
– 2: server role

Notes

• When using Bluetooth LE function, if you do not need to use SoftAP mode, it is recommended that you can
disable the mode through AT+CWMODE.
• The file at_customize.bin has to be downloaded, so that the relevant commands can be used. Please refer
to How to Customize Bluetooth® LE Services for more details.
• Before using other Bluetooth LE AT commands, you should run this command first to trigger the initialization
process.
• After the initialization, the Bluetooth LE role cannot be changed unless you run AT+RST to restart the system
first and then re-initialize the Bluetooth LE role.
• If you use an ESP32-C3 as a Bluetooth LE server, a service bin should be downloaded into flash.
– To learn how to generate a service bin, please refer to esp-at/tools/readme.md.
– The download address of the service bin is the ble_data address in esp-
at/module_config/module_${platform}_default/at_customize.csv.
• Before de-initialize Bluetooth stack, it is recommended to stop broadcasting, stop scanning and disconnect all
existing connections.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1

3.4.2 AT+BLEADDR: Query/Set Bluetooth LE Device Address

Query Command

Function:
Query the Bluetooth LE Public Address.
Command:

AT+BLEADDR?

Response:

+BLEADDR:<BLE_public_addr>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the Bluetooth LE address type.
Command:

AT+BLEADDR=<addr_type>[,<random_addr>]

Response:

Espressif Systems 94 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameter

• <addr_type>:
– 0: Public Address
– 1: Random Address

Note

• A Static Address should meet the following requirements:


– The two most significant bits of the address should be equal to 1.
– At least one bit of the random part of the address should be 0.
– At least one bit of the random part of the address should be 1.
• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area.

Example

AT+BLEADDR=1,"f8:7f:24:87:1c:7b" // Set Random Device Address, Static Address


AT+BLEADDR=1 // Set Random Device Address, Private Address
AT+BLEADDR=0 // Set Public Device Address

3.4.3 AT+BLENAME: Query/Set Bluetooth LE Device Name

Query Command

Function:
Query the Bluetooth LE device name.
Command:

AT+BLENAME?

Response:

+BLENAME:<device_name>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the Bluetooth LE device name.
Command:

AT+BLENAME=<device_name>

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 95 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameter

• <device_name>: the Bluetooth LE device name. The maximum length is 32. Default: ESP-AT .

Note

• The configuration changes will be saved in the NVS area if AT+SYSSTORE=1.


• After setting the device name with this command, it is recommended that you execute the AT+BLEADVDATA
command to add the device name into the advertising data.

Example

AT+BLENAME="esp_demo"

3.4.4 AT+BLESCANPARAM: Query/Set Parameters of Bluetooth LE Scanning

Query Command

Function:
Query the parameters of Bluetooth LE scanning.
Command:

AT+BLESCANPARAM?

Response:

+BLESCANPARAM:<scan_type>,<own_addr_type>,<filter_policy>,<scan_interval>,<scan_
,→window>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the parameters of Bluetooth LE scanning.
Command:

AT+BLESCANPARAM=<scan_type>,<own_addr_type>,<filter_policy>,<scan_interval>,<scan_
,→window>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <scan_type>:
– 0: passive scan
– 1: active scan
• <own_addr_type>:
– 0: Public Address
– 1: Random Address
– 2: RPA Public Address

Espressif Systems 96 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

– 3: RPA Random Address


• <filter_policy>:
– 0: BLE_SCAN_FILTER_ALLOW_ALL
– 1: BLE_SCAN_FILTER_ALLOW_ONLY_WLST
– 2: BLE_SCAN_FILTER_ALLOW_UND_RPA_DIR
– 3: BLE_SCAN_FILTER_ALLOW_WLIST_PRA_DIR
• <scan_interval>: scan interval. It should be more than or equal to the value of <scan_window>. The
range of this parameter is [0x0004,0x4000]. The scan interval equals this parameter multiplied by 0.625
ms, so the range for the actual scan interval is [2.5,10240] ms.
• <scan_window>: scan window. It should be less than or equal to the value of <scan_interval>. The
range of this parameter is [0x0004,0x4000]. The scan window equals this parameter multiplied by 0.625
ms, so the range for the actual scan window is [2.5,10240] ms.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLESCANPARAM=0,0,0,100,50

3.4.5 AT+BLESCAN: Enable Bluetooth LE Scanning

Set Command

Function:
Enable/disable scanning.
Command:

AT+BLESCAN=<enable>[,<interval>][,<filter_type>,<filter_param>]

Response:

+BLESCAN:<addr>,<rssi>,<adv_data>,<scan_rsp_data>,<addr_type>
OK

Parameters

• <enable>:
– 1: enable continuous scanning.
– 0: disable continuous scanning.
• [<interval>]: optional parameter. Unit: second.
– If you want to disable the scanning, this parameter should be omitted.
– If you want to enable the scanning, set a value for this parameter:
– When you set it to 0, it means that scanning is continuous.
– When set it to a value other than 0, for example, AT+BLESCAN=1,3, it means that scanning will last
for 3 seconds and then stop automatically. The scanning results will be returned.
• [<filter_type>]: filtering option.
– 1: MAC .
– 2: NAME .
• <filter_param>: filtering parameter showing the remote device MAC address or remote device name.
• <addr>: Bluetooth LE address.
• <rssi>: signal strength.
• <adv_data>: advertising data.
• <scan_rsp_data>: scan response data.
• <addr_type>: the address type of broadcasters.

Espressif Systems 97 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• The response OK does not necessarily come before the response +BLESCAN:<addr>,<rssi>,
<adv_data>,<scan_rsp_data>,<addr_type>. It may be output before +BLESCAN:<addr>,
<rssi>,<adv_data>,<scan_rsp_data>,<addr_type> or after it.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLESCAN=1 // start scanning
AT+BLESCAN=0 // stop scanning
AT+BLESCAN=1,3,1,"24:0A:C4:96:E6:88" // start scanning, filter type is MAC address
AT+BLESCAN=1,3,2,"ESP-AT" // start scanning, filter type is device name

3.4.6 AT+BLESCANRSPDATA: Set Bluetooth LE Scan Response

Set Command

Function:
Set scan response.
Command:

AT+BLESCANRSPDATA=<scan_rsp_data>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <scan_rsp_data>: scan response data is a HEX string. For example, if you want to set the response data to
0x11 0x22 0x33 0x44 0x55 , the command should be AT+BLESCANRSPDATA="1122334455".

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLESCANRSPDATA="1122334455"

3.4.7 AT+BLEADVPARAM: Query/Set Parameters of Bluetooth LE Advertising

Query Command

Function:
Query the parameters of advertising.
Command:

AT+BLEADVPARAM?

Response:

Espressif Systems 98 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

+BLEADVPARAM:<adv_int_min>,<adv_int_max>,<adv_type>,<own_addr_type>,<channel_map>,
,→<adv_filter_policy>,<peer_addr_type>,<peer_addr>,<primary_phy>,<secondary_phy>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the parameters of advertising.
Command:

AT+BLEADVPARAM=<adv_int_min>,<adv_int_max>,<adv_type>,<own_addr_type>,<channel_map>
,→[,<adv_filter_policy>][,<peer_addr_type>,<peer_addr>][,<primary_phy>,<secondary_

,→phy>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <adv_int_min>: minimum advertising interval. The range of this parameter is [0x0020,0x4000]. The actual
advertising interval equals this parameter multiplied by 0.625 ms, so the range for the actual minimum
interval is [20, 10240] ms. It should be less than or equal to the value of <adv_int_max>.
• <adv_int_max>: maximum advertising interval. The range of this parameter is [0x0020,0x4000]. The actual
advertising interval equals this parameter multiplied by 0.625 ms, so the range for the actual maximum
interval is [20, 10240] ms. It should be more than or equal to the value of <adv_int_min>.
• <adv_type>:
• 0: ADV_TYPE_IND
• 1: ADV_TYPE_DIRECT_IND_HIGH
• 2: ADV_TYPE_SCAN_IND
• 3: ADV_TYPE_NONCONN_IND
• 4: ADV_TYPE_DIRECT_IND_LOW
• 5: ADV_TYPE_EXT_NOSCANNABLE_IND
• 6: ADV_TYPE_EXT_CONNECTABLE_IND
• 7: ADV_TYPE_EXT_SCANNABLE_IND
• <own_addr_type>: own Bluetooth LE address type.
– 0: BLE_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC
– 1: BLE_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM
• <channel_map>: channel of advertising.
– 1: ADV_CHNL_37
– 2: ADV_CHNL_38
– 4: ADV_CHNL_39
– 7: ADV_CHNL_ALL
• [<adv_filter_policy>]: filter policy of advertising.
– 0: ADV_FILTER_ALLOW_SCAN_ANY_CON_ANY
– 1: ADV_FILTER_ALLOW_SCAN_WLST_CON_ANY
– 2: ADV_FILTER_ALLOW_SCAN_ANY_CON_WLST
– 3: ADV_FILTER_ALLOW_SCAN_WLST_CON_WLST
• [<peer_addr_type>]: remote Bluetooth LE address type.
– 0: PUBLIC
– 1: RANDOM
• [<peer_addr>]: remote Bluetooth LE address.
• [<primary_phy>]: advertising primary PHY. Default: 1M PHY.
– 1: 1M PHY

Espressif Systems 99 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

– 3: Coded PHY
• [<secondary_phy>]: advertising secondary PHY. Default: 1M PHY.
– 1: 1M PHY
– 2: 2M PHY
– 3: Coded PHY

Note

• If peer_addr is not set, the query result will be all zero.


• The primary_phy and secondary_phy must be set together, otherwise, the default 1M PHY is used for
unconfigured parameter.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEADVPARAM=50,50,0,0,4,0,1,"12:34:45:78:66:88"
AT+BLEADVPARAM=32,32,6,0,7,0,0,"62:34:45:78:66:88",1,3

3.4.8 AT+BLEADVDATA: Set Bluetooth LE Advertising Data

Set Command

Function:
Set advertising data.
Command:

AT+BLEADVDATA=<adv_data>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <adv_data>: advertising data in HEX string. For example, to set the advertising data to 0x11 0x22 0x33
0x44 0x55 , the command should be AT+BLEADVDATA="1122334455".

Note

• If advertising data is preset by command AT+BLEADVDATAEX=<dev_name>,<uuid>,<manufacturer_data>,<include_power>,


it will be overwritten by this command.
• If you run this command to modify the device name, it is recommended to also execute the AT+BLENAME
command to set the same device name afterwards.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEADVDATA="1122334455"

Espressif Systems 100 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.9 AT+BLEADVDATAEX: Automatically Set Bluetooth LE Advertising Data

Query Command

Function:
Query the parameters of advertising data.
Command:

AT+BLEADVDATAEX?

Response:

+BLEADVDATAEX:<dev_name>,<uuid>,<manufacturer_data>,<include_power>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the advertising data and start advertising.
Command:

AT+BLEADVDATAEX=<dev_name>,<uuid>,<manufacturer_data>,<include_power>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <dev_name>: string parameter showing a device name. For example, if you want to set the de-
vice name to just-test , the command should be AT+BLEADVSTARTEX="just-test",<uuid>,
<manufacturer_data>,<include_power>.
• <uuid>: string parameter. For example, if you want to set the UUID to 0xA002 , the command should be
AT+BLEADVSTARTEX=<dev_name>,"A002",<manufacturer_data>,<include_power>.
• <manufacturer_data>: manufacturer data in HEX string. For example, if you set the manufacturer data to
0x11 0x22 0x33 0x44 0x55 , the command should be AT+BLEADVSTARTEX=<dev_name>,<uuid>,
"1122334455",<include_power>.
• <include_power>: If you need to include the TX power in the advertising data, you should set the parameter
to 1. Otherwise, set it to 0.

Note

• If advertising data is preset by command AT+BLEADVDATA=<adv_data>, it will be overwritten by this com-


mand.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEADVDATAEX="ESP-AT","A002","0102030405",1

Espressif Systems 101 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.10 AT+BLEADVSTART: Start Bluetooth LE Advertising

Execute Command

Function:
Start advertising.
Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

Notes

• If advertising parameters are NOT set by command AT+BLEADVPARAM=<adv_parameter>, the default pa-
rameters will be used.
• If advertising data is NOT set by command AT+BLEADVDATA=<adv_data>, the advertising playload will be
empty.
• If advertising data is preset by command AT+BLEADVDATA=<adv_data>, it will be overwritten by
AT+BLEADVDATAEX=<dev_name>,<uuid>,<manufacturer_data>,<include_power> and vice versa.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEADVSTART

3.4.11 AT+BLEADVSTOP: Stop Bluetooth LE Advertising

Execute Command

Function:
Stop advertising.
Command:

AT+BLEADVSTOP

Response:

OK

Note

• After the start of advertising, if the Bluetooth LE connection is established successfully, it will stop advertising
automatically. In such a case, this command does NOT need to be called.

Example

Espressif Systems 102 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEADVSTART
AT+BLEADVSTOP

3.4.12 AT+BLECONN: Establish Bluetooth LE Connection

Query Command

Function:
Query the Bluetooth LE connection.
Command:

AT+BLECONN?

Response:

+BLECONN:<conn_index>,<remote_address>
OK

If the connection has not been established, there will be no <conn_index> and <remote_address> in the response.

Set Command

Function:
Establish the Bluetooth LE connection.
Command:

AT+BLECONN=<conn_index>,<remote_address>[,<addr_type>,<timeout>]

Response:
If the connection is established successfully, it will prompt:

+BLECONN:<conn_index>,<remote_address>

OK

If the connection fails, it will prompt:

+BLECONN:<conn_index>,-1

ERROR

If the connection fails due to parameters error or other reasons, it will prompt:

ERROR

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <remote_address>: remote Bluetooth LE address.
• [<addr_type>]: the address type of broadcasters:
– 0: Public Address
– 1: Random Address
• [<timeout>]: the timeout for the connection command. Unit: second. Range: [3,30].

Espressif Systems 103 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• It is recommended to scan devices by running AT+BLESCAN before initiating a new connection to ensure that
the target device is in the broadcast state.
• The maximum timeout for connection is 30 seconds.
• If the Bluetooth LE server is initialized and the connection is established successfully, you can use this command
to discover the services in the peer device (GATTC). The following GATTC commands can also be used:
– AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV
– AT+BLEGATTCINCLSRV
– AT+BLEGATTCCHAR
– AT+BLEGATTCRD
– AT+BLEGATTCWR
– AT+BLEGATTSIND
• If the AT+BLECONN? is executed when the Bluetooth LE is not initialized (AT+BLEINIT=0), the system will
not output +BLECONN:<conn_index>,<remote_address> .

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:09:34:23",0,10

3.4.13 AT+BLECONNPARAM: Query/Update Parameters of Bluetooth LE Connection

Query Command

Function:
Query the parameters of Bluetooth LE connection.
Command:

AT+BLECONNPARAM?

Response:

+BLECONNPARAM:<conn_index>,<min_interval>,<max_interval>,<cur_interval>,<latency>,
,→<timeout>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Update the parameters of Bluetooth LE connection.
Command:

AT+BLECONNPARAM=<conn_index>,<min_interval>,<max_interval>,<latency>,<timeout>

Response:

OK

If the setting fails, it will prompt the message below:

+BLECONNPARAM: <conn_index>,-1

Espressif Systems 104 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <min_interval>: minimum connecting interval. It should be less than or equal to the value of
<max_interval>. The range of this parameter is [0x0006,0x0C80]. The actual connecting interval equals
this parameter multiplied by 1.25 ms, so the range for the actual minimum interval is [7.5,4000] ms.
• <max_interval>: maximum connecting interval. It should be more than or equal to the value of
<min_interval>. The range of this parameter is [0x0006,0x0C80]. The actual connecting interval equals
this parameter multiplied by 1.25 ms, so the range for the actual maximum interval is [7.5,4000] ms.
• <cur_interval>: current connecting interval.
• <latency>: latency. Range: [0x0000,0x01F3].
• <timeout>: timeout. The range of this parameter is [0x000A,0x0C80]. The actual timeout equals this pa-
rameter multiplied by 10 ms, so the range for the actual timeout is [100,32000] ms.

Note

• This command only supports the client role when updating its connection parameters. Of course, the connection
has to be established first.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:09:34:23"
AT+BLECONNPARAM=0,12,14,1,500

3.4.14 AT+BLEDISCONN: End Bluetooth LE Connection

Execute Command

Function:
End the Bluetooth LE connection.
Command:

AT+BLEDISCONN=<conn_index>

Response:

OK // The AT+BLEDISCONN command is received.


+BLEDISCONN:<conn_index>,<remote_address> // The command is successful.

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <remote_address>: remote Bluetooth LE address.

Note

• Only clients can call this command to terminate the connection.

Espressif Systems 105 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:09:34:23"
AT+BLEDISCONN=0

3.4.15 AT+BLEDATALEN: Set Bluetooth LE Data Packet Length

Set Command

Function:
Set the length of Bluetooth LE data packet.
Command:

AT+BLEDATALEN=<conn_index>,<pkt_data_len>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <pkt_data_len>: data packet s length. Range: [0x001B,0x00FB].

Note

• The Bluetooth LE connection has to be established first.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:09:34:23"
AT+BLEDATALEN=0,30

3.4.16 AT+BLECFGMTU: Set Bluetooth LE MTU Length

Query Command

Function:
Query the length of the maximum transmission unit (MTU).
Command:

AT+BLECFGMTU?

Response:

+BLECFGMTU:<conn_index>,<mtu_size>
OK

Espressif Systems 106 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Set Command

Function:
Set the length of the maximum transmission unit (MTU).
Command:
AT+BLECFGMTU=<conn_index>,<mtu_size>

Response:
OK // The command is received.

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <mtu_size>: MTU length.

Notes

• Bluetooth LE connection has to be established first.


• Only the client can call this command to set the length of MTU.
• The actual length of MTU needs to be negotiated. The OK response only indicates an attempt to negotiate
the length. The actual length may not be the value you set. Therefore, it is recommended to run command
AT+BLECFGMTU? to query the actual length.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:09:34:23"
AT+BLECFGMTU=0,300

3.4.17 AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE: GATTS Creates Services

Execute Command

Function:
The Generic Attributes Server (GATTS) creates Bluetooth LE services.
Command:
AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

Response:
OK

Notes

• If you are using an ESP32-C3 as a Bluetooth LE server, a service bin should be downloaded into flash in order
to provide services.
– To learn how to generate a service bin, please refer to esp-at/tools/readme.md.
– The download address of the service bin is the ble_data address in esp-
at/module_config/module_${platform}_default/at_customize.csv.

Espressif Systems 107 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• This command should be called immediately to create services, right after the Bluetooth LE server is initialized;
If a Bluetooth LE connection is established first, the service creation will fail.
• If the Bluetooth LE client is initialized, you can use this command to create local services. Some GATTS
commands can also be used, such as those to start and stop services, set attribute values, and send notifica-
tions/indications. See the list below for the specific commands.
– AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE (It is recommended to execute this command before the connection is estab-
lished)
– AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART (It is recommended to execute this command before the connection is estab-
lished)
– AT+BLEGATTSSRV
– AT+BLEGATTSCHAR
– AT+BLEGATTSNTFY
– AT+BLEGATTSIND
– AT+BLEGATTSSETATTR

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

3.4.18 AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART: GATTS Starts Services

Execute Command

Function:
GATTS starts all services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Set Command

Function:
GATTS starts a specific service.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART=<srv_index>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <srv_index>: service s index starting from 1.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Espressif Systems 108 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.19 AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTOP: GATTS Stops Services

Execute Command

Function:
GATTS stops all services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTOP

Set Command

Function:
GATTS stops a specific service.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTOP=<srv_index>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <srv_index>: service s index starting from 1.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTOP

3.4.20 AT+BLEGATTSSRV: GATTS Discovers Services

Query Command

Function:
GATTS discovers services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRV?

Response:

+BLEGATTSSRV:<srv_index>,<start>,<srv_uuid>,<srv_type>
OK

Espressif Systems 109 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <srv_index>: service s index starting from 1.


• <start>:
– 0: the service has not started.
– 1: the service has already started.
• <srv_uuid>: service s UUID.
• <srv_type>: service s type.
– 0: not primary service.
– 1: primary service.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRV?

3.4.21 AT+BLEGATTSCHAR: GATTS Discovers Characteristics

Query Command

Function:
GATTS discovers characteristics.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?

Response:
The response for a characteristic:

+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",<srv_index>,<char_index>,<char_uuid>,<char_prop>

The response for a descriptor:

+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",<srv_index>,<char_index>,<desc_index>
OK

Parameters

• <srv_index>: service s index starting from 1.


• <char_index>: characteristic s index starting from 1.
• <char_uuid>: characteristic s UUID.
• <char_prop>: characteristic s properties.
• <desc_index>: descriptor s index.
• <desc_uuid>: descriptor s UUID.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART
AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?

Espressif Systems 110 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.22 AT+BLEGATTSNTFY: Notify a Client of the Value of a Characteristic Value


from the Server

Set Command

Function:
Notify a client of the value of a characteristic value from the server.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSNTFY=<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>,<length>

Response:

>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data, and you can enter data now. When the requirement
of data length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the notification starts.
If the data transmission is successful, AT returns:

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <srv_index>: service s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.
• <char_index>: characteristic s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.
• <length>: data length.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server.


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART
AT+BLEADVSTART // Start advertising. After the client is connected, it must be␣
,→configured to receive notifications.

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR? // Query the characteristics which the client will be notified␣


,→of.

// For example, to notify of 4-byte data using the 6th characteristic in the 3rd␣
,→service, use the following command:

AT+BLEGATTSNTFY=0,3,6,4
// After the symbol ">" shows, enter the 4-byte data, such as "1234". Then the␣
,→data will be transmitted automatically.

3.4.23 AT+BLEGATTSIND: Indicate the Characteristic Value from the Server to a


Client

Set Command

Function:
Indicate the characteristic value from the server to a client.
Command:

Espressif Systems 111 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+BLEGATTSIND=<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>,<length>

Response:

>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data and you can enter data now. When the requirement
of data length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the indication starts.
If the data transmission is successful, AT returns:

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <srv_index>: service s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.
• <char_index>: characteristic s index; it can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.
• <length>: data length.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART
AT+BLEADVSTART // Start advertising. After the client is connected, it must be␣
,→configured to receive indications.

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR? // Query the characteristics which the client can receive␣


,→indications.

// For example, to indicate 4 bytes of data using the 7th characteristic in the␣
,→3rd service, use the following command:

AT+BLEGATTSIND=0,3,7,4
// After the symbol ">" shows, input 4 bytes of data, such as "1234". Then the␣
,→data will be transmitted automatically.

3.4.24 AT+BLEGATTSSETATTR: GATTS Sets Characteristics

Set Command

Function:
GATTS sets its characteristic (descriptor).
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSETATTR=<srv_index>,<char_index>,[<desc_index>],<length>

Response:

>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data and you can enter data now. When the requirement
of data length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the setting starts.
If the setting is successful, AT returns:

OK

Espressif Systems 112 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <srv_index>: service s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.


• <char_index>: characteristic s index; it can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.
• [<desc_index>]: descriptor s index.
– If it is set, this command is used to set the value of the descriptor.
– Otherwise, this command is used to set the value of the characteristic.
• <length>: data length.

Note

• If the value of <length> is larger than the maximum length allowed, the setting will fail. The service table
is defined in components/customized_partitions/raw_data/ble_data.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server.


AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART
AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?
// For example, to set 1 byte of data of the 1st characteristic in the 1st service,
,→ use the following command:

AT+BLEGATTSSETATTR=1,1,,1
// After the symbol ">" shows, input 1 byte of data, such as "8". Then the setting␣
,→starts.

3.4.25 AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV: GATTC Discovers Primary Services

Query Command

Function:
Generic Attributes Client (GATTC) discovers primary services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=<conn_index>

Response:

+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<srv_uuid>,<srv_type>
OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <srv_index>: service s index starting from 1.
• <srv_uuid>: service s UUID.
• <srv_type>: service s type.
– 0: not primary service.
– 1: primary service.

Note

• The Bluetooth LE connection has to be established first.

Espressif Systems 113 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:12:5f:9d:91:98"
AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0

3.4.26 AT+BLEGATTCINCLSRV: GATTC Discovers Included Services

Set Command

Function:
GATTC discovers included services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCINCLSRV=<conn_index>,<srv_index>

Response:

+BLEGATTCINCLSRV:<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<srv_uuid>,<srv_type>,<included_srv_uuid>
,→,<included_srv_type>

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <srv_index>: service s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=<conn_index>.
• <srv_uuid>: service s UUID.
• <srv_type>: service s type.
– 0: not primary service.
– 1: primary service.
• <included_srv_uuid>: included service s UUID.
• <included_srv_type>: included service s type.
– 0: not primary service.
– 1: primary service.

Note

• The Bluetooth LE connection has to be established first.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:12:5f:9d:91:98"
AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0
AT+BLEGATTCINCLSRV=0,1 // set a specific index according to the result of the␣
,→previous command

3.4.27 AT+BLEGATTCCHAR: GATTC Discovers Characteristics

Set Command

Function:

Espressif Systems 114 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

GATTC discovers characteristics.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=<conn_index>,<srv_index>

Response:
The response for a characteristic:

+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>,<char_uuid>,<char_prop>

The response for a descriptor:

+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>,<desc_index>,<desc_uuid>
OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <srv_index>: service s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=<conn_index>.
• <char_index>: characteristic s index starting from 1.
• <char_uuid>: characteristic s UUID.
• <char_prop>: characteristic s properties.
• <desc_index>: descriptor s index.
• <desc_uuid>: descriptor s UUID.

Note

• The Bluetooth LE connection has to be established first.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:12:5f:9d:91:98"
AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0
AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=0,1 // set a specific index according to the result of the␣
,→previous command

3.4.28 AT+BLEGATTCRD: GATTC Reads Characteristics

Set Command

Function:
GATTC reads a characteristic or descriptor.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCRD=<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>[,<desc_index>]

Response:

+BLEGATTCRD:<conn_index>,<len>,<value>
OK

Espressif Systems 115 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <srv_index>: service s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=<conn_index>.
• <char_index>: characteristic s index; it can be fetched with command
AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=<conn_index>,<srv_index>.
• [<desc_index>]: descriptor s index.
– If it is set, the value of the target descriptor will be read.
– if it is not set, the value of the target characteristic will be read.
• <len>: data length.
• <value>: <char_value> or <desc_value>.
• <char_value>: characteristic s value. String format is read by command
AT+BLEGATTCRD=<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>. For example, if the response is +BLE-
GATTCRD:0,1,0, it means that the value length is 1, and the content is 0 .
• <desc_value>: descriptor s value. String format is read by command
AT+BLEGATTCRD=<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>,<desc_index>. For example, if the re-
sponse is +BLEGATTCRD:0,4,0123, it means that the value length is 4, and the content is 0123
.

Notes

• The Bluetooth LE connection has to be established first.


• If the target characteristic cannot be read, it will return ERROR .

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client.


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:12:5f:9d:91:98"
AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0
AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=0,3 // Set a specific index according to the result of the␣
,→previous command.

// For example, to read 1st descriptor of the 2nd characteristic in the 3rd␣
,→service, use the following command:

AT+BLEGATTCRD=0,3,2,1

3.4.29 AT+BLEGATTCWR: GATTC Writes Characteristics

Set Command

Function:
GATTC writes characteristics or descriptors.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCWR=<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>[,<desc_index>],<length>

Response:

>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data and you can enter data now. When the requirement
of data length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the writing starts.
If the setting is successful, AT returns:

Espressif Systems 116 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <srv_index>: service s index. It can be fetched with command AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=<conn_index>.
• <char_index>: characteristic s index; it can be fetched with command
AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=<conn_index>,<srv_index>.
• [<desc_index>]: descriptor s index.
– If it is set, the value of the target descriptor will be written.
– If it is not set, the value of the target characteristic will be written.
• <length>: data length.

Notes

• The Bluetooth LE connection has to be established first.


• If the target characteristic cannot be written, it will return ERROR .

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client.


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:12:5f:9d:91:98"
AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0
AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=0,3 // Set a specific index according to the result of the␣
,→previous command.

// For example, to write 6 bytes of data to the 4th characteristic in the 3rd␣
,→service, use the following command:

AT+BLEGATTCWR=0,3,4,,6
// After the symbol ">" shows, input 6 bytes of data, such as "123456". Then the␣
,→writing starts.

3.4.30 AT+BLESPPCFG: Query/Set Bluetooth LE SPP Parameters

Query Command

Function:
Query the parameters of Bluetooth LE Serial Port Profile (SPP).
Command:
AT+BLESPPCFG?

Response:
+BLESPPCFG:<tx_service_index>,<tx_char_index>,<rx_service_index>,<rx_char_index>,
,→<auto_conn>

OK

Set Command

Function:
Set or reset the parameters of Bluetooth LE SPP.
Command:

Espressif Systems 117 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+BLESPPCFG=<cfg_enable>[,<tx_service_index>,<tx_char_index>,<rx_service_index>,
,→<rx_char_index>][,<auto_conn>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <cfg_enable>:
– 0: all the SPP parameters will be reset, and the following parameters don t need input.
– 1: you should input the following parameters.
• <tx_service_index>: tx service s index. It can be fetched with command
AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=<conn_index> and AT+BLEGATTSSRV?.
• <tx_char_index>: tx characteristic s index. It can be fetched with command
AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=<conn_index>,<srv_index> and AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.
• <rx_service_index>: rx service s index. It can be fetched with command
AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=<conn_index> and AT+BLEGATTSSRV?.
• <rx_char_index>: rx characteristic s index. It can be fetched with command
AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=<conn_index>,<srv_index> and AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?.
• <auto_conn>: Bluetooth LE SPP auto-reconnection flag. By default, automatic reconnection is enabled.
– 0: disable Bluetooth LE SPP automatic reconnection.
– 1: enable Bluetooth LE SPP automatic reconnection

Notes

• In Bluetooth LE client, the property of tx characteristic must be write with response or write
without response, and the property of rx characteristic must be indicate or notify.
• In Bluetooth LE server, the property of tx characteristic must be indicate or notify, and the property
of rx characteristic must be write with response or write without response.
• If the automatic reconnection function is disabled, when the connection is disconnected, a disconnection mes-
sage is displayed (depending on AT+SYSMSG), you need to send the connection command again; If this
function is enabled, the connection will be automatically reconnected after disconnection, and the MCU side
will not be aware of the disconnection. If the MAC of the peer end changes, the connection will fail.

Example

AT+BLESPPCFG=0 // reset Bluetooth LE SPP parameters


AT+BLESPPCFG=1,3,5,3,7 // set Bluetooth LE SPP parameters
AT+BLESPPCFG? // query Bluetooth LE SPP parameters

3.4.31 AT+BLESPP: Enter Bluetooth LE SPP Mode

Execute Command

Function:
Enter Bluetooth LE SPP mode.
Command:

AT+BLESPP

Response:

Espressif Systems 118 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

>

This response indicates that AT has entered Bluetooth LE SPP mode and can send and receive data.
If the Bluetooth LE SPP status is wrong ( Notifications are not enabled at the opposite end after the Bluetooth LE
connection is established ), the system returns:

ERROR

Notes

• During the SPP transmission, AT will not prompt any exit the Bluetooth LE SPP passthrough mode information
unless Bit0 of AT+SYSMSG is 1.
• During the SPP transmission, AT will not prompt any connection status changes unless Bit2 of AT+SYSMSG
is 1.
• When the packet which only contains +++ is received, the device returns to normal command mode. Please
wait for at least one second before sending the next AT command.

Example

AT+BLESPP // enter Bluetooth LE SPP mode

3.4.32 AT+BLESECPARAM: Query/Set Bluetooth LE Encryption Parameters

Query Command

Function:
Query the parameters of Bluetooth LE SMP.
Command:

AT+BLESECPARAM?

Response:

+BLESECPARAM:<auth_req>,<iocap>,<enc_key_size>,<init_key>,<rsp_key>,<auth_option>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the parameters of Bluetooth LE SMP.
Command:

AT+BLESECPARAM=<auth_req>,<iocap>,<enc_key_size>,<init_key>,<rsp_key>[,<auth_
,→option>]

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 119 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <auth_req>: authentication request.


– 0: NO_BOND
– 1: BOND
– 4: MITM
– 8: SC_ONLY
– 9: SC_BOND
– 12: SC_MITM
– 13: SC_MITM_BOND
• <iocap>: input and output capability.
– 0: DisplayOnly
– 1: DisplayYesNo
– 2: KeyboardOnly
– 3: NoInputNoOutput
– 4: Keyboard display
• <enc_key_size>: encryption key size. Range: [7,16]. Unit: byte.
• <init_key>: initial key represented in bit combinations.
• <rsp_key>: response key represented in bit combinations.
• <auth_option>: authentication option of security.
– 0: Select the security level automatically.
– 1: If it cannot follow the preset security level, the connection will disconnect.

Note

• The bit pattern for parameters <init_key> and <rsp_key> is:


– Bit0: Used to exchange the encryption key in the init key & response key.
– Bit1: Used to exchange the IRK key in the init key & response key.
– Bit2: Used to exchange the CSRK key in the init key & response key.
– Bit3: Used to exchange the link key (only used in the Bluetooth LE & BR/EDR coexist mode) in the init
key & response key.

Example

AT+BLESECPARAM=1,4,16,3,3,0

3.4.33 AT+BLEENC: Initiate Bluetooth LE Encryption Request

Set Command

Function:
Start a pairing request
Command:

AT+BLEENC=<conn_index>,<sec_act>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].

Espressif Systems 120 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• <sec_act>:
– 0: SEC_NONE
– 1: SEC_ENCRYPT
– 2: SEC_ENCRYPT_NO_MITM
– 3: SEC_ENCRYPT_MITM

Note

• Before running this command, please set the security parameters and connection with remote devices.

Example

AT+RESTORE
AT+BLEINIT=2
AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE
AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART
AT+BLEADDR?
AT+BLESECPARAM=1,0,16,3,3
AT+BLESETKEY=123456
AT+BLEADVSTART
// Use your Bluetooth LE debugging app as a client to establish a Bluetooth LE␣
,→connection with the ESP32-C3

AT+BLEENC=0,3

3.4.34 AT+BLEENCRSP: Respond to the Pairing Request from the Peer Device

Set Command

Function:
Respond to the pairing request from the peer device.
Command:

AT+BLEENCRSP=<conn_index>,<accept>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <accept>:
– 0: reject
– 1: accept

Note

• After running this command, AT will output the pairing result at the end of the pairing process.

+BLEAUTHCMPL:<conn_index>,<enc_result>

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <enc_result>:

Espressif Systems 121 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

– 0: encryption succeeded
– 1: encryption failed

Example

AT+BLEENCRSP=0,1

3.4.35 AT+BLEKEYREPLY: Reply the Key Value to the Peer Device

Set Command

Function:
Reply a pairing key.
Command:

AT+BLEKEYREPLY=<conn_index>,<key>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <key>: pairing key.

Example

AT+BLEKEYREPLY=0,649784

3.4.36 AT+BLECONFREPLY: Reply the Confirm Value to the Peer Device in the Legacy
Connection Stage

Set Command

Function:
Reply a pairing result.
Command:

AT+BLECONFREPLY=<conn_index>,<confirm>

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 122 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <conn_index>: index of Bluetooth LE connection. Range: [0,2].


• <confirm>:
– 0: No
– 1: Yes

Example

AT+BLECONFREPLY=0,1

3.4.37 AT+BLEENCDEV: Query Bonded Bluetooth LE Encryption Device List

Query Command

Function:
Query bonded Bluetooth LE encryption device list.
Command:

AT+BLEENCDEV?

Response:

+BLEENCDEV:<enc_dev_index>,<mac_address>
OK

Parameters

• <enc_dev_index>: index of the bonded devices. This parameter is not necessarily equal to the conn_index
parameter in the Bluetooth LE connection list queried by the command AT+BLECONN. Range: [0,14].
• <mac_address>: MAC address.

Note

• ESP-AT allows a maximum of 15 devices to be bonded. If the number of bonded devices exceeds 15, the
newly bonded device information will sequentially (from 0 to 14) overwrite the previous device information
according to the binding order.

Example

AT+BLEENCDEV?

3.4.38 AT+BLEENCCLEAR: Clear Bluetooth LE Encryption Device List

Set Command

Function:
Remove a device from the security database list with a specific index.
Command:

Espressif Systems 123 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+BLEENCCLEAR=<enc_dev_index>

Response:

OK

Execute Command

Function:
Remove all devices from the security database.
Command:

AT+BLEENCCLEAR

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <enc_dev_index>: index of the bonded devices.

Example

AT+BLEENCCLEAR

3.4.39 AT+BLESETKEY: Set Bluetooth LE Static Pair Key

Query Command

Function:
Query the Bluetooth LE static pair key. If it is not set, AT will return -1.
Command:

AT+BLESETKEY?

Response:

+BLESETKEY:<static_key>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set a Bluetooth LE static pair key for all Bluetooth LE connections.
Command:

AT+BLESETKEY=<static_key>

Response:

Espressif Systems 124 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

OK

Parameter

• <static_key>: static Bluetooth LE pair key.

Example

AT+BLESETKEY=123456

3.4.40 AT+BLEHIDINIT: Bluetooth LE HID Profile Initialization

Query Command

Function:
Query the initialization status of Bluetooth LE HID profile.
Command:

AT+BLEHIDINIT?

Response:
If Bluetooth LE HID device profile is not initialized, AT will return:

+BLEHIDINIT:0
OK

If Bluetooth LE HID device profile is initialized, AT will return:

+BLEHIDINIT:1
OK

Set Command

Function:
Initialize the Bluetooth LE HID profile.
Command:

AT+BLEHIDINIT=<init>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <init>:
– 0: deinit Bluetooth LE HID profile
– 1: init Bluetooth LE HID profile

Espressif Systems 125 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Note

• The Bluetooth LE HID command cannot be used at the same time with general GATT/GAP commands.

Example

AT+BLEHIDINIT=1

3.4.41 AT+BLEHIDKB: Send Bluetooth LE HID Keyboard Information

Set Command

Function:
Send keyboard information.
Command:

AT+BLEHIDKB=<Modifier_keys>,<key_1>,<key_2>,<key_3>,<key_4>,<key_5>,<key_6>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <Modifier_keys>: modifier keys mask


• <key_1>: key code 1
• <key_2>: key code 2
• <key_3>: key code 3
• <key_4>: key code 4
• <key_5>: key code 5
• <key_6>: key code 6

Note

• For more information about key codes, please refer to the chapter Keyboard/Keypad Page of Universal Serial
Bus HID Usage Tables.
• To use this command to interact with iOS products, your devices need to pass MFI certification first.

Example

AT+BLEHIDKB=0,4,0,0,0,0,0 // input the string "a"

3.4.42 AT+BLEHIDMUS: Send Bluetooth LE HID Mouse Information

Set Command

Function:
Send mouse information.
Command:

Espressif Systems 126 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+BLEHIDMUS=<buttons>,<X_displacement>,<Y_displacement>,<wheel>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <buttons>: mouse button


• <X_displacement>: X displacement
• <Y_displacement>: Y displacement
• <wheel>: wheel

Note

• For more information about HID mouse, please refer to the section Generic Desktop Page, and Application
Usages of Universal Serial Bus HID Usage Tables.
• To use this command to interact with iOS products, your devices need to pass MFI certification first.

Example

AT+BLEHIDMUS=0,10,10,0

3.4.43 AT+BLEHIDCONSUMER: Send Bluetooth LE HID Consumer Information

Set Command

Function:
Send consumer information.
Command:

AT+BLEHIDCONSUMER=<consumer_usage_id>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <consumer_usage_id>: consumer ID, such as power, reset, help, volume and so on. See chapter Consumer
Page (0x0C) of HID Usage Tables for Universal Serial Bus (USB) for more information.

Note

• To use this command to interact with iOS products, your devices need to pass MFI certification first.

Example

AT+BLEHIDCONSUMER=233 // volume up

Espressif Systems 127 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.44 AT+BLUFI: Start or Stop BluFi

Query Command

Function:
Query the status of BluFi.
Command:

AT+BLUFI?

Response:
If BluFi is not started, it will return:

+BLUFI:0

OK

If BluFi is started, it will return:

+BLUFI:1

OK

Set Command

Function:
Start or stop BluFi.
Command:

AT+BLUFI=<option>[,<auth floor>]

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <option>:
– 0: stop BluFi
– 1: start BluFi
• <auth floor>: Wi-Fi authentication mode floor. ESP-AT will not connect to the AP whose authmode is lower
than this floor.
– 0: OPEN (Default)
– 1: WEP
– 2: WPA_PSK
– 3: WPA2_PSK
– 4: WPA_WPA2_PSK
– 5: WPA2_ENTERPRISE
– 6: WPA3_PSK
– 7: WPA2_WPA3_PSK

Note

• You can only start or stop BluFi when Bluetooth LE is not initialized (AT+BLEINIT=0).

Espressif Systems 128 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+BLUFI=1

3.4.45 AT+BLUFINAME: Query/Set BluFi Device Name

Query Command

Function:
Query the BluFi name.
Command:

AT+BLUFINAME?

Response:

+BLUFINAME:<device_name>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Set the BluFi device name.
Command:

AT+BLUFINAME=<device_name>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <device_name>: the name of BluFi device.

Notes

• If you need to set BluFi name, please set it before command AT+BLUFI=1. Otherwise, it will use the default
name BLUFI_DEVICE.
• The maximum length of BluFi name is 29 bytes.

Example

AT+BLUFINAME="BLUFI_DEV"
AT+BLUFINAME?

Espressif Systems 129 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.46 AT+BLEPERIODICDATA: Set Bluetooth LE periodic advertising data

Set Command

Function:
Set periodic advertising data.
Command:

AT+BLEPERIODICDATA=<periodic_data>

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <periodic_data>: Periodic advertising data in HEX string. For example, to set the periodic advertising data
to 0x11 0x22 0x33 0x44 0x55 , the command should be AT+BLEPERIODICDATA="1122334455".

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEPERIODICDATA="1122334455"

3.4.47 AT+BLEPERIODICSTART: Start Bluetooth LE periodic advertising

Execute Command

Function:
Start periodic advertising.
Command:

AT+BLEPERIODICSTART

Response:

OK

Notes

• The extended advertising should be started before the start of periodic advertising, and the adv type should be
ADV_TYPE_EXT_NOSCANNABLE_IND.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=2 // Role: server


AT+BLEPERIODICDATA="1122334455" // Set periodic adv data
AT+BLEADVPARAM=32,32,5,0,7,0 // Set extended advertising parameters
AT+BLEADVSTART // Start Extend advertising
AT+BLEPERIODICSTART // Start periodic advertising

Espressif Systems 130 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.48 AT+BLEPERIODICSTOP: Stop Bluetooth LE periodic advertising

Execute Command

Function:
Stop periodic advertising.
Command:

AT+BLEPERIODICSTOP

Response:

OK

Example

AT+BLEPERIODICSTOP // Stop periodic advertising

3.4.49 AT+BLESYNCSTART: Start to synchronize with periodic advertising

Set Command

Function:
Synchroize with the target device and get the periodic advertising data.
Command:

AT+BLESYNCSTART=<target_address>

Response:

+BLESYNC:<addr>,<rssi>,<periodic_adv_data>
OK

Parameters

• <addr>: Bluetooth LE address.


• <rssi>: signal strength.
• <periodic_adv_data>: periodic advertising data.

Notes

• Before you start to synchronize with the remote device, the blescan must be start.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLESCAN=1 // start Bluetooth LE scan
AT+BLESYNCSTART="24:0a:c4:09:34:23" // try to Synchroize with the remote device

Espressif Systems 131 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.4.50 AT+BLESYNCSTOP: Stop synchronizing with periodic advertising

Execute Command

Function:
Stop synchronizing with the target device.
Command:

AT+BLESYNCSTOP

Response:

OK

Notes

• If you stop blescan with AT+BLESCAN=0 command, the synchronization will be stopped automatically.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLESCAN=1 // start Bluetooth LE scan
AT+BLESYNCSTART="24:0a:c4:09:34:23" // try to synchronize with the remote device
AT+BLESYNCSTOP // Stop Synchroize with the remote device

3.4.51 AT+BLEREADPHY: Query the current transmitter PHY

Set Command

Function:
Query the current transmitter PHY.
Command:

AT+BLEREADPHY=<conn_index>

Response:
If the query succeeds, it will return:

+BLEREADPHY:<device_addr>,<tx_PHY>,<rx_PHY>
OK

If the query fails, it will return:

+BLEREADPHY:-1
OK

Parameters

• <device_addr>: remote device address.


• <tx_PHY>:
– 1: 1M PHY.
– 2: 2M PHY.

Espressif Systems 132 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

– 3: Coded PHY.
• <rx_PHY>:
– 1: 1M PHY.
– 2: 2M PHY.
– 3: Coded PHY.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:09:34:23"
AT+BLEREADPHY=0 // query current transmitter PHY

3.4.52 AT+BLESETPHY: Set the current transmitter PHY

Set Command

Function:
Set the current transmitter PHY.
Command:
AT+BLESETPHY=<conn_index>,<tx_rx_phy>

Response:
If the query succeeds, it will return:
+BLESETPHY:<device_addr>,<tx_PHY>,<rx_PHY>
OK

If the query fails, it will return:


+BLESETPHY:-1
OK

Parameters

• <device_addr>: remote device address.


• <tx_rx_phy>:
– 1: 1M PHY.
– 2: 2M PHY.
– 3: Coded PHY.

Example

AT+BLEINIT=1 // Role: client


AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:09:34:23"
AT+BLESETPHY=0,1

3.5 MQTT AT Commands

• AT+MQTTUSERCFG: Set MQTT user configuration

Espressif Systems 133 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• AT+MQTTCLIENTID: Set MQTT client ID


• AT+MQTTUSERNAME: Set MQTT username
• AT+MQTTPASSWORD: Set MQTT password
• AT+MQTTCONNCFG: Set configuration of MQTT connection
• AT+MQTTALPN: Set MQTT Application Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN)
• AT+MQTTCONN: Connect to MQTT Brokers
• AT+MQTTPUB: Publish MQTT Messages in string
• AT+MQTTPUBRAW: Publish long MQTT messages
• AT+MQTTSUB: Subscribe to MQTT topics
• AT+MQTTUNSUB: Unsubscribe from MQTT topics
• AT+MQTTCLEAN: Close MQTT connections
• MQTT AT Error Codes
• MQTT AT Notes

3.5.1 AT+MQTTUSERCFG: Set MQTT User Configuration

Set Command

Function:
Set MQTT User Configuration.
Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=<LinkID>,<scheme>,<"client_id">,<"username">,<"password">,<cert_key_
,→ID>,<CA_ID>,<"path">

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: currently only supports link ID 0.


• <scheme>:
– 1: MQTT over TCP.
– 2: MQTT over TLS (no certificate verify).
– 3: MQTT over TLS (verify server certificate).
– 4: MQTT over TLS (provide client certificate).
– 5: MQTT over TLS (verify server certificate and provide client certificate).
– 6: MQTT over WebSocket (based on TCP).
– 7: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, no certificate verify).
– 8: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, verify server certificate).
– 9: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, provide client certificate).
– 10: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, verify server certificate and provide client certificate).
• <client_id>: MQTT client ID. Maximum length: 256 bytes.
• <username>: the username to login to the MQTT broker. Maximum length: 64 bytes.
• <password>: the password to login to the MQTT broker. Maximum length: 64 bytes.
• <cert_key_ID>: certificate ID. Currently, ESP-AT only supports one certificate for ID 0.
• <CA_ID>: CA ID. Currently, ESP-AT only supports one CA for ID 0.
• <path>: the path of the resource. Maximum length: 32 bytes.

Note

• The length of the entire AT command should be less than 256 bytes.

Espressif Systems 134 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.5.2 AT+MQTTCLIENTID: Set MQTT Client ID

Set Command

Function:
Set MQTT Client ID.
Command:

AT+MQTTCLIENTID=<LinkID>,<"client_id">

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: currently only supports link ID 0.


• <client_id>: MQTT client ID.

Notes

• The length of the entire AT command should be less than 256 bytes.
• The command AT+MQTTUSERCFG can also set MQTT client ID. The differences between the two commands
include:
– You can use AT+MQTTCLIENTID to set a relatively long client ID since there is a limitation on the
length of the AT+MQTTUSERCFG command.
– You should set AT+MQTTCLIENTID after setting the AT+MQTTUSERCFG command.

3.5.3 AT+MQTTUSERNAME: Set MQTT Username

Set Command

Function:
Set MQTT username.
Command:

AT+MQTTUSERNAME=<LinkID>,<"username">

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <username>: the username to login to the MQTT broker.

Espressif Systems 135 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• The length of the entire AT command should be less than 256 bytes.
• The command AT+MQTTUSERCFG can also set MQTT username. The differences between the two com-
mands include:
– You can use AT+MQTTUSERNAME to set a relatively long username since there is a limitation on the
length of the AT+MQTTUSERCFG command.
– You should set AT+MQTTUSERNAME after setting the command AT+MQTTUSERCFG.

3.5.4 AT+MQTTPASSWORD: Set MQTT Password

Set Command

Function:
Set MQTT password.
Command:

AT+MQTTPASSWORD=<LinkID>,<"password">

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <password>: the password to login to the MQTT broker.

Notes

• The length of the entire AT command should be less than 256 bytes.
• The command AT+MQTTUSERCFG can also set MQTT password. The differences between the two com-
mands include:
– You can use AT+MQTTPASSWORD to set a relatively long password since there is a limitation on the
length of the AT+MQTTUSERCFG command.
– You should set AT+MQTTPASSWORD after setting the command AT+MQTTUSERCFG.

3.5.5 AT+MQTTCONNCFG: Set Configuration of MQTT Connection

Set Command

Function:
Set configuration of MQTT Connection.
Command:

AT+MQTTCONNCFG=<LinkID>,<keepalive>,<disable_clean_session>,<"lwt_topic">,<"lwt_msg
,→">,<lwt_qos>,<lwt_retain>

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 136 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <keepalive>: timeout of MQTT ping. Unit: second. Range [0,7200]. The default value is 0, which will be
force-changed to 120 s.
• <disable_clean_session>: set MQTT clean session. For more details about this parameter, please refer to
the section Clean Session in MQTT Version 3.1.1.
– 0: enable clean session.
– 1: disable clean session.
• <lwt_topic>: LWT (Last Will and Testament) message topic. Maximum length: 128 bytes.
• <lwt_msg>: LWT message. Maximum length: 64 bytes.
• <lwt_qos>: LWT QoS, which can be set to 0, 1, or 2. Default: 0.
• <lwt_retain>: LWT retain, which can be set to 0 or 1. Default: 0.

3.5.6 AT+MQTTALPN: Set MQTT Application Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN)

Set Command

Function:
Set MQTT Application Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN).
Command:

AT+MQTTALPN=<LinkID>,<alpn_counts>[,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">][,<"alpn">]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <alpn_counts>: the number of < alpn > parameters. Range: [0,5].
• 0: clean the MQTT ALPN configuration.
• [1,5]: set the MQTT ALPN configuration.
• < alpn >: you can send more than one ALPN in ClientHello to the server.

Notes

• The length of the entire AT command should be less than 256 bytes.
• MQTT ALPN will only be effective if the MQTT connection is based on TLS or WSS.
• You should set AT+MQTTALPN after setting the command AT+MQTTUSERCFG.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="ssid","password"
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"ntp1.aliyun.com","ntp2.aliyun.com"
AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,5,"ESP32-C3","espressif","1234567890",0,0,""
AT+MQTTALPN=0,2,"mqtt-ca.cn","mqtt-ca.us"
AT+MQTTCONN=0,"192.168.200.2",8883,1

Espressif Systems 137 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.5.7 AT+MQTTCONN: Connect to MQTT Brokers

Query Command

Function:
Query the MQTT broker that ESP32-C3 are connected to.
Command:
AT+MQTTCONN?

Response:
+MQTTCONN:<LinkID>,<state>,<scheme><"host">,<port>,<"path">,<reconnect>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Connect to an MQTT broker.
Command:
AT+MQTTCONN=<LinkID>,<"host">,<port>,<reconnect>

Response:
OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <host>: MQTT broker domain. Maximum length: 128 bytes.
• <port>: MQTT broker port. Maximum: port 65535.
• <path>: path. Maximum length: 32 bytes.
• <reconnect>:
– 0: MQTT will not reconnect automatically.
– 1: MQTT will reconnect automatically. It takes more resources.
• <state>: MQTT state.
– 0: MQTT uninitialized.
– 1: already set AT+MQTTUSERCFG.
– 2: already set AT+MQTTCONNCFG.
– 3: connection disconnected.
– 4: connection established.
– 5: connected, but did not subscribe to any topic.
– 6: connected, and subscribed to MQTT topics.
• <scheme>:
– 1: MQTT over TCP.
– 2: MQTT over TLS (no certificate verify).
– 3: MQTT over TLS (verify server certificate).
– 4: MQTT over TLS (provide client certificate).
– 5: MQTT over TLS (verify server certificate and provide client certificate).
– 6: MQTT over WebSocket (based on TCP).
– 7: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, verify no certificate).
– 8: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, verify server certificate).
– 9: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, provide client certificate).
– 10: MQTT over WebSocket Secure (based on TLS, verify server certificate and provide client certificate).

Espressif Systems 138 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.5.8 AT+MQTTPUB: Publish MQTT Messages in String

Set Command

Function:
Publish MQTT messages in string to a defined topic. If the amount of data you publish is relatively large, and the
length of a single AT command has exceeded the threshold of 256, please use the AT+MQTTPUBRAW command.
Command:

AT+MQTTPUB=<LinkID>,<"topic">,<"data">,<qos>,<retain>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <topic>: MQTT topic. Maximum length: 128 bytes.
• <data>: MQTT message in string.
• <qos>: QoS of message, which can be set to 0, 1, or 2. Default: 0.
• <retain>: retain flag.

Notes

• The length of the entire AT command should be less than 256 bytes.
• This command cannot send data \0. If you need to send \0, please use the command AT+MQTTPUBRAW
instead.

Example

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="ssid","password"
AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,1,"ESP32-C3","espressif","1234567890",0,0,""
AT+MQTTCONN=0,"192.168.10.234",1883,0
AT+MQTTPUB=0,"topic","\"{\"timestamp\":\"20201121085253\"}\"",0,0

3.5.9 AT+MQTTPUBRAW: Publish Long MQTT Messages

Set Command

Function:
Publish long MQTT messages to a defined topic. If the amount of data you publish is relatively small, and the length
of a single AT command is not greater than the threshold of 256, you also can use the AT+MQTTPUB command.
Command:

AT+MQTTPUBRAW=<LinkID>,<"topic">,<length>,<qos>,<retain>

Response:

OK
>

Espressif Systems 139 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data, and you can enter the data now. When the require-
ment of message length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the transmission starts.
If the transmission is successful, AT returns:

+MQTTPUB:OK

Otherwise, it returns:

+MQTTPUB:FAIL

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <topic>: MQTT topic. Maximum length: 128 bytes.
• <length>: length of MQTT message. The maximum length is limited by available memory.
• <qos>: QoS of the published message, which can be set to 0, 1, or 2. Default is 0.
• <retain>: retain flag.

3.5.10 AT+MQTTSUB: Subscribe to MQTT Topics

Query Command

Function:
List all MQTT topics that have been already subscribed.
Command:

AT+MQTTSUB?

Response:

+MQTTSUB:<LinkID>,<state>,<"topic1">,<qos>
+MQTTSUB:<LinkID>,<state>,<"topic2">,<qos>
+MQTTSUB:<LinkID>,<state>,<"topic3">,<qos>
...
OK

Set Command

Function:
Subscribe to defined MQTT topics with defined QoS. It supports subscribing to multiple topics.
Command:

AT+MQTTSUB=<LinkID>,<"topic">,<qos>

Response:

OK

When AT receives MQTT messages of the subscribed topic, it will prompt:

+MQTTSUBRECV:<LinkID>,<"topic">,<data_length>,data

If the topic has been subscribed before, it will prompt:

Espressif Systems 140 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

ALREADY SUBSCRIBE

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <state>: MQTT state.
– 0: MQTT uninitialized.
– 1: already set AT+MQTTUSERCFG.
– 2: already set AT+MQTTCONNCFG.
– 3: connection disconnected.
– 4: connection established.
– 5: connected, but subscribe to no topic.
– 6: connected, and subscribed to MQTT topics.
• <topic>: the topic that is subscribed to.
• <qos>: the QoS that is subscribed to.

3.5.11 AT+MQTTUNSUB: Unsubscribe from MQTT Topics

Set Command

Function:
Unsubscribe the client from defined topics. This command can be called multiple times to unsubscribe from different
topics.
Command:

AT+MQTTUNSUB=<LinkID>,<"topic">

Response:

OK

If the topic has not been subscribed, AT will prompt:

NO UNSUBSCRIBE

OK

Parameters

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.


• <topic>: MQTT topic. Maximum length: 128 bytes.

3.5.12 AT+MQTTCLEAN: Close MQTT Connections

Set Command

Function:
Close the MQTT connection and release the resource.
Command:

AT+MQTTCLEAN=<LinkID>

Espressif Systems 141 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <LinkID>: only supports link ID 0 currently.

3.5.13 MQTT AT Error Codes

The MQTT Error code will be prompted as ERR CODE:0x<%08x>.

Error Type Error Code


AT_MQTT_NO_CONFIGURED 0x6001
AT_MQTT_NOT_IN_CONFIGURED_STATE 0x6002
AT_MQTT_UNINITIATED_OR_ALREADY_CLEAN 0x6003
AT_MQTT_ALREADY_CONNECTED 0x6004
AT_MQTT_MALLOC_FAILED 0x6005
AT_MQTT_NULL_LINK 0x6006
AT_MQTT_NULL_PARAMTER 0x6007
AT_MQTT_PARAMETER_COUNTS_IS_WRONG 0x6008
AT_MQTT_TLS_CONFIG_ERROR 0x6009
AT_MQTT_PARAM_PREPARE_ERROR 0x600A
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_START_FAILED 0x600B
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_PUBLISH_FAILED 0x600C
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_FAILED 0x600D
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_UNSUBSCRIBE_FAILED 0x600E
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_DISCONNECT_FAILED 0x600F
AT_MQTT_LINK_ID_READ_FAILED 0x6010
AT_MQTT_LINK_ID_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x6011
AT_MQTT_SCHEME_READ_FAILED 0x6012
AT_MQTT_SCHEME_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x6013
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_ID_READ_FAILED 0x6014
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_ID_IS_NULL 0x6015
AT_MQTT_CLIENT_ID_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x6016
AT_MQTT_USERNAME_READ_FAILED 0x6017
AT_MQTT_USERNAME_IS_NULL 0x6018
AT_MQTT_USERNAME_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x6019
AT_MQTT_PASSWORD_READ_FAILED 0x601A
AT_MQTT_PASSWORD_IS_NULL 0x601B
AT_MQTT_PASSWORD_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x601C
AT_MQTT_CERT_KEY_ID_READ_FAILED 0x601D
AT_MQTT_CERT_KEY_ID_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x601E
AT_MQTT_CA_ID_READ_FAILED 0x601F
AT_MQTT_CA_ID_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x6020
AT_MQTT_CA_LENGTH_ERROR 0x6021
AT_MQTT_CA_READ_FAILED 0x6022
AT_MQTT_CERT_LENGTH_ERROR 0x6023
AT_MQTT_CERT_READ_FAILED 0x6024
AT_MQTT_KEY_LENGTH_ERROR 0x6025
AT_MQTT_KEY_READ_FAILED 0x6026
AT_MQTT_PATH_READ_FAILED 0x6027
AT_MQTT_PATH_IS_NULL 0x6028
AT_MQTT_PATH_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x6029
continues on next page

Espressif Systems 142 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Table 3 – continued from previous page


Error Type Error Code
AT_MQTT_VERSION_READ_FAILED 0x602A
AT_MQTT_KEEPALIVE_READ_FAILED 0x602B
AT_MQTT_KEEPALIVE_IS_NULL 0x602C
AT_MQTT_KEEPALIVE_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x602D
AT_MQTT_DISABLE_CLEAN_SESSION_READ_FAILED 0x602E
AT_MQTT_DISABLE_CLEAN_SESSION_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x602F
AT_MQTT_LWT_TOPIC_READ_FAILED 0x6030
AT_MQTT_LWT_TOPIC_IS_NULL 0x6031
AT_MQTT_LWT_TOPIC_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x6032
AT_MQTT_LWT_MSG_READ_FAILED 0x6033
AT_MQTT_LWT_MSG_IS_NULL 0x6034
AT_MQTT_LWT_MSG_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x6035
AT_MQTT_LWT_QOS_READ_FAILED 0x6036
AT_MQTT_LWT_QOS_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x6037
AT_MQTT_LWT_RETAIN_READ_FAILED 0x6038
AT_MQTT_LWT_RETAIN_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x6039
AT_MQTT_HOST_READ_FAILED 0x603A
AT_MQTT_HOST_IS_NULL 0x603B
AT_MQTT_HOST_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x603C
AT_MQTT_PORT_READ_FAILED 0x603D
AT_MQTT_PORT_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x603E
AT_MQTT_RECONNECT_READ_FAILED 0x603F
AT_MQTT_RECONNECT_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x6040
AT_MQTT_TOPIC_READ_FAILED 0x6041
AT_MQTT_TOPIC_IS_NULL 0x6042
AT_MQTT_TOPIC_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x6043
AT_MQTT_DATA_READ_FAILED 0x6044
AT_MQTT_DATA_IS_NULL 0x6045
AT_MQTT_DATA_IS_OVERLENGTH 0x6046
AT_MQTT_QOS_READ_FAILED 0x6047
AT_MQTT_QOS_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x6048
AT_MQTT_RETAIN_READ_FAILED 0x6049
AT_MQTT_RETAIN_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x604A
AT_MQTT_PUBLISH_LENGTH_READ_FAILED 0x604B
AT_MQTT_PUBLISH_LENGTH_VALUE_IS_WRONG 0x604C
AT_MQTT_RECV_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 0x604D
AT_MQTT_CREATE_SEMA_FAILED 0x604E
AT_MQTT_CREATE_EVENT_GROUP_FAILED 0x604F
AT_MQTT_URI_PARSE_FAILED 0x6050
AT_MQTT_IN_DISCONNECTED_STATE 0x6051
AT_MQTT_HOSTNAME_VERIFY_FAILED 0x6052

3.5.14 MQTT AT Notes

• In general, AT MQTT commands responds within 10 s, except the command AT+MQTTCONN. For example, if
the router fails to access the Internet, the command AT+MQTTPUB will respond within 10 s. But the command
AT+MQTTCONN may need more time due to packet retransmission in a bad network environment.
• If the AT+MQTTCONN is based on a TLS connection, the timeout of each packet is 10 s, and the total timeout
will be much longer depending on the handshake packets count.
• When the MQTT connection ends, it will prompt the message +MQTTDISCONNECTED:<LinkID>.
• When the MQTT connection established, it will prompt the message +MQTTCONNECTED:<LinkID>,
<scheme>,<"host">,port,<"path">,<reconnect>.

Espressif Systems 143 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

3.6 HTTP AT Commands

• AT+HTTPCLIENT: Send HTTP Client Request


• AT+HTTPGETSIZE: Get HTTP Resource Size
• AT+HTTPCGET: Get HTTP Resource
• AT+HTTPCPOST: Post HTTP data of specified length
• AT+HTTPURLCFG: Set/Get long HTTP URL
• HTTP AT Error Codes

3.6.1 AT+HTTPCLIENT: Send HTTP Client Request

Set Command

Command:

AT+HTTPCLIENT=<opt>,<content-type>,<"url">,[<"host">],[<"path">],<transport_type>[,
,→<"data">][,<"http_req_header">][,<"http_req_header">][...]

Response:

+HTTPCLIENT:<size>,<data>

OK

Parameters

• <opt>: method of HTTP client request.


– 1: HEAD
– 2: GET
– 3: POST
– 4: PUT
– 5: DELETE
• <content-type>: data type of HTTP client request.
– 0: application/x-www-form-urlencoded
– 1: application/json
– 2: multipart/form-data
– 3: text/xml
• < url >: HTTP URL. The parameter can override the <host> and <path> parameters if they are null.
• < host >: domain name or IP address.
• < path >: HTTP Path.
• <transport_type>: HTTP Client transport type. Default: 1.
– 1: HTTP_TRANSPORT_OVER_TCP
– 2: HTTP_TRANSPORT_OVER_SSL
• < data >: If <opt> is a POST request, this parameter holds the data you send to the HTTP server. If not,
this parameter does not exist, which means there is no need to input a comma to indicate this parameter.
• <http_req_header>: you can send more than one request header to the server.

Notes

• If the length of the entire command containing the URL exceeds 256 bytes, please use the AT+HTTPURLCFG
command to preset the URL first, and then set the < url > parameter of this command to "".
• If the url parameter is not null, HTTP client will use it and ignore the host parameter and path parameter;
If the url parameter is omited or null string, HTTP client will use host parameter and path parameter.

Espressif Systems 144 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• In some released firmware, HTTP client commands are not supported (see ESP-AT Firmware Differences), but
you can enable it by ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > AT > AT http command
support and build the project (see Compile ESP-AT Project).

Example

// HEAD Request
AT+HTTPCLIENT=1,0,"http://httpbin.org/get","httpbin.org","/get",1

// GET Request
AT+HTTPCLIENT=2,0,"http://httpbin.org/get","httpbin.org","/get",1

// POST Request
AT+HTTPCLIENT=3,0,"http://httpbin.org/post","httpbin.org","/post",1,"field1=value1&
,→field2=value2"

3.6.2 AT+HTTPGETSIZE: Get HTTP Resource Size

Set Command

Command:

AT+HTTPGETSIZE=<"url">

Response:

+HTTPGETSIZE:<size>

OK

Parameters

• < url >: HTTP URL. It is a string parameter and should be enclosed with quotes.
• <size>: HTTP resource size.

Note

• If the length of the entire command containing the URL exceeds 256 bytes, please use the AT+HTTPURLCFG
command to preset the URL first, and then set the < url > parameter of this command to "".
• In some released firmware, HTTP client commands are not supported (see ESP-AT Firmware Differences), but
you can enable it by ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > AT > AT http command
support and build the project (see Compile ESP-AT Project).

Example

AT+HTTPGETSIZE="http://www.baidu.com/img/bdlogo.gif"

3.6.3 AT+HTTPCGET: Get HTTP Resource

Set Command

Command:

Espressif Systems 145 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+HTTPCGET=<"url">[,<tx size>][,<rx size>][,<timeout>]

Response:

+HTTPCGET:<size>,<data>
OK

Parameters

• < url >: HTTP URL. It is a string parameter and should be enclosed with quotes.
• <tx size>: HTTP send buffer size. Unit: byte. Default: 2048. Range: [0,10240].
• <rx size>: HTTP receive buffer size. Unit: byte. Default: 2048. Range: [0,10240].
• <timeout>: Network timeout. Unit: millisecond. Default: 5000. Range: [0,180000].

Note

• If the length of the entire command containing the URL exceeds 256 bytes, please use the AT+HTTPURLCFG
command to preset the URL first, and then set the < url > parameter of this command to "".

3.6.4 AT+HTTPCPOST: Post HTTP data of specified length

Set Command

Command:

AT+HTTPCPOST=<"url">,<length>[,<http_req_header_cnt>][,<http_req_header>..<http_
,→req_header>]

Response:

OK

>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data, and you can enter the data now. When the require-
ment of message length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the transmission starts.
If the transmission is successful, AT returns:

SEND OK

Otherwise, it returns:

SEND FAIL

Parameters

• < url >: HTTP URL. It is a string parameter and should be enclosed with quotes.
• <length>: HTTP data length to POST. The maximum length is equal to the system allocable heap size.
• <http_req_header_cnt>: the number of <http_req_header> parameters.
• [<http_req_header>]: you can send more than one request header to the server.

Espressif Systems 146 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Note

• If the length of the entire command containing the URL exceeds 256 bytes, please use the AT+HTTPURLCFG
command to preset the URL first, and then set the < url > parameter of this command to "".

3.6.5 AT+HTTPURLCFG: Set/Get long HTTP URL

Query Command

Command:

AT+HTTPURLCFG?

Response:

[+HTTPURLCFG:<url length>,<data>]
OK

Set Command

Command:

AT+HTTPURLCFG=<url length>

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data. You should enter the URL now, and when the URL
length reaches the <url length> value, the system returns:

SET OK

Parameters

• <url length>: HTTP URL length. Unit: byte.


– 0: clean the HTTP URL configuration.
– [8,8192]: set the HTTP URL configuration.
• <data>: HTTP URL data.

3.6.6 HTTP AT Error Codes

• HTTP Client:

Espressif Systems 147 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

HTTP Client Error Code Description


0x7000 Failed to Establish Connection
0x7190 Bad Request
0x7191 Unauthorized
0x7192 Payment Required
0x7193 Forbidden
0x7194 Not Found
0x7195 Method Not Allowed
0x7196 Not Acceptable
0x7197 Proxy Authentication Required
0x7198 Request Timeout
0x7199 Conflict
0x719a Gone
0x719b Length Required
0x719c Precondition Failed
0x719d Request Entity Too Large
0x719e Request-URI Too Long
0x719f Unsupported Media Type
0x71a0 Requested Range Not Satisfiable
0x71a1 Expectation Failed

• HTTP Server:

HTTP Server Error Code Description


0x71f4 Internal Server Error
0x71f5 Not Implemented
0x71f6 Bad Gateway
0x71f7 Service Unavailable
0x71f8 Gateway Timeout
0x71f9 HTTP Version Not Supported

• HTTP AT:
– The error code of command AT+HTTPCLIENT will be 0x7000+Standard HTTP Error Code
(For more details about Standard HTTP/1.1 Error Code, see RFC 2616).
– For example, if AT gets the HTTP error 404 when calling command AT+HTTPCLIENT, it will respond
with error code of 0x7194 (hex(0x7000+404)=0x7194).

3.7 Signaling Test AT Commands

• AT+FACTPLCP: Send with long or short PLCP (Physical Layer Convergence Procedure)

3.7.1 AT+FACTPLCP: Send with Long or Short PLCP

Set Command

Command:

AT+FACTPLCP=<enable>,<tx_with_long>

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 148 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <enable>: Enable or disable manual configuration.


– 0: Disable manual configuration. The default value for the parameter <tx_with_long> will be used.
– 1: Enable manual configuration. The type of PLCP that AT sends depends on <tx_with_long>.
• <tx_with_long>: Send with long PLCP or short PLCP.
– 0: Send with short PLCP (default).
– 1: Send with long PLCP.

3.8 Web Server AT Commands

• AT+WEBSERVER: Enable/disable Wi-Fi connection configuration via Web server.

3.8.1 AT+WEBSERVER: Enable/disable Wi-Fi connection configuration via Web server

Set Command

Command:

AT+WEBSERVER=<enable>,<server_port>,<connection_timeout>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <enable>: Enable or disable Web server.


– 0: Disable the Web server and release related resources.
– 1: Enable Web server, which means that you can use WeChat or a browser to configure Wi-Fi connection
information.
• <server_port>: The Web server port number.
• <connection_timeout>: The timeout for the every connection. Unit: second. Range:[21,60].

Notes

• There are two ways to provide the HTML files needed by the Web server. One is to use FAT file system, and
you need to enable AT FS command at this time. The other one is to use embedded files to store HTML files
(default setting).
• Please make sure that the maximum number of open sockets is not less than 12, you may change the number by
./build.py menuconfig > Component config > LWIP > Max bumber of open sockets
and compile the project (see Compile ESP-AT Project).
• The default firmware does not support Web server AT commands (see ESP-AT Firmware Differences), but
you can enable it by ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > AT > AT WEB Server
command support and compile the project (see Compile ESP-AT Project).
• ESP-AT supports captive portals in ESP32-C3 series of devices. See example.
• For more examples, please refer to Web Server AT Example.
• The command implementation is open-source. See the source code in at/src/at_web_server_cmd.c.
• Please refer to How to Implement OTA Upgrade for more OTA commands.

Espressif Systems 149 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

// Enable the Web server with port 80, and the timeout for the every connection is␣
,→50 seconds

AT+WEBSERVER=1,80,50

// Disable the Web server


AT+WEBSERVER=0

3.9 Driver AT Commands

• AT+DRVADC: Read ADC channel value.


• AT+DRVPWMINIT: Initialize PWM driver.
• AT+DRVPWMDUTY: Set PWM duty.
• AT+DRVPWMFADE: Set PWM fade.
• AT+DRVI2CINIT: Initialize I2C master driver.
• AT+DRVI2CRD: Read I2C data.
• AT+DRVI2CWRDATA: Write I2C data.
• AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES: Write no more than 4 bytes I2C data.
• AT+DRVSPICONFGPIO: Configure SPI GPIO.
• AT+DRVSPIINIT: Initialize SPI master driver.
• AT+DRVSPIRD: Read SPI data.
• AT+DRVSPIWR: Write SPI data.

3.9.1 AT+DRVADC: Read ADC Channel Value

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVADC=<channel>,<atten>

Response:

+DRVADC:<raw data>

OK

Parameters

• <channel>: ADC1 channel.


• For ESP32-C3 devices, the range is [0,4].

CHANNEL GPIO
0 GPIO0
1 GPIO1
2 GPIO2
3 GPIO3
4 GPIO4

• <atten>: attenuation.
• 0: 0 dB attenuation, effective measurement range is [0, 750] mV.

Espressif Systems 150 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• 1: 2.5 dB attenuation, effective measurement range is [0, 1050] mV.


• 2: 6 dB attenuation, effective measurement range is [0, 1300] mV.
• 3: 11 dB attenuation, effective measurement range is [0, 2500] mV.
• <raw data>: ADC channel value.

Notes

• ESP-AT only supports ADC1.


• ESP32-C3 support 12-bit width.
• For details on how to convert the channel value into voltage, please refer to ADC Conversion.

Example

// For ESP32-C3, 0 dB attenuation, effective measurement range is [0, 750] mV


// The returned 2048 means the voltage is 2048 / 4095 * 750 = 375.09 mV
AT+DRVADC=0,0
+DRVADC:2048

OK

3.9.2 AT+DRVPWMINIT: Initialize PWM Driver

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVPWMINIT=<freq>,<duty_res>,<ch0_gpio>[,...,<ch3_gpio>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <freq>: LEDC timer frequency. Unit: Hz. Range: 1 Hz ~ 8 MHz.


• <duty_res>: LEDC channel duty resolution. Range: 0 ~ 20 bits.
• <chx_gpio>: LEDC output GPIO number of channel x. For example, if you want to use GPIO16 as channel
0, set <ch0_gpio> to 16.

Notes

• AT can support a maximum of 4 channels.


• The number of channels that you initialize using this command will determine how many channels you can set
using other PWM commands, including AT+DRVPWMDUTY and AT+DRVPWMFADE. For example, if you
initialize two channels, you can only change the two channels PWM duty using command AT+DRVPWMDUTY.
• The frequency and the duty resolution are interdependent. See Supported Range of Frequency and Duty
Resolutions for more details.

Example

Espressif Systems 151 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

AT+DRVPWMINIT=5000,13,17,16,18,19 // set 4 channels; frequency: 5 kHz; duty␣


,→resolution: 13 bits

AT+DRVPWMINIT=10000,10,17 // only use channel 0, frequency: 10 kHz; duty␣


,→resolution: 10 bits; other PMW commands can only set one channel

3.9.3 AT+DRVPWMDUTY: Set PWM Duty

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVPWMDUTY=<ch0_duty>[,...,<ch3_duty>]

Response:

OK

Parameter

• <duty>: LEDC channel duty. Range: [0,2 duty_resolution ].

Notes

• AT can support a maximum of 4 channels.


• If you do not want to set <duty> for a specific channel, just omit it.

Example

AT+DRVPWMDUTY=255,512 // set channel 0 to duty 255, set channel 1 to duty 512


AT+DRVPWMDUTY=,,0 // set channel 2 to duty 0

3.9.4 AT+DRVPWMFADE: Set PWM Fade

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVPWMFADE=<ch0_target_duty>,<ch0_fade_time>[,...,<ch3_target_duty>,<ch3_fade_
,→time>]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <target_duty>: target duty of fading. Range: [0, 2 duty_resolution 1].


• <fade_time>: the maximum time of fading. Unit: millisecond.

Espressif Systems 152 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Notes

• AT can support a maximum of 4 channels.


• If you do not want to set <target_duty> and <fade_time> for a specific channel, just omit them.

Example

AT+DRVPWMFADE=,,0,1000 // use one second to change channel 1 duty to 0


AT+DRVPWMFADE=1024,1000,0,2000, // use one second time to change channel 0 duty␣
,→to 1024, two seconds to change channel 1 duty to 0

3.9.5 AT+DRVI2CINIT: Initialize I2C Master Driver

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVI2CINIT=<num>,<scl_io>,<sda_io>,<clock>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <num>: I2C port number. Range: 0 ~ 1. If the following parameters are not set, AT will deinitialize the I2C
port.
• <scl_io>: GPIO number for I2C SCL signal.
• <sda_io>: GPIO number for I2C SDA signal.
• <clock>: I2C clock frequency for master mode. Unit: Hz. Maximum: 1 MHz.

Note

• This command only supports I2C masters.

Example

AT+DRVI2CINIT=0,25,26,1000 // initialize I2C0; GPIO25 is SCL; GPIO26 is SDA; I2C␣


,→clock is 1 kHz

AT+DRVI2CINIT=0 // deinitialize I2C0

3.9.6 AT+DRVI2CRD: Read I2C Data

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVI2CRD=<num>,<address>,<length>

Response:

Espressif Systems 153 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

+DRVI2CRD:<read data>
OK

Parameters

• <num>: I2C port number. Range: 0 ~ 1.


• <address>: I2C slave device address.
– 7-bit address: 0 ~ 0x7F.
– 10-bit address: The first seven bits of the first byte are the combination 1111 0XX of which the last two
bits (XX) are the two Most Significant Bits (MSBs) of the 10-bit address. For example, if the 10-bit
address is 0x2FF (b 1011111111), the input address should be 0x7AFF (b 111101011111111).
• <length>: I2C data length. Range: 1 ~ 2048.
• <read data>: I2C data.

Note

• I2C transmission timeout is one second.

Example

AT+DRVI2CRD=0,0x34,1 // I2C0 reads one byte data from address 0x34


AT+DRVI2CRD=0,0x7AFF,1 // I2C0 reads one byte data from 10-bit address 0x2FF

// I2C0 reads address 0x34, register address 0x27, read 2 bytes


AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES=0,0x34,1,0x27 // I2C0 first writes device address 0x34,␣
,→register address 0x27

AT+DRVI2CRD=0,0x34,2 // I2C0 reads 2 bytes

3.9.7 AT+DRVI2CWRDATA: Write I2C Data

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVI2CWRDATA=<num>,<address>,<length>

Response:

OK
>

This response indicates that you should enter the data you want to write. When the requirement of data length is met,
the data transmission starts.
If the data is transmitted successfully, AT returns:

OK

If the data transmission fails, AT returns:

ERROR

Espressif Systems 154 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Parameters

• <num>: I2C port number. Range: 0 ~ 1.


• <address>: I2C slave device address.
– 7-bit address: 0 ~ 0x7F.
– 10-bit address: The first seven bits of the first byte are the combination 1111 0XX of which the last two
bits (XX) are the two Most Significant Bits (MSBs) of the 10-bit address. For example, if the 10-bit
address is 0x2FF (b 1011111111), the input address should be 0x7AFF (b 111101011111111).
• <length>: I2C data length. Range: 1 ~ 2048.

Note

• I2C transmission timeout is one second.

Example

AT+DRVI2CWRDATA=0,0x34,10 // I2C0 writes 10 bytes data to address 0x34

3.9.8 AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES: Write No More Than 4 Bytes I2C Data

Set Command

Command:
AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES=<num>,<address>,<length>,<data>

Response:
OK

Parameters

• <num>: I2C port number. Range: 0 ~ 1.


• <address>: I2C slave device address.
– 7-bit address: 0 ~ 0x7F.
– 10-bit address: The first seven bits of the first byte are the combination 1111 0XX of which the last two
bits (XX) are the two Most Significant Bits (MSBs) of the 10-bit address. For example, if the 10-bit
address is 0x2FF (b 1011111111), the input address should be 0x7AFF (b 111101011111111).
• <length>: the length of the I2C data you want to write. Range: 1 ~ 4 bytes.
• <data>: the data of <length> long. Range: 0 ~ 0xFFFFFFFF.

Note

• I2C transmission timeout is one second.

Example

AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES=0,0x34,2,0x1234 // I2C0 writes 2 bytes data 0x1234 to address␣


,→0x34

AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES=0,0x7AFF,2,0x1234 // I2C0 writes 2 bytes data 0x1234 to 10-bit␣


,→address 0x2FF

(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 155 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

(continued from previous page)


// I2C0 writes address 0x34; register address: 0x27; data: c0xFF
AT+DRVI2CWRBYTES=0,0x34,2,0x27FF

3.9.9 AT+DRVSPICONFGPIO: Configure SPI GPIO

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVSPICONFGPIO=<mosi>,<miso>,<sclk>,<cs>

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <mosi>: GPIO pin for Master Out Slave In signal.


• <miso>: GPIO pin for Master In Slave Out signal, or -1 if not used.
• <sclk>: GPIO pin for SPI Clock signal.
• <cs>: GPIO pin for slave selection signal, or -1 if not used.

3.9.10 AT+DRVSPIINIT: Initialize SPI Master Driver

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVSPIINIT=<clock>,<mode>,<cmd_bit>,<addr_bit>,<dma_chan>[,bits_msb]

Response:

OK

Parameters

• <clock>: Clock speed, divisors of 80 MHz. Unit: Hz. Maximum: 40 MHz.


• <mode>: SPI mode. Range: 0 ~ 3.
• <cmd_bit>: Default amount of bits in command phase. Range: 0 ~ 16.
• <addr_bit>: Default amount of bits in address phase. Range: 0 ~ 64.
• <dma_chan>: Either channel 1 or 2, or 0 in the case when no DMA is required.
• <bits_msb>: SPI data format:
– Bit0:
∗ 0: Transmit MSB first (default).
∗ 1: Transmit LSB first.
– Bit1:
∗ 0: Receive data MSB first (default).
∗ 1: Receive data LSB first.

Note

• You should configure SPI GPIO before SPI initialization.

Espressif Systems 156 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Example

AT+DRVSPIINIT=102400,0,0,0,0,3 // SPI clock: 100 kHz; mode: 0; both command and␣


,→address bits are 0; not use DMA; transmit and receive LSB first

OK
AT+DRVSPIINIT=0 // delete SPI Driver
OK

3.9.11 AT+DRVSPIRD: Read SPI Data

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVSPIRD=<data_len>[,<cmd>,<cmd_len>][,<addr>,<addr_len>]

Response:

+DRVSPIRD:<read data>
OK

Parameters

• <data_len>: length of SPI data you want to read. Range: 1 ~ 4092 bytes.
• <cmd>: command data. The length of the data is set in <cmd_len>.
• <cmd_len>: command length in this transaction. Range: 0 ~ 2 bytes.
• <addr>: command address. The length of the address is set in <addr_len>.
• <addr_len>: The address length in this transaction. Range: 0 ~ 4 bytes.

Note

• If you don t use DMA, the maximum <data_len> you can set is 64 bytes each time.

Example

AT+DRVSPIRD=2 // read 2 bytes data


+DRVI2CREAD:ffff
OK

AT+DRVSPIRD=2,0x03,1,0x001000,3 // read 2 bytes data; <cmd> is 0x03; <cmd_len> is␣


,→1 byte; <addr> is 0x1000; <addr_len> is 3 bytes

+DRVI2CREAD:ffff
OK

3.9.12 AT+DRVSPIWR: Write SPI Data

Set Command

Command:

AT+DRVSPIWR=<data_len>[,<cmd>,<cmd_len>][,<addr>,<addr_len>]

Espressif Systems 157 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Response:
When <data_len> is larger than 0, AT returns:

OK
>

This response indicates that you should enter the data you want to write. When the requirement of data length is met,
the data transmission starts.
If the data is transmitted successfully, AT returns:

OK

When <data_len> is equal to 0, which means AT transmits commands and addresses only, and no SPI data, AT
returns:

OK

Parameters

• <data_len>: SPI data length. Range: 0 ~ 4092.


• <cmd>: command data. The length of the data is set in <cmd_len>.
• <cmd_len>: command length in this transaction. Range: 0 ~ 2 bytes.
• <addr>: command address. The length of the address is set in <addr_len>.
• <addr_len>: The address length in this transaction. Range: 0 ~ 4 bytes.

Note

• If you don t use DMA, the maximum <data_len> you can set is 64 bytes each time.

Example

AT+DRVSPIWR=2 // write 2 bytes data


OK
> // begin receiving serial data
OK

AT+DRVSPIWR=0,0x03,1,0x001000,3 // write 0 byte data; <cmd> is 0x03; <cmd_len> is␣


,→1 byte; <addr> is 0x1000; <addr_len> is 3 bytes

OK

3.10 User AT Commands

• AT+USERRAM: Operate user s free RAM.


• AT+USEROTA: Upgrade the firmware according to the specified URL.
• AT+USERDOCS: Query the ESP-AT user guide for current firmware.

3.10.1 AT+USERRAM: Operate user s free RAM

Query Command

Function:

Espressif Systems 158 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Query the current available user s RAM size.


Command:

AT+USERRAM?

Response:

+USERRAM:<size>
OK

Set Command

Function:
Operate user s free RAM
Command:

AT+USERRAM=<operation>,<size>[,<offset>]

Response:

+USERRAM:<length>,<data> // esp-at returns this response only when the operator␣


,→is ``read``

OK

Parameters

• <operation>:
– 0: release user s RAM
– 1: malloc user s RAM
– 2: write user s RAM
– 3: read user s RAM
– 4: clear user s RAM
• <size>: the size to malloc/read/write
• <offset>: the offset to read/write. Default: 0

Notes

• Please malloc the RAM size before you perform any other operations.
• If the operator is write, wrap return > after the write command, then you can send the data that you want to
write. The length should be parameter <length>.
• If the operator is read and the length is bigger than 1024, ESP-AT will reply multiple times in the same
format, each reply can carry up to 1024 bytes of data, and eventually end up with \r\nOK\r\n.

Example

// malloc 1 KB user's RAM


AT+USERRAM=1,1024

// write 500 bytes to RAM (offset: 0)


AT+USERRAM=2,500

// read 64 bytes from RAM offset 100


(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 159 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

(continued from previous page)


AT+USERRAM=3,64,100

// free the user's RAM


AT+USERRAM=0

3.10.2 AT+USEROTA: Upgrade the Firmware According to the Specified URL

ESP-AT upgrades firmware at runtime by downloading the new firmware from a specific URL.

Set Command

Function:
Upgrade to the firmware version specified by the URL.
Command:

AT+USEROTA=<url len>

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT is ready for receiving URL. You should enter the URL, and when the URL length
reaches the <url len> value, the system returns:

Recv <url len> bytes

After AT outputs the above information, the upgrade process starts. If the upgrade process is complete, the system
return:

OK

If the parameter is wrong or firmware upgrades fails, the system returns:

ERROR

Parameters

• <url len>: URL length. Maximum: 8192 bytes.

Note

• The speed of the upgrade depends on the network status.


• If the upgrade fails due to unfavorable network conditions, AT will return ERROR. Please wait for some time
before retrying.
• After you upgrade the AT firmware, you are suggested to call the command AT+RESTORE to restore the
factory default settings.
• AT+USEROTA supports HTTP and HTTPS.
• After AT outputs the > character, the special characters in the URL does not need to be escaped through the
escape character, and it does not need to end with a new line(CR-LF).

Espressif Systems 160 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• When the URL is HTTPS, SSL verification is not recommended. If SSL verification is required, you need to
generate your own PKI files and download them into the corresponding partition, and then load the certificates
in the code implemented by the AT+USEROTA command. Please refer to How to Generate PKI Files for PKI
files. For AT+USEROTA command, ESP-AT project provides an example of USEROTA.
• Please refer to How to Implement OTA Upgrade for more OTA commands.

Example

AT+USEROTA=36

OK

>
Recv 36 bytes

OK

3.10.3 AT+USERDOCS: Query the ESP-AT User Guide for Current Firmware

Query Command

Function:
Query the ESP-AT English and Chinese user guide for current running firmware.
Command:

AT+USERDOCS?

Response:

+USERDOCS:<"en url">
+USERDOCS:<"cn url">

OK

Parameters

• < en url >: the URL for English document


• < cn url >: the URL for Chinese document

Example

AT+USERDOCS?
+USERDOCS:"https://docs.espressif.com/projects/esp-at/en/latest/esp32c3/index.html"
+USERDOCS:"https://docs.espressif.com/projects/esp-at/zh_CN/latest/esp32c3/index.
,→html"

OK

It is strongly recommended to read the following sections for some common information on AT commands before
you dive into the details of each command.

• AT Command Types
• AT Commands with Configuration Saved in the Flash

Espressif Systems 161 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• AT Messages

3.11 AT Command Types


Generic AT command has four types:

Type Command Format Description


Test Command AT+<CommandName>=?
Query the Set Commands internal parameters and their
range of values.
Query Command AT+<CommandName>?
Return the current value of parameters.
Set Command AT+<CommandName>=<
Set the value of user-defined parameters in commands, and
> run these commands.
Execute Command AT+<CommandName>Run commands with no user-defined parameters.

• Not all AT commands support all of the four types mentioned above.
• Currently, only strings and integer numbers are supported as input parameters in AT commands.
• Angle brackets < > designate parameters that can not be omitted.
• Square brackets [ ] designate optional parameters that can be omitted. The default value of the parameter
will be used instead when you omit it. Below are examples of entering the command AT+CWJAP with some
parameters omitted.

AT+CWJAP="ssid","password"
AT+CWJAP="ssid","password","11:22:33:44:55:66"

• If the parameter you want to omit is followed by a parameter(s), you must give a , to indicate it.

AT+CWJAP="ssid","password",,1

• String values need to be included in double quotation marks.

AT+CWSAP="ESP756290","21030826",1,4

• Escape character syntax is needed if a string contains special characters, such as ,, ", or \:
– \\: escape the backslash itself
– \,: escape comma which is not used to separate each parameter
– \": escape double quotation mark which is not used to mark string input
– \<any>: escape <any> character means that drop backslash symbol and only use <any> character
• Escape is needed in AT commands only, not elsewhere. For example, when AT command port prints > and
wait for your input, the input does not need to be escaped.

AT+CWJAP="comma\,backslash\\ssid","1234567890"
AT+MQTTPUB=0,"topic","\"{\"sensor\":012}\"",1,0

• The default baud rate of AT command is 115200.


• The length of each AT command should be no more than 256 bytes.
• AT commands end with a new-line (CR-LF), so the serial tool should be set to New Line Mode .
• Definitions of AT command error codes are provided in AT API Reference:
– esp_at_error_code
– esp_at_para_parse_result_type
– esp_at_result_code_string_index

3.12 AT Commands with Configuration Saved in the Flash


Configuration settings entered by the following AT Commands will always be saved in the flash NVS Area, so they
can be automatically restored on reset:
• AT+UART_DEF: AT+UART_DEF=115200,8,1,0,3

Espressif Systems 162 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

• AT+SAVETRANSLINK: AT+SAVETRANSLINK=1,"192.168.6.10",1001
• AT+CWAUTOCONN: AT+CWAUTOCONN=1
Saving of configuration settings by several other commands can be switched on or off with AT+SYSSTORE command,
which is mentioned in the Note section of these commands.

Note: The parameters of AT commands are saved based on NVS library. Therefore, if the command is configured
with the same parameter value, flash will not be written; If the command is configured with the different parameter
value, flash will not be erased frequently.

3.13 AT Messages
There are two types of ESP-AT messages returned from the ESP-AT command port:
• ESP-AT Response Messages (passive)
Each ESP-AT command input returns response messages to tell the sender the result of the ESP-AT command.
The last message in the response is either OK or ERROR.

Table 4: ESP-AT Response Messages


AT Response Messages Description
OK AT command process done and return OK
ERROR AT command error or error occurred during the execution
SEND OK Data has been sent to the protocol stack (specific to
AT+CIPSEND and AT+CIPSENDEX command). It doesn t
mean that the data has been sent to the opposite end
SEND FAIL Error occurred during sending the data to the protocol stack
(specific to AT+CIPSEND and AT+CIPSENDEX command
SET OK The URL has been set successfully (specific to
AT+HTTPURLCFG command)
+<Command Name>:... Response to the sender that describes AT command process
results in details

• ESP-AT Message Reports (active)


ESP-AT will report important state changes or messages in the system.

Table 5: ESP-AT Message Reports


ESP-AT Message Report Description
ready The ESP-AT firmware is ready
busy p Busy processing. The system is in process of han-
dling the previous command, thus CANNOT accept
the new input
ERR CODE:<0x%08x> Error code for different commands
Will force to restart!!! Module restart right now
smartconfig type:<xxx> Smartconfig type
Smart get wifi info Smartconfig has got the SSID and PASSWORD in-
formation
+SCRD:<length>,``<reserved data>`` ESP-Touch v2 has got the reserved information
smartconfig connected wifi Smartconfig done. ESP-AT has connected to the
Wi-Fi
WIFI CONNECTED Wi-Fi station interface has connected to an AP
WIFI GOT IP Wi-Fi station interface has got the IPv4 address
WIFI GOT IPv6 LL Wi-Fi station interface has got the IPv6 LinkLocal
address
WIFI GOT IPv6 GL Wi-Fi station interface has got the IPv6 Global ad-
dress
continues on next page

Espressif Systems 163 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 3. AT Command Set

Table 5 – continued from previous page


ESP-AT Message Report Description
WIFI DISCONNECT Wi-Fi station interface has disconnected from an AP
+ETH_CONNECTED Ethernet interface has connected
+ETH_GOT_IP Ethernet interface has got the IPv4 address
+ETH_DISCONNECTED Ethernet interface has disconnected
[<conn_id>,]CONNECT A network connection of which ID is <conn_id>
is established (ID=0 by default)
[<conn_id>,]CLOSED A network connection of which ID is <conn_id>
ends (ID=0 by default)
+LINK_CONN Detailed connection information of TCP/UDP/SSL
+STA_CONNECTED: <sta_mac> A station has connected to the Wi-Fi softAP inter-
face of ESP-AT
+DIST_STA_IP: <sta_mac>,<sta_ip> The Wi-Fi softAP interface of ESP-AT distributes
an IP address to the station
+STA_DISCONNECTED: <sta_mac> A station disconnected from the Wi-Fi softAP in-
terface of ESP-AT
> ESP-AT is waiting for more data to be received
Recv <xxx> bytes ESP-AT has already received <xxx> bytes from the
ESP-AT command port
+IPD ESP-AT received the data from the network
SEND Canceled Cancel to send in Wi-Fi normal sending mode
Have <xxx> Connections Has reached the maximum connection counts for
server
+QUITT ESP-AT quits from the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode
NO CERT FOUND No valid device certificate found in custom partition
NO PRVT_KEY FOUND No valid private key found in custom partition
NO CA FOUND No valid CA certificate found in custom partition
+MQTTCONNECTED MQTT connected to the broker
+MQTTDISCONNECTED MQTT disconnected from the broker
+MQTTSUBRECV MQTT received the data from the broker
+MQTTPUB:FAIL MQTT failed to publish data
+MQTTPUB:OK MQTT publish data done
+BLECONN A Bluetooth LE connection established
+BLEDISCONN A Bluetooth LE connection ends
+READ A read operation from Bluetooth LE connection
+WRITE A write operation from Bluetooth LE connection
+NOTIFY A notification from Bluetooth LE connection
+INDICATE An indication from Bluetooth LE connection
+BLESECNTFYKEY Bluetooth LE SMP key
+BLESECREQ:<conn_index> Received encryption request which index is
<conn_index>
+BLEAUTHCMPL:<conn_index>,<enc_result> Bluetooth LE SMP pairing completed

Espressif Systems 164 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4

AT Command Examples

4.1 TCP/IP AT Examples

This document provides detailed command examples to illustrate how to utilize TCP/IP AT Commands on ESP32-C3.

• ESP32-C3 as a TCP client in single connection


• ESP32-C3 as a TCP server in multiple connections
• UDP transmission with fixed remote IP address and port
• UDP transmission with changeable remote IP address and port
• ESP32-C3 as an SSL client in single connection
• ESP32-C3 as an SSL server in multiple connections
• ESP32-C3 as an SSL client to create a single connection with mutual authentication
• ESP32-C3 as an SSL server to create multiple connections with mutual authentication
• UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a TCP client in single connection
• UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a TCP server
• UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a softAP in UDP transparent transmis-
sion

4.1.1 ESP32-C3 as a TCP client in single connection

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

165
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Query the device s IP address.
Command:

AT+CIPSTA?

Response:

+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
4. Connect the PC to the same router which ESP32-C3 is connected to.
Use a network tool on the PC to create a TCP server. For example, the TCP server on PC is 192.168.3.
102, and the port is 8080.
5. ESP32-C3 is connected to the TCP server as a client over TCP. The server s IP address is 192.168.3.102,
and the port is 8080.
Command:

AT+CIPSTART="TCP","192.168.3.102",8080

Response:

CONNECT

OK

6. Send 4 bytes of data.


Command:

AT+CIPSEND=4

Response:

OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following message.

Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

Note:
• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND
OK.
7. Receive 4 bytes of data.
Assume that the TCP server sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:

+IPD,4:test

Espressif Systems 166 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

4.1.2 ESP32-C3 as a TCP server in multiple connections

When ESP32-C3 works as a TCP server, multiple connections should be enabled by AT+CIPMUX=1 command,
because in most cases more than one client needs to be connected to the ESP32-C3 server.
Below is an example showing how a TCP server is established when ESP32-C3 works in the softAP mode. If ESP32-
C3 works as a station, you can set up a server in the same way mentioned above after connecting ESP32-C3 to the
router.
1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to softAP.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=2

Response:

OK

2. Enable multiple connections.


Command:

AT+CIPMUX=1

Response:

OK

3. Set softAP.
Command:

AT+CWSAP="ESP32_softAP","1234567890",5,3

Response:

OK

4. Query softAP information.


Command:

AT+CIPAP?

Response:

AT+CIPAP?
+CIPAP:ip:"192.168.4.1"
+CIPAP:gateway:"192.168.4.1"
+CIPAP:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The address you obtained may be different from that in the above response.
5. Set up a TCP server, the default port is 333.
Command:

AT+CIPSERVER=1

Response:

OK

6. Connect the PC to the ESP32-C3 softAP.


7. Use a network tool on PC to create a TCP client and connect it to the TCP server that ESP32-C3 has created.
8. Send 4 bytes of data to connection link 0.
Command:

Espressif Systems 167 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CIPSEND=0,4

Response:

OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following messages.

Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

Note:
• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND
OK.
9. Receive 4 bytes of data from connection link 0.
Assume that the TCP server sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:

+IPD,0,4:test

10. Close TCP connection.


Command:

AT+CIPCLOSE=0

Response:

0,CLOSED

OK

4.1.3 UDP transmission with fixed remote IP address and port

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

Espressif Systems 168 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Query the device s IP address.
Command:

AT+CIPSTA?

Response:

+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
4. Connect the PC to the same router which ESP32-C3 is connected to.
Use a network tool on the PC to create UDP transmission. For example, the PC s IP address is 192.168.
3.102, and the port is 8080.
5. Enable multiple connections.
Command:

AT+CIPMUX=1

Response:

OK

6. Create a UDP transmission. The connection link is 4, the remote host s IP address is 192.168.3.102,
the remote port is 8080, the local port is 1112, and the mode is 0.

Important: In UDP transmission, whether the remote IP address and port are fixed or not is determined by
the mode parameter of AT+CIPSTART. If the parameter is 0, a specific connection link ID will be given to
ensure that the remote IP address and port are fixed and the data sender and receiver will not be replaced by
other devices.

Command:

AT+CIPSTART=4,"UDP","192.168.3.102",8080,1112,0

Response:

4,CONNECT

OK

Espressif Systems 169 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Note:
• "192.168.3.102" and 8080 are the remote IP address and port of UDP transmission on the remote
side, i.e., the UDP configuration set by PC.
• 1112 is the local port number of ESP32-C3. You can define this port number, or else, a random port
will be used.
• 0 means that the remote IP address and port are fixed and cannot be changed. For example, when there is
another PC creating a UDP entity and sending data to ESP32-C3 port 1112, ESP32-C3 will still receive
the data from UDP port 1112, and if the AT command AT+CIPSEND=4,X is used, the data will still
be sent to the first PC end. However, if the parameter is not set as 0, the data will be sent to the new PC.
7. Send 7 bytes of data to connection link 4.
Command:

AT+CIPSEND=4,7

Response:

OK

>

Input 7 bytes, for example, abcdefg, then AT will respond the following messages.

Recv 7 bytes

SEND OK

Note:
• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND
OK.
8. Receive 4 bytes of data from connection link 4.
Assume that the PC sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:

+IPD,4,4:test

9. Close UDP connection link 4.


Command:

AT+CIPCLOSE=4

Response:

4,CLOSED

OK

4.1.4 UDP transmission with changeable remote IP address and port

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

Espressif Systems 170 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Query the device s IP address.
Command:
AT+CIPSTA?

Response:
+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
4. Connect the PC to the same router which ESP32-C3 is connected to.
Use a network tool on the PC to create UDP transmission. For example, the PC s IP address is 192.168.
3.102, and the port is 8080.
5. Enable single connections.
Command:
AT+CIPMUX=0

Response:
OK

6. Create a UDP transmission. The remote host s IP address is 192.168.3.102, the remote port is 8080,
the local port is 1112, and the mode is 2.
Command:
AT+CIPSTART="UDP","192.168.3.102",8080,1112,2

Response:
CONNECT

OK

Note:
• "192.168.3.102" and 8080 are the remote IP address and port of UDP transmission on the remote
side, i.e., the UDP configuration set by PC.
• 1112 is the local port number of ESP32-C3. You can define this port number, or else, a random port
will be used.
• 2 means the opposite terminal of UDP transmission can be changed. The remote IP address and port
will be automatically changed to those of the last UDP connection to ESP32-C3.
7. Send 4 bytes of data.
Command:
AT+CIPSEND=4

Response:
OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following messages.

Espressif Systems 171 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

Note:
• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND
OK.
8. Send data to any other UDP terminal. For example, you can send 4 bytes of data with the remote host s IP
address as 192.168.3.103 and the remote port as 1000.
If you want to send data to any other UDP terminal, please designate the IP address and port of the target
terminal in the command.
Command:
AT+CIPSEND=4,"192.168.3.103",1000

Response:
OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following messages.
Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

9. Receive 4 bytes of data.


Assume that the PC sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:
+IPD,4:test

10. Close UDP connection.


Command:
AT+CIPCLOSE

Response:
CLOSED

OK

4.1.5 ESP32-C3 as an SSL client in single connection

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:
AT+CWMODE=1

Response:
OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:
AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:
WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 172 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

(continued from previous page)

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Query the device s IP address.
Command:
AT+CIPSTA?

Response:
+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
4. Connect the PC to the same router which ESP32-C3 is connected to.
5. Use the OpenSSL command on the PC to create an SSL server. For example, the SSL server on PC is 192.
168.3.102, and the port is 8070.
Command:
openssl s_server -cert /home/esp-at/components/customized_partitions/raw_data/
,→server_cert/server_cert.crt -key /home/esp-at/components/customized_

,→partitions/raw_data/server_key/server.key -port 8070

Response:
ACCEPT

6. Connect the ESP32-C3 to the SSL server as a client over SSL. The server s IP address is 192.168.3.102,
and the port is 8070.
Command:
AT+CIPSTART="SSL","192.168.3.102",8070

Response:
CONNECT

OK

7. Send 4 bytes of data.


Command:
AT+CIPSEND=4

Response:
OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following message.
Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

Note:
• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND

Espressif Systems 173 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK.
8. Receive 4 bytes of data.
Assume that the SSL server sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:

+IPD,4:test

4.1.6 ESP32-C3 as an SSL server in multiple connections

When ESP32-C3 works as an SSL server, multiple connections should be enabled by AT+CIPMUX=1 command,
because in most cases more than one client needs to be connected to the ESP32-C3 server.
Below is an example showing how an SSL server is established when ESP32-C3 works in the softAP mode. If ESP32-
C3 works as a station, after connecting to the router, follow the steps for establishing a connection to an SSL server
in this example.
1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to softAP.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=2

Response:

OK

2. Enable multiple connections.


Command:

AT+CIPMUX=1

Response:

OK

3. Configure the ESP32-C3 softAP.


Command:

AT+CWSAP="ESP32_softAP","1234567890",5,3

Response:

OK

4. Query softAP information.


Command:

AT+CIPAP?

Response:

AT+CIPAP?
+CIPAP:ip:"192.168.4.1"
+CIPAP:gateway:"192.168.4.1"
+CIPAP:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The address you obtained may be different from that in the above response.
5. Set up an SSL server.
Command:

AT+CIPSERVER=1,8070,"SSL"

Response:

Espressif Systems 174 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

6. Connect the PC to the ESP32-C3 softAP.

7. Use the OpenSSL command on PC to create an SSL client and connect it to the SSL server that ESP32-C3
has created.
Command:

openssl s_client -host 192.168.4.1 -port 8070

Response on the ESP32-C3:

CONNECT

8. Send 4 bytes of data to connection link 0.


Command:

AT+CIPSEND=0,4

Response:

OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following messages.

Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

Note:
• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND
OK.
9. Receive 4 bytes of data from connection link 0.
Assume that the SSL server sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:

+IPD,0,4:test

10. Close SSL connection.


Command:

Espressif Systems 175 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CIPCLOSE=0

Response:
0,CLOSED

OK

4.1.7 ESP32-C3 as an SSL client to create a single connection with mutual authentication

The certificate used in the example is the default certificate in esp-at. You can also generate and flash your
own the certificate, then you need replace the SSL server certificate path below with your certificate path. To
obtain the SSL certificate, please refer to tools/README.md for how to generate the certificate bin and esp-
at/module_config/module_name/at_customize.csv for where to flash it.
1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.
Command:
AT+CWMODE=1

Response:
OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:
AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:
WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Set the SNTP server.
Command:
AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"cn.ntp.org.cn","ntp.sjtu.edu.cn"

Response:
OK

Note:
• You can set the SNTP server according to your country s time zone.
4. Query the SNTP time.
Command:
AT+CIPSNTPTIME?

Response:
+CIPSNTPTIME:Mon Oct 18 20:12:27 2021
OK

Note:
• You can check whether the SNTP time matches the real-time time to determine whether the SNTP server
you set takes effect.
5. Query the device s IP address.
Command:

Espressif Systems 176 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CIPSTA?

Response:

+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
6. Connect the PC to the same router which ESP32-C3 is connected to.
7. Use the OpenSSL command on the PC to create an SSL server. For example, the SSL server on PC is 192.
168.3.102, and the port is 8070.
Command:

openssl s_server -CAfile /home/esp-at/components/customized_partitions/raw_


,→data/server_ca/server_ca.crt -cert /home/esp-at/components/customized_

,→partitions/raw_data/server_cert/server_cert.crt -key /home/esp-at/components/

,→customized_partitions/raw_data/server_key/server.key -port 8070 -verify_

,→return_error -verify_depth 1 -Verify 1

Response on the ESP32-C3:

CONNECT

Note:
• The certificate path in the command can be adjusted according to the location of your certificate.
8. The ESP32-C3 sets up the SSL client mutual authentication configuration.
Command:

AT+CIPSSLCCONF=3,0,0

Response:

OK

9. Connect the ESP32-C3 to the SSL server as a client over SSL. The server s IP address is 192.168.3.102,
and the port is 8070.
Command:

AT+CIPSTART="SSL","192.168.3.102",8070

Response:

CONNECT

OK

10. Send 4 bytes of data.


Command:

AT+CIPSEND=4

Response:

OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following message.

Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

Espressif Systems 177 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Note:
• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND
OK.
11. Receive 4 bytes of data.
Assume that the SSL server sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:

+IPD,4:test

4.1.8 ESP32-C3 as an SSL server to create multiple connections with mutual authenti-
cation

When ESP32-C3 works as an SSL server, multiple connections should be enabled by AT+CIPMUX=1 command,
because in most cases more than one client needs to be connected to the ESP32-C3 server.
Below is an example showing how an SSL server is established when ESP32-C3 works in the station mode. If
ESP32-C3 works as a softAP, refer to the example of ESP32-C3 as an SSL server in multiple connections.
1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Query the device s IP address.
Command:

AT+CIPSTA?

Response:

+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
4. Enable multiple connections.
Command:

AT+CIPMUX=1

Response:

Espressif Systems 178 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

5. Set up an SSL server.


Command:
AT+CIPSERVER=1,8070,"SSL",1

Response:
OK

6. Connect the PC to the ESP32-C3 softAP.

7. Use the OpenSSL command on PC to create an SSL client and connect it to the SSL server that ESP32-C3
has created.
Command:
openssl s_client -CAfile /home/esp-at/components/customized_partitions/raw_
,→data/client_ca/client_ca_00.crt -cert /home/esp-at/components/customized_

,→partitions/raw_data/client_cert/client_cert_00.crt -key /home/esp-at/

,→components/customized_partitions/raw_data/client_key/client_key_00.key -host␣

,→192.168.3.112 -port 8070

Response on the ESP32-C3:


0,CONNECT

8. Send 4 bytes of data to connection link 0.


Command:
AT+CIPSEND=0,4

Response:
OK

>

Input 4 bytes, for example, test, then AT will respond the following messages.
Recv 4 bytes

SEND OK

Note:

Espressif Systems 179 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

• If the number of bytes inputted are more than the length (n) set by AT+CIPSEND, the system will reply
busy p..., and send the first n bytes. And after sending the first n bytes, the system will reply SEND
OK.
9. Receive 4 bytes of data from connection link 0.
Assume that the SSL server sends 4 bytes of data (data is test), the system will prompt:
+IPD,0,4:test

10. Close SSL connection.


Command:
AT+CIPCLOSE=0

Response:
0,CLOSED

OK

11. Close SSL server.


Command:
AT+CIPSERVER=0

Response:
OK

4.1.9 UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a TCP client
in single connection

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:
AT+CWMODE=1

Response:
OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:
AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:
WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Query the device s IP address.
Command:
AT+CIPSTA?

Response:
+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 180 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

(continued from previous page)


+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
4. Connect the PC to the same router which ESP32-C3 is connected to.
Use a network tool on the PC to create a TCP server. For example, the TCP server on PC is 192.168.3.
102, and the port is 8080.
5. Connect the ESP32-C3 to the TCP server as a TCP client over TCP. The server s IP address is 192.168.
3.102, and the port is 8080.
Command:

AT+CIPSTART="TCP","192.168.3.102",8080

Response:

CONNECT

OK

6. Enable the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Receiving Mode.


Command:

AT+CIPMODE=1

Response:

OK

7. Enter the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode and send data.


Command:

AT+CIPSEND

Response:

OK

>

8. Stop sending data.


When receiving a packet that contains only +++, the UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission process will be
stopped. Then please wait at least 1 second before sending the next AT command. Please note that if you
input +++ directly by typing, the +++ may not be recognized as three consecutive + because of the prolonged
typing duration. For more details, please refer to [Passthrough Mode Only] +++.

Important: The aim of ending the packet with +++ is to exit Passthrough Mode and to accept normal AT
commands, while TCP still remains connected. However, you can also use command AT+CIPSEND to go
back into Passthrough Mode.

9. Exit the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Receiving Mode.


Command:

AT+CIPMODE=0

Response:

OK

10. Close TCP connection.


Command:

Espressif Systems 181 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CIPCLOSE

Response:

CLOSED

OK

4.1.10 UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a TCP
server

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Enable multiple connections.
Command:

AT+CIPMUX=1

Response:

OK

Note:
• TCP server can be created only in multiple connections.
4. Set the maximum number of TCP server connections to 1.
Command:

AT+CIPSERVERMAXCONN=1

Response:

OK

Note:
• The passthrough mode is point-to-point, so the maximum number of connections to the TCP server can
only be 1.
5. Create TCP server.
Command:

AT+CIPSERVER=1,8080

Response:

Espressif Systems 182 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

Note:
• Set the TCP server port to 8080. You can also set it to other port.
6. Query the device s IP address.
Command:

AT+CIPSTA?

Response:

+CIPSTA:ip:"192.168.3.112"
+CIPSTA:gateway:"192.168.3.1"
+CIPSTA:netmask:"255.255.255.0"

OK

Note:
• The query results you obtained may be different from those in the above response.
7. Connect the PC to the ESP32-C3 TCP server
Connect the PC to the same router which ESP32-C3 is connected to.
Use a network tool on the PC to create a TCP client and connect to the ESP32-C3 TCP server. The remote
address is 192.168.3.112, and the port is 8080.
AT Response:

0,CONNECT

8. Enable the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Receiving Mode.


Command:

AT+CIPMODE=1

Response:

OK

9. Enter the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode and send data.


Command:

AT+CIPSEND

Response:

OK

>

10. Stop sending data.


When receiving a packet that contains only +++, the UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission process will be
stopped. Then please wait at least 1 second before sending the next AT command. Please note that if you
input +++ directly by typing, the +++ may not be recognized as three consecutive + because of the prolonged
typing duration. For more details, please refer to [Passthrough Mode Only] +++.

Important: The aim of ending the packet with +++ is to exit Passthrough Mode and to accept normal AT
commands, while TCP still remains connected. However, you can also use command AT+CIPSEND to go
back into Passthrough Mode.

11. Exit the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Receiving Mode.


Command:

AT+CIPMODE=0

Response:

Espressif Systems 183 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

12. Close TCP connection.


Command:
AT+CIPCLOSE

Response:
CLOSED

OK

4.1.11 UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission when the ESP32-C3 works as a softAP in
UDP transparent transmission

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to softAP.


Command:
AT+CWMODE=2

Response:
OK

2. Set softAP.
Command:
AT+CWSAP="ESP32_softAP","1234567890",5,3

Response:
OK

3. Connect the PC to the ESP32-C3 softAP.

4. Create a UDP endpoint.


Use a network tool on PC to create a UDP endpoint. For example, the PC s IP address is 192.168.4.2
and the port is 8080.
5. Create a UDP transmission between ESP32-C3 and the PC with a fixed remote IP address and port. The
remote host s IP address is 192.168.4.2, the remote port is 8080, the local port is 2233, and the mode
is 0.

Espressif Systems 184 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Command:

AT+CIPSTART="UDP","192.168.4.2",8080,2233,0

Response:

CONNECT

OK

6. Enter the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Receiving Mode.


Command:

AT+CIPMODE=1

Response:

OK

7. Enter the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode and send data.


Command:

AT+CIPSEND

Response:

OK

>

8. Stop sending data.


When receiving a packet that contains only +++, the UART Wi-Fi passthrough transmission process will be
stopped. Then please wait at least 1 second before sending the next AT command. Please note that if you
input +++ directly by typing, the +++ may not be recognized as three consecutive + because of the prolonged
typing duration. For more details, please refer to [Passthrough Mode Only] +++.

Important: The aim of ending the packet with +++ is to exit Passthrough Mode and to accept normal AT
commands, while TCP still remains connected. However, you can also use command AT+CIPSEND to go
back into Passthrough Mode.

9. Exit the UART Wi-Fi Passthrough Receiving Mode.


Command:

AT+CIPMODE=0

Response:

OK

10. Close TCP connection.


Command:

AT+CIPCLOSE

Response:

CLOSED

OK

4.2 Bluetooth LE AT Examples

Espressif Systems 185 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

This document provides an introduction and detailed command examples to illustrate how to utilize Bluetooth® Low
Energy AT Commands on ESP32-C3.

• Introduction
• Bluetooth LE client reads and write services
• Bluetooth LE server read and write services
• Encrypt Bluetooth LE connection
• Establish SPP connection between two ESP32-C3 development boards and transmit data in UART-Bluetooth
LE Passthrough Mode
• Establish SPP connection between ESP32-C3 and mobile phone and transmit data in UART-Bluetooth LE
passthrough mode

4.2.1 Introduction

ESP-AT currently only supports Bluetooth LE 4.2 protocol specification, and the description in this document is
only for Bluetooth LE 4.2 protocol specification. Please refer to Core Specification 4.2 for more details.

Bluetooth LE protocol architecture

Bluetooth LE protocol stack is divided into several layers from bottom to top: Physical Layer (PHY), Link
Layer (LL), Host Controller Interface (HCI), Logical Link Control and Adaptation
Protocol Layer (L2CAP), Attribute Protocol (ATT), Security Manager Protocol
(SMP), Generic Attribute Profile (GATT), Generic Access Profile (GAP).
• PHY: the PHY layer is responsible for transmitting and receiving packets of information on the physical channel.
Bluetooth LE uses 40 RF channels. Frequency Range: 2402 MHz to 2480 MHz.
• LL: the LL layer is responsible for the creation, modification and release of logical links (and, if required, their
associated logical transports), as well as the update of parameters related to physical links between devices. It
controls the Link Layer state machine in one of the five states of standby, advertising, scanning,
initiating and connected.
• HCI: the HCI layer provides a standardized interface to host and controller. This layer can be implemented by
software API or controlled by hardware interfaces UART, SPI and USB.
• L2CAP: the L2CAP layer is responsible for protocol multiplexing capability, segmentation, and reassembly
operation for data exchanged between the host and the protocol stack.
• ATT: the ATT layer implements the peer-to-peer protocol between an attribute server and an attribute client.
The ATT client sends commands, requests, and confirmations to the ATT server. The ATT server sends
responses, notifications and indications to the client.
• SMP: the SMP layer is the peer-to-peer protocol used to generate encryption keys and identity keys. The
SMP also manages storage of the encryption keys and identity keys and is responsible for generating random
addresses and resolving random addresses to known device identities.
• GATT: the GATT layer represents the functionality of the attribute server and, optionally, the attribute client.
The profile describes the hierarchy of services, characteristics and attributes used in the attribute server.
The layer provides interfaces for discovering, reading, writing and indicating of service characteristics and
attributes.
• GAP: the GAP represents the base functionality common to all Bluetooth devices such as modes and access
procedures used by the transports, protocols and application profiles. GAP services include device discovery,
connection modes, security, authentication, association models and service discovery.

Bluetooth LE role division

There are different roles in different levels of the Bluetooth LE protocol architecture. These divisions are not affected
by each other.
• LL: devices can be divided into master and slave, the slave advertises, and the master initiates a connection.
• GAP: GAP defines four specific roles: broadcaster, observer, peripheral, and central.

Espressif Systems 186 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

• GATT: devices can be divided into server and client.

Important:
• The Bluetooth LE server and Bluetooth LE client described in this document are both GATT
layer roles.
• At present, ESP-AT supports the existence of Bluetooth LE server and Bluetooth LE client
at the same time.
• No matter ESP-AT is initialized as Bluetooth LE server or Bluetooth LE client, the maximum number of
devices connected at the same time is 3.

GATT is actually an attribute transmission protocol, which can be regarded as an application layer protocol for
attribute transmission. The structure of this attribute is very simple. It is composed of services, each service
is composed of different numbers of characteristics, and each characteristic is composed of many
other elements.
GATT server and GATT client roles exist after the Bluetooth LE connection is established. The GATT
server stores the data transported over the Attribute Protocol and accepts Attribute Protocol requests, commands and
confirmations from the GATT client. In short, the end that provides data is called GATT server, and the end that
accesses data is called GATT client.

Important:
• The ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server needs to download a ble_data.bin into flash to provide Bluetooth
LE services.
– To learn how to generate a ble_data.bin, please refer to Customize Bluetooth LE Services Tools.
– The download address of the ble_data.bin is the address of ble_data in at_customize.csv,
or described in build/download.config.

4.2.2 Bluetooth LE client reads and write services

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a Bluetooth LE server (only as Bluetooth
LE server role), the other one as a Bluetooth LE client (only as Bluetooth LE client role). The example shows how
to use Bluetooth LE functions with AT commands.

Important: In the following steps, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server only need
to be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE
client only need to be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client.

1. Bluetooth LE initialization.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:

AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:


Command:

AT+BLEINIT=1

Response:

OK

Espressif Systems 187 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

2. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server gets Bluetooth LE address.


Command:

AT+BLEADDR?

Response:

+BLEADDR:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"
OK

Note:
• The address you obtain may be different from that in the above response. Keep yours handy as you will
need it in one of the following steps.
3. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server creates services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

Response:

OK

4. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Response:

OK

5. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers characteristics.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?

Response:

+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,8,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,1,0xC400,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,2,0xC401,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,2,1,0x2901

OK

6. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts advertising, then the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client starts scanning and
lasts for 3 s.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:

Espressif Systems 188 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:


Command:

AT+BLESCAN=1,3

Response:

OK
+BLESCAN:"5b:3b:6c:51:90:49",-87,02011a020a0c0aff4c001005071c3024dc,,1
+BLESCAN:"c4:5b:be:93:ec:66",-84,0201060303111809095647543147572d58020a03,,0
+BLESCAN:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46",-29,,,0

Note:
• The scan results you obtain may be different from those in the above response.
7. Establish the Bluetooth LE connection.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:
Command:

AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

Response:

+BLECONN:0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

OK

Note:
• When entering the above command, replace the address with your ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server ad-
dress.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is established successfully, message +BLECONN:0,
"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46 will be prompted.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is broken, message +BLECONN:0,-1 will be prompted.
8. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0

Response:

+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,1,0x1801,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,2,0x1800,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,3,0xA002,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,4,0xA003,1

OK

Note:
• When discovering services, the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client will get two more default services (UUID:
0x1800 and 0x1801) than what the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server will get. So, for the same service,
the <srv_index> received by the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client equals the <srv_index> received by the
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server + 2. For example, for service 0xA002, the <srv_index> queried on
the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client is 3, if the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server is queried through the
command AT+BLEGATTSSRV?, then <srv_index> is 1.
9. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers characteristics.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=0,3

Response:

Espressif Systems 189 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,8,1,0x2901

OK

10. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client reads a characteristic.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTCRD=0,3,1

Response:

+BLEGATTCRD:0,1,0

OK

Note:
• Please note that the target characteristic s property has to support the read operation.
• If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client reads the characteristic successfully, message +READ:0,
"7c:df:a1:b3:8d:de" will be prompted on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE Server side.
11. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client writes a characteristic.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCWR=0,3,3,,2

Response:

>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data and you can enter data now. When the
requirement of data length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the writing starts.

OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client writes the characteristic successfully, message
+WRITE:<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>,[<desc_index>],<len>,
<value> will be prompted on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server side.
12. Indicate a characteristic.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCWR=0,3,7,1,2

Response:

>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data and you can enter data now. When the
requirement of data length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the writing starts.
To receive data from ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server (through the notify or the indicate method), the
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client needs to register with the server in advance. Write the value 0x0001 to use

Espressif Systems 190 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

the notify method, and 0x0002 to use the indicate method. This example writes the 0x0002 to use
the indicate method.
OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client writes the descriptor successfully, message
+WRITE:<conn_index>,<srv_index>,<char_index>,<desc_index>,<len>,
<value> will be prompted on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server side.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:
AT+BLEGATTSIND=0,1,7,3

Response:
>

The symbol > indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data and you can enter data now. When the
requirement of data length determined by the parameter <length> is met, the indication starts.
OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client receives the indication, message +INDICATE:<conn_index>,
<srv_index>,<char_index>,<len>,<value> will be prompted.
• For the same service, the <srv_index> on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client side equals the <srv_index>
on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server side + 2.
• For the permissions of the characteristics in the services, please refer to How to Customize Bluetooth®
LE Services.

4.2.3 Bluetooth LE server read and write services

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a Bluetooth LE server (only as Bluetooth
LE server role), the other one as a Bluetooth LE client (only as Bluetooth LE client role). The example shows how
to establish a Bluetooth LE connection, as well as the read and write characteristics of the server and client settings,
and notification characteristics.

Important: In the step, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server only need to
be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE
client only need to be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client.

1. Bluetooth LE initialization.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:
AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:
OK

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:


Command:
AT+BLEINIT=1

Response:
OK

2. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server creates services.


Command:

Espressif Systems 191 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

Response:

OK

3. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Response:

OK

4. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server gets its MAC address.


Command:

AT+BLEADDR?

Response:

+BLEADDR:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"
OK

Note:
• The address you obtain may be different from that in the above response. Keep yours handy as you will
need it in one of the following steps.
5. Set Bluetooth LE advertising data.
Command:

AT+BLEADVDATA="0201060A09457370726573736966030302A0"

Response:

OK

6. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts advertising.


Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

7. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client creates services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

Response:

OK

8. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client starts services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Response:

OK

9. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client gets Bluetooth LE address.


Command:

Espressif Systems 192 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEADDR?

Response:

+BLEADDR:"24:0a:c4:03:a7:4e"
OK

Note:
• The address you obtain may be different from that in the above response. Keep yours handy as you will
need it in one of the following steps.
10. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client enables a scanning for three seconds.
Command:

AT+BLESCAN=1,3

Response:

OK
+BLESCAN:"5b:3b:6c:51:90:49",-87,02011a020a0c0aff4c001005071c3024dc,,1
+BLESCAN:"c4:5b:be:93:ec:66",-84,0201060303111809095647543147572d58020a03,,0
+BLESCAN:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46",-29,,,0

Note:
• The scan results you obtain may be different from those in the above response.
11. Establish the Bluetooth LE connection.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:
Command:

AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

Response:

+BLECONN:0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

OK

Note:
• When entering the above command, replace the address with your ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server ad-
dress.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is established successfully, message +BLECONN:0,
"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46 will be prompted.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is broken, message +BLECONN:0,-1 will be prompted.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:

AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:03:a7:4e"

Response:

+BLECONN:0,"24:0a:c4:03:a7:4e"

OK

Note:
• When entering the above command, replace the address with your ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server ad-
dress.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is established successfully, the message OK will be prompted and the
message +BLECONN:0,"24:0a:c4:03:a7:4e will not be prompted.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is broken, the message ERROR will be prompted and the message +BLE-
CONN:0,-1 will not be prompted.
12. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers local services.
Command:

Espressif Systems 193 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEGATTSSRV?

Response:

+BLEGATTSSRV:1,1,0xA002,1
+BLEGATTSSRV:2,1,0xA003,1

OK

13. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers local characteristics.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?

Response:

+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,8,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,1,0xC400,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,2,0xC401,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,2,1,0x2901

OK

14. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers primary services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0

Response:

+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,1,0x1801,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,2,0x1800,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,3,0xA002,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,4,0xA003,1

OK

Note:
• When discovering services, the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server will get two more default services (UUID:
0x1800 and 0x1801) than what the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client will get. So, for the same service,
the <srv_index> received by the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server equals the <srv_index> received by
the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client + 2. For example, for service 0xA002, the <srv_index> queried on
the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client is 3, if the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server is queried through the
command AT+BLEGATTSSRV?, then <srv_index> is 1.
15. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers primary characteristics.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=0,3

Response:

Espressif Systems 194 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,8,1,0x2901

OK

16. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client sets characteristics.


Select the service characteristic that supports the write operation (characteristic) to set the characteristic.
Command:
AT+BLEGATTSSETATTR=1,8,,1

Response:
>

Command:
Write 1 byte ``9``

Response:
OK

17. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server reads characteristics.


Command:
AT+BLEGATTCRD=0,3,8,

Response:
+BLEGATTCRD:0,1,9

OK

18. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client write characteristics.


Select the service characteristic that supports the write operation to write the characteristics.
Command:
AT+BLEGATTCWR=0,3,6,1,2

Response:
>

Command:
Write 2 bytes ``12``

Response:
OK

Note:
• If the Bluetooth LE server successfully writes the service characteristic value, the Bluetooth LE client
will prompt +WRITE:0,1,6,1,2,12.

Espressif Systems 195 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

19. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client notify characteristics.


Command:
AT+BLEGATTSNTFY=0,1,6,10

Response:
>

Command:
Write 10 bytes ``1234567890``

Response:
OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client s notify characteristic is successfully sent to the server, the Blue-
tooth LE server +NOTIFY:0,3,6,10,1234567890 will be prompt.

4.2.4 Encrypt Bluetooth LE connection

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a Bluetooth LE server (only as Bluetooth
LE server role), the other one as a Bluetooth LE client (only as Bluetooth LE client role). The example shows how
to encrypt Bluetooth LE connection.

Important:
• In the following steps, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server only need to be
executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE
client only need to be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client.
• Encryption and bonding are two different concepts. bonding is just a long-term key stored locally
after successful encryption.
• ESP-AT allows a maximum of 10 devices to be bonded.

1. Bluetooth LE initialization.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:
AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:
OK

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:


Command:
AT+BLEINIT=1

Response:
OK

2. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server gets Bluetooth LE address.


Command:
AT+BLEADDR?

Response:
+BLEADDR:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"
OK

Espressif Systems 196 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Note:
• The address you obtain may be different from that in the above response. Keep yours handy as you will
need it in one of the following steps.
3. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server creates services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

Response:

OK

4. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Response:

OK

5. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers characteristics.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?

Response:

+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,8,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,1,0xC400,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,2,0xC401,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,2,1,0x2901

OK

6. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts advertising, then the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client starts scanning and
lasts for 3 s.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:


Command:

AT+BLESCAN=1,3

Response:

Espressif Systems 197 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK
+BLESCAN:"5b:3b:6c:51:90:49",-87,02011a020a0c0aff4c001005071c3024dc,,1
+BLESCAN:"c4:5b:be:93:ec:66",-84,0201060303111809095647543147572d58020a03,,0
+BLESCAN:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46",-29,,,0

Note:
• The scan results you obtain may be different from those in the above response.
7. Establish the Bluetooth LE connection.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:
Command:

AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

Response:

+BLECONN:0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

OK

Note:
• When entering the above command, replace the address with your ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server ad-
dress.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is established successfully, message +BLECONN:0,
"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46 will be prompted.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is broken, message +BLECONN:0,-1 will be prompted.
8. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0

Response:

+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,1,0x1801,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,2,0x1800,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,3,0xA002,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,4,0xA003,1

OK

Note:
• When discovering services, the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client will get two more default services (UUID:
0x1800 and 0x1801) than what the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server will get. So, for the same service,
the <srv_index> received by the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client equals the <srv_index> received by the
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server + 2. For example, for service 0xA002, the <srv_index> queried on
the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client is 3, if the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server is queried through the
command AT+BLEGATTSSRV?, then <srv_index> is 1.
9. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers characteristics.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=0,3

Response:

+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,6,0xC305,0x10
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 198 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

(continued from previous page)


+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,8,1,0x2901

OK

10. Set Bluetooth LE encryption parameters. Set auth_req to SC_MITM_BOND, server s iocap to Key-
boardOnly, client s iocap to KeyboardDisplay, key_size to 16, init_key to 3, rsp_key
to 3.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:

AT+BLESECPARAM=13,2,16,3,3

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:


Command:

AT+BLESECPARAM=13,4,16,3,3

Response:

OK

Note:
• In this example, ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server enters the pairing code and ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE
client displays the pairing code.
• ESP-AT supports Legacy Pairing and Secure Connections encryption methods, but the
latter has a higher priority. If the peer also supports Secure Connections, then Secure Con-
nections will be used for encryption.
11. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client initiates encryption request.
Command:

AT+BLEENC=0,3

Response:

OK

Note:
If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server successfully receives the encryption request, message +BLESECREQ:0
will be prompted on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server side.
12. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server responds to the pairing request.
Command:

AT+BLEENCRSP=0,1

Response:

OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client successfully receives the pairing response, a 6-digit pairing code
will generate on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client side.
• In this example, message +BLESECNTFYKEY:0,793718 will be prompted on the ESP32-C3 Blue-
tooth LE client side. Pairing code is 793718.
13. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server replies pairing code.
Command:

Espressif Systems 199 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEKEYREPLY=0,793718

Response:

OK

After running this command, there will be corresponding messages prompt on both the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth
LE server and the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:

+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,16
+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,1
+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,32
+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,2
+BLEAUTHCMPL:0,0

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:

+BLESECNTFYKEY:0,793718
+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,2
+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,16
+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,1
+BLESECKEYTYPE:0,32
+BLEAUTHCMPL:0,0

You can ignore the message starting with +BLESECKEYTYPE. In terms of the second parameter in the mes-
sage +BLEAUTHCMPL:0,0, 0 means encryption is successful, and 1 means encryption fails.

4.2.5 Establish SPP connection between two ESP32-C3 development boards and transmit
data in UART-Bluetooth LE Passthrough Mode

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a Bluetooth LE server (only as Bluetooth
LE server role), the other one as a Bluetooth LE client (only as Bluetooth LE client role). The example shows how
to build Bluetooth LE SPP (Serial Port Profile, UART-Bluetooth LE passthrough mode) with AT commands.

Important: In the following steps, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server only need
to be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE
client only need to be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client.

1. Bluetooth LE initialization.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:

AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:


Command:

AT+BLEINIT=1

Response:

OK

2. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server creates services.


Command:

Espressif Systems 200 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

Response:

OK

3. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Response:

OK

4. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server gets Bluetooth LE address.


Command:

AT+BLEADDR?

Response:

+BLEADDR:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"
OK

Note:
• The address you obtain may be different from that in the above response. Keep yours handy as you will
need it in one of the following steps.
5. Set Bluetooth LE advertising data.
Command:

AT+BLEADVDATA="0201060A09457370726573736966030302A0"

Response:

OK

6. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts advertising.


Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

7. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client enables a scanning for three seconds.


Command:

AT+BLESCAN=1,3

Response:

OK
+BLESCAN:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46",-78,0201060a09457370726573736966030302a0,,0
+BLESCAN:"45:03:cb:ac:aa:a0",-62,0201060aff4c001005441c61df7d,,1
+BLESCAN:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46",-26,0201060a09457370726573736966030302a0,,0

Note:
• The scan results you obtain may be different from those in the above response.
8. Establish the Bluetooth LE connection.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client:
Command:

AT+BLECONN=0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

Response:

Espressif Systems 201 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

+BLECONN:0,"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"

OK

Note:
• When entering the above command, replace the address your ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server address.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is established successfully, message +BLECONN:0,
"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46 will be prompted.
• If the Bluetooth LE connection is broken, message +BLECONN:0,-1 will be prompted.
9. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers local services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRV?

Response:

+BLEGATTSSRV:1,1,0xA002,1
+BLEGATTSSRV:2,1,0xA003,1

OK

10. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers local characteristics.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?

Response:

+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,8,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,1,0xC400,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,2,0xC401,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,2,1,0x2901

OK

11. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV=0

Response:

+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,1,0x1801,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,2,0x1800,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,3,0xA002,1
+BLEGATTCPRIMSRV:0,4,0xA003,1

OK

Note:

Espressif Systems 202 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

• When discovering services, the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client will get two more default services (UUID:
0x1800 and 0x1801) than what the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server will get. So, for the same service,
the <srv_index> received by the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client equals the <srv_index> received by the
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server + 2. For example, for service 0xA002, the <srv_index> queried on
the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client is 3, if the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server is queried through the
command AT+BLEGATTSSRV?, then <srv_index> is 1.
12. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers characteristics.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTCCHAR=0,3

Response:

+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,3,0xC302,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"char",0,3,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTCCHAR:"desc",0,3,8,1,0x2901

OK

13. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client Configures Bluetooth LE SPP.


Set a characteristic that enables writing permission to TX channel for sending data. Set another characteristic
that supports notification or indication to RX channel for receiving data.
Command:

AT+BLESPPCFG=1,3,5,3,7

Response:

OK

14. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client enables Bluetooth LE SPP.


Command:

AT+BLESPP

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT has entered Bluetooth LE SPP mode and can send and receive data.
Note:
• After the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client enables Bluetooth LE SPP, data received from serial port will
be transmitted to the Bluetooth LE server directly.
15. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server Configures Bluetooth LE SPP.
Set a characteristic that supports notification or indication to TX channel for sending data. Set another char-
acteristic that enables writing permission to RX channel for receiving data.
Command:

AT+BLESPPCFG=1,1,7,1,5

Response:

Espressif Systems 203 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

16. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server enables Bluetooth LE SPP.


Command:

AT+BLESPP

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT has entered Bluetooth LE SPP mode and can send and receive data.
Note:
• After the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server enables Bluetooth LE SPP, the data received from serial port
will be transmitted to the Bluetooth LE client directly.
• If the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client does not enable Bluetooth LE SPP first, or uses other device as
Bluetooth LE client, then the Bluetooth LE client needs to listen to the notification or indication first. For
example, if the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client does not enable Bluetooth LE SPP first, then it should
use command AT+BLEGATTCWR=0,3,7,1,1 to enable listening function first, so that the ESP32-C3
Bluetooth LE server can transmit successfully.
• For the same service, the <srv_index> on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client side equals the <srv_index>
on the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server side + 2.

4.2.6 Establish SPP connection between ESP32-C3 and mobile phone and transmit data
in UART-Bluetooth LE passthrough mode

The example shows how to establish SPP connection between an ESP32-C3 development board (only serving as the
Bluetooth LE server role) and a mobile phone (only serve as the Bluetooth LE client role) and how to transmit data
between them in UART-Bluetooth LE passthrough mode.

Important: In the following steps, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server only
need to be executed at ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server, and those Bluetooth LE client only need to be executed at
the Bluetooth debugging assistant of the mobile phone.

1. First, you need to download the Bluetooth LE debugging assistant on the mobile phone, such as nRF Connect
app (Android) and LightBlue (iOS).
2. Bluetooth LE initialization.
ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server:
Command:

AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:

OK

3. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server creates services.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRVCRE

Response:

OK

4. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts services.


Command:

Espressif Systems 204 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEGATTSSRVSTART

Response:

OK

5. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server gets its MAC address.


Command:

AT+BLEADDR?

Response:

+BLEADDR:"24:0a:c4:d6:e4:46"
OK

Note:
• The address you obtain may be different from that in the above response. Keep yours handy as you will
need it in one of the following steps.
6. Set Bluetooth LE advertising data.
Command:

AT+BLEADVDATA="0201060A09457370726573736966030302A0"

Response:

OK

7. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server starts advertising.


Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

8. Establish the Bluetooth LE connection.


Open the nRF debugging assistant on your mobile phone, and open SCAN to start scanning. When you find
the MAC address of the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server, click CONNECT. Then, ESP32-C3 should print the
log similar to +BLECONN:0,"60:51:42:fe:98:aa", which indicates that Bluetooth LE connection has
been established.
9. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers local services.
Command:

AT+BLEGATTSSRV?

Response:

+BLEGATTSSRV:1,1,0xA002,1
+BLEGATTSSRV:2,1,0xA003,1

OK

10. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server discovers local characteristics.


Command:

AT+BLEGATTSCHAR?

Response:

+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,1,0xC300,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,2,0xC301,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,2,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,3,0xC302,0x08
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 205 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

(continued from previous page)


+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,3,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,4,0xC303,0x04
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,4,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,5,0xC304,0x08
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,6,0xC305,0x10
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,6,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,7,0xC306,0x20
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,7,1,0x2902
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",1,8,0xC307,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",1,8,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,1,0xC400,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,1,1,0x2901
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"char",2,2,0xC401,0x02
+BLEGATTSCHAR:"desc",2,2,1,0x2901

OK

11. Bluetooth LE client discovers services.


Click UnKnown Service of UUID:0xA002 on the mobile phone nRF debugging assistant client.
12. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE client discovers characteristics.
In the next-level option of UnKnown Service of UUID:0xA002 of the mobile phone nRF debugging
assistant client, click the right button of the service feature whose Properties is NOTIFY or INDICATE (here
ESP-AT default Properties The service characteristics of NOTIFY or INDICATE are 0xC305 and 0xC306)
and start to listen for the service characteristics of NOTIFY or INDICATE.
13. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server configures Bluetooth LE SPP.
Set a characteristic that supports notification or indication to TX channel for sending data. Set another char-
acteristic that enables writing permission to RX channel for receiving data.
Command:

AT+BLESPPCFG=1,1,7,1,5

Response:

OK

14. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server enables Bluetooth LE SPP.


Command:

AT+BLESPP

Response:

OK

>

This response indicates that AT has entered Bluetooth LE SPP mode and can send and receive data.
15. Bluetooth LE client sends data.
In the nRF debugging assistant client, select the 0xC304 service characteristic value and send the data test
to the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server. Then, the ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server can receive the test.
16. ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server sends data.
The ESP32-C3 Bluetooth LE server sends test, and then the nRF debugging assistant client can receive
test.

4.3 MQTT AT Examples

This document provides detailed command examples to illustrate how to utilize MQTT AT Commands on ESP32-C3.

Espressif Systems 206 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

• MQTT over TCP (with a local MQTT broker)(suitable for a small amount of data)
• MQTT over TCP (with a local MQTT broker)(suitable for large amounts of data)
• MQTT over TLS (with a local MQTT broker)
• MQTT over WSS

Important:
• The examples described in this document are based on the situation that Wi-Fi has been connected.

4.3.1 MQTT over TCP (with a local MQTT broker)(suitable for a small amount of data)

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a MQTT publisher (only as MQTT publisher
role), the other one as a MQTT subscriber (only as MQTT subscriber role).
The example shows how to establish MQTT connections over TCP. You need to first create a local MQTT broker.
For example, the MQTT broker s IP address is 192.168.3.102, and the port is 8883.

Important: In the step, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher only need to be executed at
ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber only need to be
executed at ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber. If the operation is not specified on which side it is executed, it needs to be
executed on both the publisher side and the subscriber side.

1. Set MQTT user configuration.


ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:
Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,1,"publisher","espressif","123456789",0,0,""

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:


Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,1,"subscriber","espressif","123456789",0,0,""

Response:

OK

2. Connect to MQTT brokers.


Command:

AT+MQTTCONN=0,"192.168.3.102",8883,1

Response:

+MQTTCONNECTED:0,1,"192.168.3.102","8883","",1

OK

Note:
• The MQTT broker domain or MQTT broker IP address you enter may be different from those in the
above command.
3. Subscribe to MQTT topics.
ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:
Command:

Espressif Systems 207 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+MQTTSUB=0,"topic",1

Response:

OK

4. Publish MQTT messages in string.


ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:
Command:

AT+MQTTPUB=0,"topic","test",1,0

Response:

OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher successfully publishes the message, following message will be
prompted on the ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber.

+MQTTSUBRECV:0,"topic",4,test

5. Close MQTT connections.


Command:

AT+MQTTCLEAN=0

Response:

OK

4.3.2 MQTT over TCP (with a local MQTT broker)(suitable for large amounts of data)

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a MQTT publisher (only as MQTT publisher
role), the other one as a MQTT subscriber (only as MQTT subscriber role).
The example shows how to establish MQTT connections over TCP. You need to first create a local MQTT broker.
For example, the MQTT broker s IP address is 192.168.3.102, and the port is 8883.
If the amount of data you publish is relatively large, and the length of a single AT command has exceeded the threshold
of 256, it is recommended that you use the AT+MQTTPUBRAW command.

Important: In the step, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher only need to be executed at
ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber only need to be
executed at ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber. If the operation is not specified on which side it is executed, it needs to be
executed on both the publisher side and the subscriber side.

1. Set MQTT user configuration.


ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:
Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,1,"publisher","espressif","123456789",0,0,""

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:


Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,1,"subscriber","espressif","123456789",0,0,""

Response:

Espressif Systems 208 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

2. Connect to MQTT brokers.


Command:
AT+MQTTCONN=0,"192.168.3.102",8883,1

Response:
+MQTTCONNECTED:0,1,"192.168.3.102","8883","",1

OK

Note:
• The MQTT broker domain or MQTT broker IP address you enter may be different from those in the
above command.
3. Subscribe to MQTT topics.
ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:
Command:
AT+MQTTSUB=0,"topic",1

Response:
OK

4. Publish MQTT messages in string.


Assume the data you want to publish is as follows, length is 427 bytes.
{"headers": {"Accept": "application/json","Accept-Encoding": "gzip, deflate",
,→"Accept-Language": "en-US,en;q=0.9,zh-CN;q=0.8,zh;q=0.7","Content-Length": "0

,→","Host": "httpbin.org","Origin": "http://httpbin.org","Referer": "http://

,→httpbin.org/","User-Agent": "Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.

,→36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/91.0.4472.114 Safari/537.36","X-Amzn-Trace-Id

,→": "Root=1-6150581e-1ad4bd5254b4bf5218070413"}}

ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:


Command:
AT+MQTTPUBRAW=0,"topic",427,0,0

Response:
OK

>

This response indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data. You should enter the data, and when the data
length reaches the <length> value, the transmission of data starts.
+MQTTPUB:OK

Note:
• After AT outputs the > character, the special characters in the data does not need to be escaped through
the escape character, and it does not need to end with a new line(CR-LF).
• If the ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher successfully publishes the message, following message will be
prompted on the ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber.
+MQTTSUBRECV:0,"topic",427,{"headers": {"Accept": "application/json",
,→"Accept-Encoding": "gzip, deflate","Accept-Language": "en-US,en;q=0.9,zh-

,→CN;q=0.8,zh;q=0.7","Content-Length": "0","Host": "httpbin.org","Origin":

,→"http://httpbin.org","Referer": "http://httpbin.org/","User-Agent":

,→"Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko)␣

,→Chrome/91.0.4472.114 Safari/537.36","X-Amzn-Trace-Id": "Root=1-6150581e-

,→1ad4bd5254b4bf5218070413"}}

5. Close MQTT connections.

Espressif Systems 209 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Command:

AT+MQTTCLEAN=0

Response:

OK

4.3.3 MQTT over TLS (with a local MQTT broker)

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a MQTT publisher (only as MQTT publisher
role), the other one as a MQTT subscriber (only as MQTT subscriber role).
The example shows how to establish MQTT connections over TLS. You need to first create a local MQTT broker.
For example, the MQTT broker s IP address is 192.168.3.102, and port is 8883.

Important: In the step, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher only need to be executed at
ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber only need to be
executed at ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber. If the operation is not specified on which side it is executed, it needs to be
executed on both the publisher side and the subscriber side.

1. Set the time zone and the SNTP server.


Command:

AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"ntp1.aliyun.com"

Response:

OK

2. Query the SNTP time.


Command:

AT+CIPSNTPTIME?

Response:

+CIPSNTPTIME:Thu Sep 2 18:57:03 2021


OK

Note:
• The time you obtained may be different from that in the above response.
• Please make sure that the SNTP time must be a real and valid time and cannot be the time in 1970 or
before.
• The purpose of setting the time is to verify the validity period of the certificates during TLS authentication.
3. Set MQTT user configuration.
ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:
Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,4,"publisher","espressif","123456789",0,0,""

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:


Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,4,"subscriber","espressif","123456789",0,0,""

Response:

Espressif Systems 210 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

4. Set configuration of MQTT connection.


Command:

AT+MQTTCONNCFG=0,0,0,"lwtt","lwtm",0,0

Response:

OK

5. Connect to MQTT brokers.


Command:

AT+MQTTCONN=0,"192.168.3.102",8883,1

Response:

+MQTTCONNECTED:0,4,"192.168.3.102","8883","",1

OK

Note:
• The MQTT broker domain or MQTT broker IP address you enter may be different from those in the
above command.
6. Subscribe to MQTT topics.
ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:
Command:

AT+MQTTSUB=0,"topic",1

Response:

OK

7. Publish MQTT messages in string.


ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:
Command:

AT+MQTTPUB=0,"topic","test",1,0

Response:

OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher successfully publishes the message, following message will be
prompted on the ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber.

+MQTTSUBRECV:0,"topic",4,test

8. Close MQTT connections.


Command:

AT+MQTTCLEAN=0

Response:

OK

4.3.4 MQTT over WSS

Below is an example of using two ESP32-C3 development boards, one as a MQTT publisher (only as MQTT publisher
role), the other one as a MQTT subscriber (only as MQTT subscriber role).

Espressif Systems 211 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

The example shows how to establish MQTT connections over WSS and how to communicate with a MQTT broker.
For example, the MQTT broker s domain name is test.mosquitto.org, and the port is 8081.

Important: In the step, the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher only need to be executed at
ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher, and the operations starting with ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber only need to be
executed at ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber. If the operation is not specified on which side it is executed, it needs to be
executed on both the publisher side and the subscriber side.

1. Set the time zone and the SNTP server.


Command:

AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"ntp1.aliyun.com"

Response:

OK

2. Query the SNTP time.


Command:

AT+CIPSNTPTIME?

Response:

+CIPSNTPTIME:Thu Sep 2 18:57:03 2021


OK

Note:
• The time you obtained may be different from that in the above response.
• Please make sure that the SNTP time must be a real and valid time and cannot be the time in 1970 or
before.
• The purpose of setting the time is to verify the validity period of the certificates during TLS authentication.
3. Set MQTT user configuration.
ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:
Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,7,"publisher","espressif","1234567890",0,0,""

Response:

OK

ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:


Command:

AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,7,"subscriber","espressif","1234567890",0,0,""

Response:

OK

4. Connect to MQTT brokers.


Command:

AT+MQTTCONN=0,"test.mosquitto.org",8081,1

Response:

+MQTTCONNECTED:0,7,"test.mosquitto.org","8081","/",1

OK

Note:
• The MQTT broker domain or MQTT broker IP address you enter may be different from those in the
above command.

Espressif Systems 212 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

5. Subscribe to MQTT topics.


ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber:
Command:

AT+MQTTSUB=0,"topic",1

Response:

OK

6. Publish MQTT messages in string.


ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher:
Command:

AT+MQTTPUB=0,"topic","test",1,0

Response:

OK

Note:
• If the ESP32-C3 MQTT publisher successfully publishes the message, following message will be
prompted on the ESP32-C3 MQTT subscriber.

+MQTTSUBRECV:0,"topic",4,test

7. Close MQTT connections.


Command:

AT+MQTTCLEAN=0

Response:

OK

4.4 MQTT AT Examples for Cloud

This document mainly describes how to connect your ESP32-C3 to AWS IoT with MQTT AT commands.

Important: For details on how to use MQTT AT commands, please refer to MQTT AT Commands. You need to
become familiar with the AWS IoT by reading the AWS IoT Development Guide.

Please follow the steps below to connect your ESP32-C3 to AWS IoT with ESP-AT.

• Obtain certificates and endpoints from AWS IoT


• Connect to AWS IoT based on mutual authentication with MQTT AT commands

4.4.1 Obtain certificates and endpoints from AWS IoT

1. Sign in to your AWS IoT Console account and switch to the IoT Core services.
2. Create an AWS IoT policy, thing, and certificates following the instructions in Create AWS IoT Resources.
Make sure you have got the following certificate and key files:
• device.pem.crt (Device certificate)
• private.pem.key (Private key)
• Amazon-root-CA-1.pem (Root CA certificate)

Espressif Systems 213 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

3. Get the endpoint and bind the thing to the policy through the certificate according to the documentation Set up
the policy.
The endpoint value has the format of xxx-ats.iot.us-east-2.amazonaws.com.

Note: It is strongly recommended to familiarize yourself with the AWS IoT Developer Guide. Below are some key
points from this Guide that are worth noting.
• All devices must have a device certificate, private key, and root CA certificate installed in order to communicate
with AWS IoT.
• Information on how to activate certificates.
• Select Ohio as your region.

4.4.2 Connect to AWS IoT based on mutual authentication with MQTT AT commands

Replace certificates

Open your local ESP-AT project and do the following:


• Replace customized_partitions/raw_data/mqtt_ca/mqtt_ca.crt with Amazon-root-CA-1.pem.
• Replace customized_partitions/raw_data/mqtt_cert/mqtt_client.crt with device.pem.crt.
• Replace customized_partitions/raw_data/mqtt_key/mqtt_client.key with private.pem.key.

Compile and flash the AT firmware

Compile the ESP-AT project to build the AT firmware, and flash the firmware to your ESP32-C3. For more infor-
mation, please refer to Compile ESP-AT Project.

Note: If you don t want to compile the ESP-AT project to replace certificates, you can directly use the AT command
to replace certificates in the firmware. For more information, please refer to How to Generate PKI Files.

Use AT commands to connect to AWS IoT

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to the AP.


Command:

AT+CWJAP=<ssid>,<password>

Response:

OK

3. Set the SNTP server.


Command:

AT+CIPSNTPCFG=1,8,"pool.ntp.org"

Response:

Espressif Systems 214 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

OK

4. Query the SNTP time.


Command:
AT+CIPSNTPTIME?

Response:
+CIPSNTPTIME:<asctime style time>
OK

Note:
• The <asctime style time> obtained at this time must be the real-time time of the set time zone, otherwise
the connection will fail due to the validity period of the certificate.
5. Set MQTT user properties.
Command:
AT+MQTTUSERCFG=0,5,"esp32","espressif","1234567890",0,0,""

Response:
OK

Note:
• If the second parameter of AT+MQTTUSERCFG is 5, it is authenticated by both sides and cannot be
changed.
6. Connect to AWS IoT.
Command:
AT+MQTTCONN=0,"<endpoint>",8883,1

Response:
+MQTTCONNECTED:0,5,<endpoint>,"8883","",1
OK

Note:
• Please fill in your endpoint value in the <endpoint> parameter.
• The port 8883 cannot be changed.
7. Subscribe to messages.
Command:
AT+MQTTSUB=0,"topic/esp32at",1

Response:
OK

8. Publish a message.
Command:
AT+MQTTPUB=0,"topic/esp32at","hello aws!",1,0

Response:
+MQTTSUBRECV:0,"topic/esp32at",10,hello aws!

OK

Example log

Log for normal interaction is as follows:


1. Log on the ESP32 side
2. Log on the AWS side

Espressif Systems 215 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Espressif Systems 216 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Espressif Systems 217 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

4.5 Web Server AT Example

This document mainly introduces the use of AT web server, mainly involving the following applications:

• Wi-Fi Provisioning Using a Browser


• OTA Firmware Upgrade Using a Browser
• Wi-Fi Provisioning Using a WeChat Applet
• OTA Firmware Upgrade Using a WeChat Applet
• ESP32-C3 Using Captive Portal

Note: The default firmware does not support web server AT commands, please refer to Web Server AT Commands
to enable the web server.

4.5.1 Wi-Fi Provisioning Using a Browser

Introduction

With the web server, mobile phone or PC is able to control ESP32-C3 s Wi-Fi provisioning service. You can
use a mobile phone or computer to connect to the SoftAP of the ESP32-C3, open the web pages via browser, start
provisioning service, and then the ESP32-C3 can connect to the target router as you set.

Introduction to Operation Steps

The whole process can be divided into the following three steps:

• Use STA Device to Connect to ESP32-C3 Device


• Use the Browser to Send Wi-Fi Connection Information
• Get the Result of Wi-Fi Connection

Use STA Device to Connect to ESP32-C3 Device Firstly, ESP32-C3 needs to be configured to softAP + STA
mode, and creates a web server to wait for Wi-Fi provisioning messages. In this case, a mobile phone or a PC can
connect to the ESP32-C3 softAP as a station. The corresponding AT commands are as follows:
1. Clear the previous Wi-Fi provisioning information.
• Command

AT+RESTORE

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to Station+SoftAP.


• Command

AT+CWMODE=3

3. Set the configuration of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP. (For example, set the default connection ssid to pos_softap
, Wi-Fi without password.)
• Command

AT+CWSAP="pos_softap","",11,0,3

4. Enable multiple connections.


• Command

Espressif Systems 218 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CIPMUX=1

5. Create a web server, port: 80, connection timeout: 25 s (default maximum is 60 s).
• Command
AT+WEBSERVER=1,80,25

After starting the web sever according to the above commands, you can turn on the Wi-Fi connection function on
your STA device, and connect it to the softAP of the ESP32-C3:

Fig. 1: The browser connects to the ESP32-C3 AP

Use the Browser to Send Wi-Fi Connection Information After your STA device connected to the ESP32-C3
softAP, it can send Wi-Fi connection information to ESP32-C3 in an HTTP request. Please note that if your target
AP is the hotspot of the device which opens the web pages, you may not receive the Wi-Fi connection result. You
can enter the default IP address of the web server in the browser (the default IP is 192.168.4.1, or you can query the
current SoftAP IP address by command AT+CIPAP?), open the Wi-Fi provisioning interface, and enter the ssid and
password of the router to be connected, click Connect to let ESP32-C3 start connecting to the router:
Or you can click the drop-down box of SSID to list all APs nearby, select the target AP and enter the password, and
then click Connect to let the ESP32-C3 start connecting to the router:

Get the Result of Wi-Fi Connection After the Wi-Fi connection is established successfully, the web page will be
displayed as follows:
Note 1: After the Wi-Fi connection is established successfully, the webpage will be closed automatically. If you want
to continue to access the webpage, please re-enter the IP address of the ESP32-C3 and reopen the webpage.
At the same time, the following messages will be returned from the ESP-AT command port:
+WEBSERVERRSP:1 // meaning that ESP32-C3 has received Wi-Fi connection␣
,→information

WIFI CONNECTED // meaning that ESP32-C3 is connecting


WIFI GOT IP // meaning that ESP32-C3 connect successfully to the␣
,→destination rounter

+WEBSERVERRSP:2 // meaning that STA device has received Wi-Fi connection␣


,→result, and web resources can be released

If the ESP32-C3 fails to connect to the router, the web page will display:
At the same time, the following messages will be returned from the ESP-AT command port:
+WEBSERVERRSP:1 // meaning that ESP32-C3 has received Wi-Fi connection␣
,→information, but failed to connect to the rounter.

Troubleshooting

Note 1: The network configuration page received a prompt Connection failed . Please check whether the Wi-Fi
AP of the ESP32-C3 module is correctly turned on, and the relevant configuration of the AP, and confirm that the

Espressif Systems 219 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 2: The browser opens the Wi-Fi provisioning interface

Espressif Systems 220 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 3: Schematic diagram of browser obtaining Wi-Fi AP list

Espressif Systems 221 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 4: Wi-Fi connection is established successfully

Espressif Systems 222 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 5: ESP32-C3 fails to connect to the router

Espressif Systems 223 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

correct AT command has been entered to successfully enable the web server.

4.5.2 OTA Firmware Upgrade Using a Browser

Introduction

After the browser opens the web page of the web server, you can choose to enter the OTA upgrade page to upgrade
the firmware of the ESP32-C3 through the web page.

Introduction to Operation Steps

• Open the OTA Configuration Page


• Select and Send the New Firmware
• Get the Result of OTA

Open the OTA Configuration Page As shown in the figure, click on the OTA option in the lower right corner
of the web page, and after opening the OTA configuration page, you can view the current firmware version and AT
Core version:

Fig. 6: OTA configuration page

Note 1: The configuration interface can only be opened when the STA device is connected to the AP of the ESP32-
C3, or the STA device accessing the OTA configuration page is connected to the ESP32-C3 in the same subnet.

Espressif Systems 224 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Note 2: The current app version displayed on the webpage is the version number of the application. You can change
the version number through ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > AT > AT firmware
version (see Compile ESP-AT Project). In this case, you can manage your application firmware version.

Select and Send the New Firmware As shown in the figure, click the Browse button on the page and select
the new firmware to be sent:

Fig. 7: Select the new version of firmware to be sent

Note 1: Before sending the new firmware, the system will check the selected firmware. The suffix of the firmware
name must be .bin, and its size should not exceed 2M.

Get the Result of OTA As shown in the figure, if the ESP32-C3 OTA successfully, it will prompt OTA Suc-
ceeded :
At the same time, the following messages will be returned from the ESP-AT command port:

+WEBSERVERRSP:3 // meaning that ESP32-C3 begin to receive ota data


+WEBSERVERRSP:4 // meaning that ESP32-C3 has received all firmware data, and␣
,→you can choose to restart the ESP32-C3 to apply the new firmware

If the received firmware data verification fails, the following message will be received on the serial port:

+WEBSERVERRSP:3 // meaning that ESP32-C3 begin to receive ota data


+WEBSERVERRSP:5 // meaning that the received OTA data verification failed.␣
,→You can choose to reopen the OTA configuration interface and follow the above␣

,→steps to restart the firmware upgrade

4.5.3 Wi-Fi Provisioning Using a WeChat Applet

Espressif Systems 225 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 8: The new firmware was sent successfully

Introduction

The WeChat applet can automatically connect to the WiFi AP of the ESP32-C3, and then send the ssid and password
required by the ESP32-C3 to connect to the network.

Introduction to Operation Steps

The whole process can be divided into the following four steps:

• Configure ESP32-C3 Device Parameters


• Load WeChat Applet
• Target AP Selection
• Use the WeChat Applet to Send Wi-Fi Connection Information

Configure ESP32-C3 Device Parameters Firstly, ESP32-C3 needs to be configured to softAP + STA mode, and
creates a web server to wait for Wi-Fi provisioning messages. In this case, a mobile phone or a PC can connect to
the ESP32-C3 softAP as a station. The corresponding AT commands are as follows:
1. Clear the previous Wi-Fi provisioning information.
• Command

AT+RESTORE

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to Station+SoftAP.


• Command

AT+CWMODE=3

3. Set the configuration of an ESP32-C3 SoftAP. (For example, set the default connection ssid to pos_softap
, and password to espressif .)

Espressif Systems 226 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

• Command

AT+CWSAP="pos_softap","espressif",11,3,3

Note: By default, the WeChat applet initiates a connection to the SoftAP whose ssid is pos_softap and
password is espressif. Please make sure to set the parameters of the ESP32-C3 according to the above
configuration.

1. Enable multiple connections.


• Command

AT+CIPMUX=1

2. Create a web server, port: 80, connection timeout: 40 s (default maximum is 60 s).
• Command

AT+WEBSERVER=1,80,40

Load WeChat Applet Open the mobile phone WeChat, scan the following QR code:

Fig. 9: Get the QR code of the applet

Open the WeChat applet and enter the Wi-Fi provisioning interface:

Target AP Selection After loading the WeChat applet, there are two situations according to different target AP:
Situation 1. If your target AP is the hotspot of the mobile phone which running the WeChat applet, please select the
Local phone hotspot option box on the WeChat applet page.
Situation 2. If your target AP is just another AP, not as the special situation one as above, then please do not select
the Local phone hotspot option box.

Use the WeChat Applet to Send Wi-Fi Connection Information

The target AP to be accessed is not the hotspot provided by the mobile phone which loading the WeChat ap-
plet. Here, take connecting to a router as an example, the process of Wi-Fi Connection configuration is introduced:
1.Turn on the mobile Wi-Fi and connect to the router:
2.Open the WeChat applet, you can see that the applet page has automatically displayed the ssid of the current router
as FAST_FWR310_02 .

Espressif Systems 227 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 10: Wi-Fi provisioning interface

Fig. 11: connect to the rounter

Espressif Systems 228 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 12: The applet obtains the information of the router to be connected

Espressif Systems 229 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 13: Re-enter the applet

Espressif Systems 230 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Note: If the ssid of the connected router is not displayed on the current page, please click Re-enter applet in the
following figure to refresh the current page:
3.After entering the password of the router, click Connect .

Fig. 14: The applet starts the ESP32-C3 to connect to the router

4.After the Wi-Fi connection is established successfully, the web page will be displayed as follows:
At the same time, the following messages will be returned from the ESP-AT command port:

+WEBSERVERRSP:1 // meaning that ESP32-C3 has received Wi-Fi connection␣


,→information

WIFI CONNECTED // meaning that ESP32-C3 is connecting


WIFI GOT IP // meaning that ESP32-C3 connect successfully to the␣
,→destination rounter

+WEBSERVERRSP:2 // meaning that STA device has received Wi-Fi connection␣


,→result, and web resources can be released

5.If the ESP32-C3 fails to connect to the router, the page will display:
At the same time, the following messages will be returned from the ESP-AT command port:

+WEBSERVERRSP:1 // meaning that ESP32-C3 has received Wi-Fi connection␣


,→information, but failed to connect to the rounter.

Espressif Systems 231 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 15: The applet Wi-Fi provisioning is successful

Espressif Systems 232 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 16: The applet Wi-Fi provisioning is failed

Espressif Systems 233 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

The target AP to be accessed is the hotspot provided by the mobile phone which loading the WeChat applet.
If the target AP to be accessed is the hotspot provided by the mobile phone which loading the WeChat applet, it is
not necessary to enter the ssid, but only needs to enter the password of the AP, and turn on the mobile AP in time
according to the prompts.
1.Select the Local phone hotspot option box on the WeChat applet page, enter the password of the local hotspot,
and click Connect .

Fig. 17: Enter the password of the AP

2.After receiving the prompt Connecting to the mobile phone hotspot , please check that the local mobile phone
hotspot is turned on. At this time, the ESP32-C3 will automatically scan the surrounding hotspots and initiate a
connection.
3.The display of the WiFi connection results on the applet page and the data output from the serial port are the same
as the above-mentioned The target AP to be accessed is not the hotspot provided by the mobile phone which loading
the WeChat applet. , please refer to the above.

Troubleshooting

Note 1: The Wi-Fi provisioning page received a prompt Data transmission failed . Please check whether the
Wi-Fi AP of the ESP32-C3 is correctly turned on, and the relevant configuration of the AP, and confirm that the
correct AT command has been entered to successfully enable the web server.

Espressif Systems 234 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 18: Start to connect to the AP

Espressif Systems 235 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Note 2: The Wi-Fi provisioning page receives a prompt Failed to connect to the AP . Please check whether
the Wi-Fi connection function of the mobile phone is turned on, check whether the Wi-Fi AP of the ESP32-C3 is
correctly turned on, and whether the ssid and password of the AP are configured according to the above steps.
Note 3: The Wi-Fi provisioning page receives a prompt The Wi-Fi provisioning saved by the system expired
. Please manually connect the ESP32-C3 AP with a mobile phone, and confirm that the ssid and password of the
ESP32-C3 module have been configured according to the above steps.

4.5.4 OTA Firmware Upgrade Using a WeChat Applet

The WeChat applet support online firmware upgrade , please refer to the above-described Configure ESP32-C3 Device
Parameters specific steps performed ESP32-C3 configuration (if the configuration has been completed, do not repeat
configuration). Once configured, the device performs OTA firmware upgrade processes is similar as OTA Firmware
Upgrade Using a Browser .

4.5.5 ESP32-C3 Using Captive Portal

Introduction

Captive Portal is commonly used to present a specified page to newly connected devices of a Wi-Fi or wired network.
For more information about Captive Portal, please refer to Captive Portal Wiki .

Note: The default firmware does not support web server Captive Portal, you may enable it by ./build.py
menuconfig > Component config > AT > AT WEB Server command support > AT WEB captive
portal support and build the project (see Compile ESP-AT Project). In addition, enabling this feature may cause
page skipping when using wechat applet for Wi-Fi provisioning or OTA firmware upgrade. It is recommended that
this feature be enabled only when accessing at web using browser.

Introduction to Operation Steps

After Enable Captive Portal support, please refer to Use STA Device to Connect to ESP32-C3 Device to complete the
configuration of the ESP32-C3, and then connect to the AP of the ESP32-C3:

Fig. 19: Connect to the AP with Captive Portal enabled

As shown in the figure above, after the Station device is connected to the AP of the ESP32-C3 with the Captive Portal
function enabled, it will prompt requires login/authentication , and then the browser will automatically open and
jump to the main interface of AT Web. If it cannot be redirected automatically, please follow the instructions of the
Station device, click Authentication or click the name of the pos_softap hotspot in the figure above to manually
trigger the Captive Portal to automatically open the browser and enter the main interface of AT Web.

Espressif Systems 236 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Troubleshooting

Note 1: Both Station device and AP device support the Captive Portal function to ensure the normal use of this func-
tion. Therefore, if the device is connected to the AP of the ESP32-C3, but it does not prompt Login/Authentication
, it may be that the Station device does not support this function. In this case, please refer to the specific steps of Use
the Browser to Send Wi-Fi Connection Information above to open the main interface of AT Web.

4.6 HTTP AT Examples

This document provides detailed command examples to illustrate how to utilize HTTP AT Commands on ESP32-C3.

• The HEAD method of HTTP client


• The GET method of HTTP client
• The POST method of HTTP client (suitable for POST small amount of data)
• The POST method of HTTP client (recommended method)
• The PUT method of HTTP client
• The DELETE method of HTTP client

Important: Currently ESP-AT only supports some HTTP client functions.

4.6.1 The HEAD method of HTTP client

In this example, the HTTP server is http://httpbin.org.


1. Restore factory default settings of the module.
Command:
AT+RESTORE

Response:
OK

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:
AT+CWMODE=1

Response:
OK

3. Connect to the router.


Command:
AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:
WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.

Espressif Systems 237 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

4. Send an HTTP HEAD request. Set opt to 1 (HEAD method), url to http://httpbin.org/get and
transport_type to 1 (HTTP_TRANSPORT_OVER_TCP).
Command:

AT+HTTPCLIENT=1,0,"http://httpbin.org/get",,,1

Response:

+HTTPCLIENT:35, Date: Sun, 26 Sep 2021 06:59:13 GMT


+HTTPCLIENT:30, Content-Type: application/json
+HTTPCLIENT:19, Content-Length: 329
+HTTPCLIENT:22, Connection: keep-alive
+HTTPCLIENT:23, Server: gunicorn/19.9.0
+HTTPCLIENT:30, Access-Control-Allow-Origin: *
+HTTPCLIENT:38, Access-Control-Allow-Credentials: true

OK

Note:
• The HTTP header information you obtain may be different from those in the above response.

4.6.2 The GET method of HTTP client

This example describes how to download an image file in JPG format. The image link is https://www.espressif.com/
sites/all/themes/espressif/images/about-us/solution-platform.jpg.
1. Restore factory default settings of the module.
Command:

AT+RESTORE

Response:

OK

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

3. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
4. Send an HTTP GET request. Set opt to 2 (GET method), url to https://www.espressif.
com/sites/all/themes/espressif/images/about-us/solution-platform.jpg and
transport_type to 2 (HTTP_TRANSPORT_OVER_SSL).
Command:

Espressif Systems 238 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+HTTPCLIENT=2,0,"https://www.espressif.com/sites/all/themes/espressif/images/
,→about-us/solution-platform.jpg",,,2

Response:

+HTTPCLIENT:512,<0xff><0xd8><0xff><0xe2><0x0c>XICC_PROFILE<break>
<0x01><0x01><break>
<break>
<0x0c>HLino<0x02><0x10><break>
<break>
mntrRGB XYZ <0x07><0xce><break>
<0x02><break>
...
+HTTPCLIENT:512,<0xeb><0xe2>v<0xcb><0x98>-<0xf8><0x8a><0xae><0xf3><0xc8><0xb6>
,→<0xa8><0x86><0x02>j<0x06><0xe2>

"<0xaa>*p<0x7f>2",h<0x12>N<0xa5><0x1e><0xd2>bp<0xea><0x1e><0xf5><0xa3>x<0xa6>J
,→<0x14>Ti<0xc3>m<0x1a>m<0x94>T<0xe1>I<0xb6><0x90><0xdc>_<0x11>QU;<0x94><0x97>

,→<0xcb><0xdd><0xc7><0xc6><0x85><0xd7>U<0x02><0xc9>W<0xa4><0xaa><0xa1><0xa1>

,→<0x08>hB<0x1a><0x10><0x86><0x84>!<0xa1><0x08>hB<0x1a><0x10><0x9b><0xb9>K

,→<0xf5>5<0x95>5-=<0x8a><0xcb><0xce><0xe0><0x91><0xf0>m<0xa9><0x04>C<0xde>k

,→<0xe7><0xc2>v<H|<0xaf><0xb8>L<0x91>=<0xda>_<0x94><0xde><0xd0><0xa9><0xc0>

,→<0xdd>8<0x9a>B<0xaa><0x1a><0x10><0x86><0x84>$<0xf4><0xd6><0xf2><0xa3><0x92>

,→<0xe7><0xa8>I<0xa3>b<0x1f>)<0xe1>z<0xc4>y<0xae><0xca><0xed><0xec><0x1e>|^

,→<0xd7>E<0xa2>_<0x13><0x9e>;{|<0xb5>Q<0x97><0xa5>P<0xdf><0xa1>#3vn<0x1b><0xc3>

,→-<0x92><0xe2>dIn<0x9c><0xb8>

<0xc7><0xa9><0xc6>(<0xe0><0xd3>i-<0x9e>@<0xbb><0xcc><0x88><0xd5>K<0xe3><0xf0>O
,→<0x9f>Km<0xb3>h<0xa8>omR<0xfe><0x8b><0xf9><0xa4><0xa6><0xff><break>

aU<0xdf><0xf3><0xa3>:A<0xe2>UG<0x04>k<0xaa>*<0xa1><0xa1><0x0b><0xca><0xec>
,→<0xd8>Q<0xfb><0xbc>yqY<0xec><0xfb>?<0x16>CM<0xf6>|}<0xae><0xf3><0x1e><0xdf>%

,→<0xf8><0xe8><0xb1>B<0x8f>[<0xb3>><0x04><0xec><0xeb>f<0x06><0x1c><0xe8><0x92>

,→<0xc9><0x8c><0xb0>I<0xd1><0x8b>%<0x99><0x04><0xd0><0xbb>s<0x8b>xj<0xe2>4f

,→<0xa0><0x8e>+E<0xda><0xab><0xc7>=<0xab><0xc7><0xb9>xz1f<0xba><0xfd>_e6<0xff>

,→<break>

(w<0xa7>b<0xe3>m<0xf0>|<0x82><0xc9><0xfb><0x8b><0xac>r<0x95><0x94><0x96><0xd9>i
,→<0xe9>RVA<0x91><0x83><0x8b>M'<0x86><0x8f><0xa3>A<0xd8><0xd8>"r"<0x8a><0xa8>

,→<0x9e>zl=<0xcd><0x16><0x07>D<0xa2><0xd0>u(<0xc2><0x8b><0x0b><0xc4><0xf1>

,→<0x87><0x9c><0x93><0x8f><0xe3><0xd5>U<0x12>]<0x8e><0x91>]<0x91><0x06>#l<0xbe>

,→<0xf4>t0?<0xd7><0x85><GEM<0xb1>%<0xee>UUT<0xe7><0xdf><0xa0><0xb9><0xce><0xe2>

,→U@<0x03><0x82>S<0xe9>*<0xa8>hB<0x1a><0x10><0xa1><0xaf>V<0x19>U<0x9d><0xb3>x

,→<0xa6><0xc7><0xe2><0x86><0x8e>d[<0x89>e<0x05>l<0x80>H<0x91>#<0xd2><0x8c>

,→<0xe1>j<0x1b>rH<0x04><0x89><0x98><0xd3>lZW]q><0xc2><';<0x93><0xb4><0xf5>&

,→<0x9d><0xa0>^Wp<0xa9>6`<0xe2>T<0xa2><0xc2><0xb1>*<0xbc><0x13><0x13><0xa0>

,→<0xc4>)<0x83><0xb6><0xbe><0x86><0xb9><0x88>-<0x1a>

OK

4.6.3 The POST method of HTTP client (suitable for POST small amount of data)

In this example, the HTTP server is http://httpbin.org and the data type is application/json.
1. Restore factory default settings of the module.
Command:

AT+RESTORE

Response:

OK

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

Espressif Systems 239 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

3. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
4. Send an HTTP POST request. Set opt to 3 (POST method), url to http://httpbin.
org/post, content-type to 1 (application/json) and transport_type to 1
(HTTP_TRANSPORT_OVER_TCP).
Command:

AT+HTTPCLIENT=3,1,"http://httpbin.org/post",,,1,"{\"form\":{\"purpose\":\"test\
,→"}}"

Response:

+HTTPCLIENT:282,{
"args": {},
"data": "{\"form\":{\"purpose\":\"test\"}}",
"files": {},
"form": {},
"headers": {
"Content-Length": "27",
"Content-Type": "application/json",
"Host": "httpbin.org",
"User-Agent": "ESP32 HTTP Client/1.0",
"X-Amzn-Trace-Id": "Root=
+HTTPCLIENT:173,1-61503a3f-4b16b71918855b97614c5dfb"
},
"json": {
"form": {
"purpose": "test"
}
},
"origin": "20.187.154.207",
"url": "http://httpbin.org/post"
}

OK

Note:
• The results you obtain may be different from those in the above response.

4.6.4 The POST method of HTTP client (recommended method)

If the amount of data you post is relatively large, and the length of a single AT command has exceeded the threshold
of 256, it is recommended that you use the AT+HTTPCPOST command.

Espressif Systems 240 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

In this example, the HTTP server is http://httpbin.org and the data type is application/json.
1. Restore factory default settings of the module.
Command:
AT+RESTORE

Response:
OK

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:
AT+CWMODE=1

Response:
OK

3. Connect to the router.


Command:
AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:
WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
4. Post HTTP data of specified length. The command specifies that the number of HTTP header fields is 2,
which are connection field and content-type field respectively. connection is keep-alive
and content-type is application/json.
Assume the JSON data you want to post is as follows, length is 472 bytes.
{"headers": {"Accept": "application/json","Accept-Encoding": "gzip, deflate",
,→"Accept-Language": "en-US,en;q=0.9,zh-CN;q=0.8,zh;q=0.7","Content-Length": "0

,→","Host": "httpbin.org","Origin": "http://httpbin.org","Referer": "http://

,→httpbin.org/","User-Agent": "Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.

,→36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/91.0.4472.114 Safari/537.36","X-Amzn-Trace-Id

,→": "Root=1-6150581e-1ad4bd5254b4bf5218070413"}}

Command:
AT+HTTPCPOST="http://httpbin.org/post",427,2,"connection: keep-alive","content-
,→type: application/json"

Response:
OK

>

This response indicates that AT is ready for receiving serial data. You should enter the data, and when the data
length reaches the <length> value, the transmission of data starts.
+HTTPCPOST:281,{
"args": {},
"data": "{\"headers\": {\"Accept\": \"application/json\",\"Accept-Encoding\
,→": \"gzip, deflate\",\"Accept-Language\": \"en-US,en;q=0.9,zh-CN;q=0.8,zh;

,→q=0.7\",\"Content-Length\": \"0\",\"Host\": \"httpbin.org\",\"Origin\": \

,→"http://httpbin.org\",\"Referer\": \"htt

(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 241 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

(continued from previous page)


+HTTPCPOST:512,p://httpbin.org/\",\"User-Agent\": \"Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux␣
,→x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/91.0.4472.114 Safari/

,→537.36\",\"X-Amzn-Trace-Id\": \"Root=1-6150581e-1ad4bd5254b4bf5218070413\"}}

,→",

"files": {},
"form": {},
"headers": {
"Content-Length": "427",
"Content-Type": "application/json",
"Host": "httpbin.org",
"User-Agent": "ESP32 HTTP Client/1.0",
"X-Amzn-Trace-Id": "Root=1-61505e76-278b5c267aaf55842bd58b32"
},
"json": {
"headers": {

+HTTPCPOST:512,"Accept": "application/json",
"Accept-Encoding": "gzip, deflate",
"Accept-Language": "en-US,en;q=0.9,zh-CN;q=0.8,zh;q=0.7",
"Content-Length": "0",
"Host": "httpbin.org",
"Origin": "http://httpbin.org",
"Referer": "http://httpbin.org/",
"User-Agent": "Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML,
,→ like Gecko) Chrome/91.0.4472.114 Safari/537.36",

"X-Amzn-Trace-Id": "Root=1-6150581e-1ad4bd5254b4bf5218070413"
}
},
"origin": "20.187.154
+HTTPCPOST:45,.207",
"url": "http://httpbin.org/post"
}

SEND OK

Note:
• After AT outputs the > character, the special characters in the HTTP body does not need to be escaped
through the escape character, and it does not need to end with a new line(CR-LF).

4.6.5 The PUT method of HTTP client

In this example, the HTTP server is http://httpbin.org. PUT request supports Query String Parameters mode.
1. Restore factory default settings of the module.
Command:

AT+RESTORE

Response:

OK

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

3. Connect to the router.

Espressif Systems 242 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
4. Send an HTTP PUT request. Set opt to 4 (PUT method), url to http://httpbin.org/put, and
transport_type to 1 (HTTP_TRANSPORT_OVER_TCP).
Command:

AT+HTTPCLIENT=4,0,"http://httpbin.org/put?user=foo",,,1

Response:

+HTTPCLIENT:282,{
"args": {
"user": "foo"
},
"data": "",
"files": {},
"form": {},
"headers": {
"Content-Length": "0",
"Content-Type": "application/x-www-form-urlencoded",
"Host": "httpbin.org",
"User-Agent": "ESP32 HTTP Client/1.0",
"X-Amzn-Trace-Id": "R
+HTTPCLIENT:140,oot=1-61503d41-1dd8cbe0056190f721ab1912"
},
"json": null,
"origin": "20.187.154.207",
"url": "http://httpbin.org/put?user=foo"
}

OK

Note:
• The results you obtain may be different from those in the above response.

4.6.6 The DELETE method of HTTP client

In this example, the HTTP server is http://httpbin.org. The DELETE method is used to delete resources on a server.
The exact use of DELETE requests depends on the server implementation.
1. Restore factory default settings of the module.
Command:

AT+RESTORE

Response:

OK

2. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station.


Command:

Espressif Systems 243 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

3. Connect to the router.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
4. Send an HTTP DELETE request. Set opt to 5 (DELETE method), url to http://httpbin.org/
delete, and transport_type to 1 (HTTP_TRANSPORT_OVER_TCP).
Command:

AT+HTTPCLIENT=5,0,"https://httpbin.org/delete",,,1

Response:

+HTTPCLIENT:282,{
"args": {},
"data": "",
"files": {},
"form": {},
"headers": {
"Content-Length": "0",
"Content-Type": "application/x-www-form-urlencoded",
"Host": "httpbin.org",
"User-Agent": "ESP32 HTTP Client/1.0",
"X-Amzn-Trace-Id": "Root=1-61504289-468a41
+HTTPCLIENT:114,737b0d251672acec9d"
},
"json": null,
"origin": "20.187.154.207",
"url": "https://httpbin.org/delete"
}

OK

Note:
• The results you obtain may be different from those in the above response.

4.7 Sleep AT Examples

This document provides an introduction and detailed command examples to illustrate how to utilize AT commands
to set sleep modes on ESP32-C3 series of products.

Espressif Systems 244 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

• Introduction
• Set Modem-sleep mode in Wi-Fi mode
• Set Light-sleep mode in Wi-Fi mode
• Set Modem-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE advertising mode
• Set Modem-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE connection mode
• Set Light-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE advertising mode
• Set Light-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE connection mode
• Set Deep-sleep mode

4.7.1 Introduction

With the use of advanced power-management technologies, ESP32-C3 series can switch between different power
modes. Currently, ESP-AT supports the following four power consumption modes (for more sleep modes, please
refer to the datasheet):
1. Active Mode: CPU and chip radio are powered on. The chip can receive, transmit, or listen.
2. Modem-sleep Mode: The CPU is operational and the clock speed can be reduced. Wi-Fi baseband, Blue-
tooth LE baseband, and radio are disabled, but Wi-Fi and Bluetooth LE connection can remain active.
3. Light-sleep Mode: The CPU is paused. Any wake-up events (MAC, host, RTC timer, or external inter-
rupts) will wake up the chip. Wi-Fi and Bluetooth LE connection can remain active.
4. Deep-sleep Mode: CPU and most peripherals are powered down. Only the RTC memory is powered on.
By default, ESP32-C3 will enter Active mode after system reset. When the CPU does not need to work all the
time, such as waiting for external activities to wake up, the system can enter low-power modes.
For current consumption of ESP32-C3, please refer to ESP32-C3 Series Datasheet.

Note:
• Setting ESP32-C3 to sleep modes in Wi-Fi mode and Bluetooth LE mode will be described separately.
• In single Wi-Fi mode, only station mode supports Modem-sleep mode and Light-sleep mode.
• For Light-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE mode, please ensure that there is an external 32 KHz crystal oscillator.
If there is no external 32 KHz crystal oscillator, ESP-AT will work as the Modem-sleep mode.

Measurement Method

In order to avoid some unnecessary interference during the power consumption test process, it is recommended to
use the Espressif modules that integrate the chip for the test.
Refer to the following figure for hardware connection. (Note that the development board below only has the ESP32-
C3 module on board, and all other peripheral components have been removed.)

4.7.2 Set Modem-sleep mode in Wi-Fi mode

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station mode.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to an router.
Command:

Espressif Systems 245 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Fig. 20: ESP32-C3 Hardware Connection

Espressif Systems 246 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890"

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Set the sleep mode to Modem-sleep mode.
Command:

AT+SLEEP=1

Response:

OK

Note:
• RF will be periodically closed according to AP DTIM (routers generally set DTIM to 1).

4.7.3 Set Light-sleep mode in Wi-Fi mode

1. Set the Wi-Fi mode to station mode.


Command:

AT+CWMODE=1

Response:

OK

2. Connect to an router. Set listen interval to 3.


Command:

AT+CWJAP="espressif","1234567890",,,,3

Response:

WIFI CONNECTED
WIFI GOT IP

OK

Note:
• The SSID and password you entered may be different from those in the above command. Please replace
the SSID and password with those of your router settings.
3. Set the sleep mode to Light-sleep mode.
Command:

AT+SLEEP=2

Response:

OK

Note:

Espressif Systems 247 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

• CPU will automatically sleep and RF will be periodically closed according to listen interval set by AT+CWJAP.

4.7.4 Set Modem-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE advertising mode

1. Initialize the role of Bluetooth LE as server.


Command:

AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:

OK

2. Set parameters of Bluetooth LE advertising. Set Bluetooth LE advertising interval to 1 s.


Command:

AT+BLEADVPARAM=1600,1600,0,0,7,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00"

Response:

OK

3. Start Bluetooth LE advertising.


Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

4. Disable Wi-Fi.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=0

Response:

OK

5. Set the sleep mode to Modem-sleep mode.


Command:

AT+SLEEP=1

Response:

OK

4.7.5 Set Modem-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE connection mode

1. Initialize the role of Bluetooth LE as server.


Command:

AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:

OK

2. Start Bluetooth LE advertising.


Command:

Espressif Systems 248 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

3. Waiting for connection.


If the connection is established successfully, AT will prompt:

+BLECONN:0,"47:3f:86:dc:e4:7d"
+BLECONNPARAM:0,0,0,6,0,500
+BLECONNPARAM:0,0,0,24,0,500

OK

Note:
• In this example, Bluetooth LE client address is 47:3f:86:dc:e4:7d.
• For prompt information (+BLECONN and +BLECONNPARAM), please refer to AT+BLECONN and
AT+BLECONNPARAM for more details.
4. Update parameters of Bluetooth LE connection. Set Bluetooth LE connection interval to 1 s.
Command:

AT+BLECONNPARAM=0,800,800,0,500

Response:

OK

If the connection parameters are updated successfully, AT will output:

+BLECONNPARAM:0,800,800,800,0,500

Note:
• For prompt information (+BLECONNPARAM), please refer to AT+BLECONNPARAM for more details.
5. Disable Wi-Fi.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=0

Response:

OK

6. Set the sleep mode to Modem-sleep mode.


Command:

AT+SLEEP=1

Response:

OK

4.7.6 Set Light-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE advertising mode

1. Initialize the role of Bluetooth LE as server.


Command:

AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:

OK

2. Set parameters of Bluetooth LE advertising. Set Bluetooth LE advertising interval to 1 s.


Command:

Espressif Systems 249 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

AT+BLEADVPARAM=1600,1600,0,0,7,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00"

Response:

OK

3. Start Bluetooth LE advertising.


Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

4. Disable Wi-Fi.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=0

Response:

OK

5. Set the sleep mode to Light-sleep mode.


Command:

AT+SLEEP=2

Response:

OK

4.7.7 Set Light-sleep mode in Bluetooth LE connection mode

1. Initialize the role of Bluetooth LE as server.


Command:

AT+BLEINIT=2

Response:

OK

2. Start Bluetooth LE advertising.


Command:

AT+BLEADVSTART

Response:

OK

3. Waiting for connection.


If the connection is established successfully, AT will prompt:

+BLECONN:0,"47:3f:86:dc:e4:7d"
+BLECONNPARAM:0,0,0,6,0,500
+BLECONNPARAM:0,0,0,24,0,500

OK

Note:
• In this example, Bluetooth LE client address is 47:3f:86:dc:e4:7d.
• For prompt information (+BLECONN and +BLECONNPARAM), please refer to AT+BLECONN and
AT+BLECONNPARAM for more details.

Espressif Systems 250 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

4. Update parameters of Bluetooth LE connection. Set Bluetooth LE connection interval to 1 s.


Command:

AT+BLECONNPARAM=0,800,800,0,500

Response:

OK

If the connection parameters are updated successfully, AT will output:

+BLECONNPARAM:0,800,800,800,0,500

Note:
• For prompt information (+BLECONNPARAM), please refer to AT+BLECONNPARAM for more details.
5. Disable Wi-Fi.
Command:

AT+CWMODE=0

Response:

OK

6. Set the sleep mode to Light-sleep mode.


Command:

AT+SLEEP=2

Response:

OK

4.7.8 Set Deep-sleep mode

1. Set the sleep mode to Deep-sleep mode. Set the deep-sleep time to 3600000 ms.
Command:

AT+GSLP=3600000

Response:

OK

Note:
• When the time is up, the device automatically wakes up, calls Deep-sleep wake stub, and then proceeds
to load the application.
• For Deep-sleep mode, the only wake-up method is timed wake-up.

Espressif Systems 251 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 4. AT Command Examples

Espressif Systems 252 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5

How to Compile and Develop Your Own


AT Project

5.1 Compile ESP-AT Project

This document details how to build your own ESP-AT project and flash the generated firmware into your ESP32-C3.
It comes in handy when the official released fimware cannot meet your needs, for example, to customize the AT port
pins, Bluetooth LE services, and partitions, and so on.

5.1.1 Detailed Steps

Please follow the detailed steps below to set up your environment and build the project.
• Step 1. Get Started with ESP-IDF
• Step 2. Get ESP-AT
• Step 3. Install Environment
• Step 4. Connect Your Device
• Step 5. Configure
• Step 6. Build the Project
• Step 7. Flash onto the Device
• build.py Advanced Usage

5.1.2 Step 1. Get Started with ESP-IDF

Get started with ESP-IDF before compiling an ESP-AT project, because ESP-AT is developed based on ESP-IDF.
Please follow ESP-IDF v4.3 Get Started guide, configure, build, flash onto the ESP32-C3 device of the
hello_world example.

Note: This step is not a must, but if you are a beginner, you are strongly recommended to complete it in order to
familiarize yourself with ESP-IDF and ensure smooth proceeding with the following steps.

After you complete the ESP-IDF get started in the step above, now you can proceed to compile an ESP-AT project
according to the following steps.

253
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.1.3 Step 2. Get ESP-AT

To compile an ESP-AT project, you need the software libraries provided by Espressif in the ESP-AT repository.
To get ESP-AT, navigate to your installation directory and clone the repository with git clone, following instruc-
tions below specific to your operating system.
• Linux or macOS

cd ~/esp
git clone --recursive https://github.com/espressif/esp-at.git

• Windows
For ESP32-C3 series of modules, it is recommended that you run ESP-IDF 4.3 CMD as an administrator first.

cd %userprofile%\esp
git clone --recursive https://github.com/espressif/esp-at.git

If you are located in China or have difficulties to access GitHub, you can also use git clone https://gitee.
com/EspressifSystems/esp-at.git to get ESP-AT, which may be faster.
ESP-AT will be downloaded into ~/esp/esp-at on Linux or macOS, or %userprofile%\esp\esp-at on
Windows.

Note: This guide uses the directory ~/esp on Linux or macOS, or %userprofile%\esp on Windows as
an installation folder for ESP-AT. You can use any directory, but you will need to adjust paths for the commands
respectively. Keep in mind that ESP-AT does not support spaces in paths.

5.1.4 Step 3. Install Environment

Run the project tool install to install the environment. This tool will automatically install Python packages,
ESP-IDF repository, and the compiler and tools used by ESP-IDF.
• Linux or macOS

./build.py install

• Windows

python build.py install

Select the following configuration options for your ESP32-C3 if it is your first time.
• Select the Platform name for your ESP32-C3. For example, select PLATFORM_ESP32C3 for ESP32-C3
series of products. Platform name is defined in factory_param_data.csv .
• Select the Module name for your ESP32-C3. For example, select MINI-1 for the ESP32-C3-MINI-1
module. Module name is defined in factory_param_data.csv .
• Enable or disable silence mode. If enabled, it will remove some logs and reduce the firmware size.
Generally, it should be disabled.
• The above three option items will not appear if the file build/module_info.json exists. So please
delete it if you want to reconfigure the module information.

5.1.5 Step 4. Connect Your Device

Connect your ESP32-C3 device to the PC with a USB cable to download firmware and print log. See Hardware
Connection for more information. Note that you do not need to set up the AT command/response connection if
you do not send AT commands and receive AT responses during the compiling process. You can change default port
pins referring to How to Set AT Port Pins.

Espressif Systems 254 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.1.6 Step 5. Configure

Run the project configuration utility menuconfig to configure.


• Linux or macOS

./build.py menuconfig

• Windows

python build.py menuconfig

If the previous steps have been done correctly, the following menu pops up:

Fig. 1: Project configuration - Home window

You are using this menu to set up project-specific configuration, e.g. changing AT port pins, enabling Classic Blue-
tooth function, etc. If you made no changes, it will run with the default configuration.

5.1.7 Step 6. Build the Project

Build the project by running:


• Linux or macOS

./build.py build

• Windows

python build.py build

If Bluetooth feature is enabled, the firmware size will be much larger. Please make sure it does not exceed the OTA
partition size.
After compiled, the combined factory bin will be created in build/factory. See ESP-AT Firmware Differences
for more information.

5.1.8 Step 7. Flash onto the Device

Flash the firmware that you just compiled onto your ESP32-C3 by running:
• Linux or macOS

./build.py -p (PORT) flash

• Windows

Espressif Systems 255 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

python build.py -p (PORT) flash

Note that you need to replace (PORT) with your ESP32-C3 s serial port name. Or you can follow the printed
instructions to download the bin files into flash. Note that you also need to replace the (PORT).
If the ESP-AT bin fails to boot and prints ota data partition invalid , you should run python build.py
erase_flash to erase the entire flash, and then reflash the AT firmware.

5.1.9 build.py Advanced Usage

The script build.py is based on idf.py, which means that all idf.py <cmd> features should be included in
build.py <cmd>. You can run the following command for more details.
• Linux or macOS

./build.py --help

• Windows

python build.py --help

5.2 How to Set AT Port Pins

This document introduces how to modify AT port pins in the firmware for ESP32-C3 series of products. By default,
ESP-AT uses two UART interfaces as AT ports: one is to output logs (named as log port below) and the other to send
AT commands and receive responses (named as command port below).
To modify the AT port pins of your ESP32-C3, you should:
• clone the ESP-AT project;
• modify the pins either in the menuconfig utility or the factory_param_data.csv table;
• compile the project to generate the new bin in build/customized_partitions/factory_param.
bin;
• flash the new bin to your device.
This document focuses on modifying the pins. Click the links above for details of other steps.

Note: To use other interfaces as the AT command port, please refer to AT through SDIO , AT through SPI , or AT
through socket for more details.

5.2.1 ESP32-C3 Series

The log port and command port pins of ESP32-C3 AT firmware can be user-defined to other pins. Refer to ESP32-C3
Technical Reference Manual for the pins you can use.

Modify Log Port Pins

By default, the ESP32-C3 AT firmware provided by Espressif uses the following UART0 pins to output log:
• TX: GPIO21
• RX: GPIO20
When compiling your ESP-AT project, you can modify them to other pins with the menuconfig utitlity:

Espressif Systems 256 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

• ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > Common ESP-related > UART for
console output
• ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > Common ESP-related > UART TX
on GPIO#
• ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > Common ESP-related > UART RX
on GPIO#

Modify Command Port Pins

By default, UART1 is used to send AT commands and receive AT responses, and its pins are defined in Col-
umn uart_port, uart_tx_pin, uart_rx_pin, uart_cts_pin, and uart_rts_pin of the fac-
tory_param_data.csv .
You can change them directly in your factory_param_data.csv table:
• Open your local factory_param_data.csv file.
• Locate the row of your module.
• Set uart_port as needed.
• Set uart_tx_pin and uart_rx_pin as needed.
• Set uart_cts_pin and uart_rts_pin to be -1 if you do not use the hardware flow control function.
• Save the table.

5.3 How to add user-defined AT commands

This document details how to add a user-defined AT command based on the ESP-AT project. It uses the AT+TEST
command as an example to show the sample code for each step.
Customizing a basic and well-functioned command requires at least the two steps below:
• Define AT Commands
• Register AT Commands
This step checks how the newly defined command works out.
• Give it a try
The remaining steps are for relatively complex AT commands and are optional depending on your needs.
• Define Return Values
• Access Command Parameters
• Omit Command Parameters
• Block Command Execution
• Access Input Data from AT Command Port
The source code of AT command set is not open-source, and is provided in the form of library file . It is also the
basis to parse user-defined AT commands.

5.3.1 Define AT Commands

Before defining any AT command, you should first decide on the name and type of the command.
Command naming rules:
• It should start with the + character.
• Alphabetic characters (A~Z, a~z), numeric characters (0~9), and some other characters (!, %, -, ., /, :,
_) are supported. See AT Command Types for more information.

Espressif Systems 257 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Command types:
Each AT command can have up to four types: Test Command, Query Command, Set Command, and Execute Com-
mand. See AT Command Types for more information.
Then, define desired type of command. Assuming that AT+TEST supports all the four types. Below is the sample
code to define each type.
Test Command:

uint8_t at_test_cmd_test(uint8_t *cmd_name)


{
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is test cmd: %s\r\n", cmd_name);

esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

Query Command:

uint8_t at_query_cmd_test(uint8_t *cmd_name)


{
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is query cmd: %s\r\n", cmd_name);

esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

Set Command:

uint8_t at_setup_cmd_test(uint8_t para_num)


{
int32_t para_int_1 = 0;
uint8_t *para_str_2 = NULL;
uint8_t num_index = 0;
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

if (esp_at_get_para_as_digit(num_index++, &para_int_1) != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_


,→ RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
}

if (esp_at_get_para_as_str(num_index++, &para_str_2) != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_


,→ RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
}

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is setup cmd and cmd num is: %u\r\n",␣
,→ para_num);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "first parameter is: %d\r\n", para_int_1);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "second parameter is: %s\r\n", para_str_2);
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 258 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

Execute Command:

uint8_t at_exe_cmd_test(uint8_t *cmd_name)


{
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is execute cmd: %s\r\n", cmd_name);

esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

Finally, call esp_at_cmd_struct to define the name and type(s) that your AT command supports. The sample
code below defined the name +TEST (omitting AT) and all the four types.

static esp_at_cmd_struct at_custom_cmd[] = {


{"+TEST", at_test_cmd_test, at_query_cmd_test, at_setup_cmd_test, at_exe_cmd_
,→test},

};

If you do not want to define a particular type, set it to NULL.

5.3.2 Register AT Commands

Call API esp_at_custom_cmd_array_regist() to register your AT command. Below is the sample code
to register AT+TEST:

esp_at_custom_cmd_array_regist(at_custom_cmd, sizeof(at_custom_cmd) / sizeof(at_


,→custom_cmd[0]));

Note: esp_at_custom_cmd_array_regist is recommended to be added to the at_custom_init()


in app_main().

5.3.3 Give it a try

If you have finished the above two steps, the command should work after you build the ESP-AT project and flash the
firmware to your device. Give it a try!
Below is how AT+TEST works out.
Test Command:

AT+TEST=?

Response:

AT+TEST=?
this cmd is test cmd: +TEST

OK

Espressif Systems 259 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Query Command:
AT+TEST?

Response:
AT+TEST?
this cmd is query cmd: +TEST

OK

Set Command:
AT+TEST=1,"espressif"

Response:
AT+TEST=1,"espressif"
this cmd is setup cmd and cmd num is: 2
first parameter is: 1
second parameter is: espressif

OK

Execute Command:
AT+TEST

Response:
AT+TEST
this cmd is execute cmd: +TEST

OK

5.3.4 Define Return Values

ESP-AT has defined return values in esp_at_result_code_string_index. See AT Messages for more
return values.
In addition to output return values through the return mode, you can also use API
esp_at_response_result() to output the execution result of the command.
ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_SEND_OK and ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_SEND_FAIL can be used with the
API in code.
For example, when you send data to the server or MCU with the Execute Command of AT+TEST, you can use
esp_at_response_result() to output the sending result, and the return mode to output the command exe-
cution result. Below is the sample code:
uint8_t at_exe_cmd_test(uint8_t *cmd_name)
{
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is execute cmd: %s\r\n", cmd_name);

esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

// user-defined operation of sending data to server or MCU


send_data_to_server();

// output SEND OK
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 260 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


esp_at_response_result(ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_SEND_OK);

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

How it works out:

AT+TEST
this cmd is execute cmd: +TEST

SEND OK

OK

5.3.5 Access Command Parameters

ESP-AT provides two APIs to access command parameters:


• esp_at_get_para_as_digit() obtains digital parameters.
• esp_at_get_para_as_str() obtains string parameters.
See Set Command for an example.

5.3.6 Omit Command Parameters

This section describes how to provide optional command parameters:


• Omit the First or Middle Parameter
• Omit the Last Parameter

Omit the First or Middle Parameter

Let s say you want to make <param_2> and <param_3> of AT+TEST optional. <param_2> is a digital
parameter, and <param_3> a string parameter.

AT+TEST=<param_1>[,<param_2>][,<param_3>],<param_4>

Below is the sample code to achieve it:

uint8_t at_setup_cmd_test(uint8_t para_num)


{
int32_t para_int_1 = 0;
int32_t para_int_2 = 0;
uint8_t *para_str_3 = NULL;
uint8_t *para_str_4 = NULL;
uint8_t num_index = 0;
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};
esp_at_para_parse_result_type parse_result = ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK;

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is setup cmd and cmd num is: %u\r\n",␣
,→ para_num);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

parse_result = esp_at_get_para_as_digit(num_index++, &para_int_1);


if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
} else {
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 261 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "first parameter is: %d\r\n", para_int_1);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}

parse_result = esp_at_get_para_as_digit(num_index++, &para_int_2);


if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OMITTED) {
if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
} else {
// sample code
// user needs to customize the operation
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "second parameter is: %d\r\n", para_int_
,→2);

esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));


}
} else {
// sample code
// the second parameter is omitted
// user needs to customize the operation
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "second parameter is omitted\r\n");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}

parse_result = esp_at_get_para_as_str(num_index++, &para_str_3);


if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OMITTED) {
if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
} else {
// sample code
// user needs to customize the operation
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "third parameter is: %s\r\n", para_str_3);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}
} else {
// sample code
// the third parameter is omitted
// user needs to customize the operation
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "third parameter is omitted\r\n");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}

parse_result = esp_at_get_para_as_str(num_index++, &para_str_4);


if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
} else {
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "fourth parameter is: %s\r\n", para_str_4);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

Note: If the string parameter input is "", it is not omitted.

Espressif Systems 262 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Omit the Last Parameter

Let s say you want to make the string parameter <param_3> of AT+TEST optional, which is also the last parameter.

AT+TEST=<param_1>,<param_2>[,<param_3>]

There are two cases of omission:


• AT+TEST=<param_1>,<param_2>
• AT+TEST=<param_1>,<param_2>,
Below is the sample code to achieve it:

uint8_t at_setup_cmd_test(uint8_t para_num)


{
int32_t para_int_1 = 0;
uint8_t *para_str_2 = NULL;
uint8_t *para_str_3 = NULL;
uint8_t num_index = 0;
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};
esp_at_para_parse_result_type parse_result = ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK;

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is setup cmd and cmd num is: %u\r\n",␣
,→ para_num);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

parse_result = esp_at_get_para_as_digit(num_index++, &para_int_1);


if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
} else {
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "first parameter is: %d\r\n", para_int_1);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}

parse_result = esp_at_get_para_as_str(num_index++, &para_str_2);


if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
} else {
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "second parameter is: %s\r\n", para_str_2);
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}

if (num_index == para_num) {
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "third parameter is omitted\r\n");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
} else {
parse_result = esp_at_get_para_as_str(num_index++, &para_str_3);
if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OMITTED) {
if (parse_result != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
} else {
// sample code
// user needs to customize the operation
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "third parameter is: %s\r\n", para_
,→str_3);

esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));


}
} else {
// sample code
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 263 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


// the third parameter is omitted
// user needs to customize the operation
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "third parameter is omitted\r\n");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}
}

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

Note: If the string parameter input is "", it is not omitted.

5.3.7 Block Command Execution

Sometimes you want to block the execution of one command to wait for another execution result, and the system may
return different values according to the result.
Generally, this kind of command needs to synchronize the results of other tasks.
semaphore is recommended to handle synchronization.
The sample code is as follows:

xSemaphoreHandle at_operation_sema = NULL;

uint8_t at_exe_cmd_test(uint8_t *cmd_name)


{
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "this cmd is execute cmd: %s\r\n", cmd_name);

esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

// sample code
// users don't have to create semaphores here
at_operation_sema = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
assert(at_operation_sema != NULL);

// block command execution


// wait for another execution result
// other tasks can call xSemaphoreGive to release the semaphore
xSemaphoreTake(at_operation_sema, portMAX_DELAY);

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

5.3.8 Access Input Data from AT Command Port

ESP-AT supports accessing input data from AT Command port. It provides two APIs for this purpose.
• esp_at_port_enter_specific() sets the callback function which will be called by AT port after
receiving the input data.
• esp_at_port_exit_specific() deletes the callback function set by
esp_at_port_enter_specific.
Approaches to access the data vary depending on whether the data length has been specified or not.

Espressif Systems 264 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Input Data of Specified Length

Assuming that you have specified the data length in <param_1> as follows:
AT+TEST=<param_1>

Below is the sample to access the input data of <param_1> length from AT Command Port:
static xSemaphoreHandle at_sync_sema = NULL;

void wait_data_callback(void)
{
xSemaphoreGive(at_sync_sema);
}

uint8_t at_setup_cmd_test(uint8_t para_num)


{
int32_t specified_len = 0;
int32_t received_len = 0;
int32_t remain_len = 0;
uint8_t *buf = NULL;
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

if (esp_at_get_para_as_digit(0, &specified_len) != ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_


,→ OK) {
return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR;
}

buf = (uint8_t *)malloc(specified_len);


if (buf == NULL) {
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "malloc failed\r\n");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
}

// sample code
// users don't have to create semaphores here
if (!at_sync_sema) {
at_sync_sema = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
assert(at_sync_sema != NULL);
}

// output input prompt ">"


esp_at_port_write_data((uint8_t *)">", strlen(">"));

// set the callback function which will be called by AT port after receiving␣
,→ the input data
esp_at_port_enter_specific(wait_data_callback);

// receive input data


while(xSemaphoreTake(at_sync_sema, portMAX_DELAY)) {
received_len += esp_at_port_read_data(buf + received_len, specified_len -␣
,→received_len);

if (specified_len == received_len) {
esp_at_port_exit_specific();

// get the length of the remaining input data


remain_len = esp_at_port_get_data_length();
if (remain_len > 0) {
// sample code
// if the remaining data length > 0, the actual input data length␣
,→is greater than the specified received data length
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 265 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


// users can customize the operation to process the remaining data
// here is just a simple print out of the remaining data
esp_at_port_recv_data_notify(remain_len, portMAX_DELAY);
}

// sample code
// output received data
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "\r\nreceived data is: ");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

esp_at_port_write_data(buf, specified_len);

break;
}
}

free(buf);

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

So, if you set AT+TEST=5 and the input data is 1234567890, the ESP-AT output is as follows.

AT+TEST=5
>67890
received data is: 12345
OK

Input Data of Unspecified Length

This scenario is similar to the Wi-Fi Passthrough Mode. You do not specify the data length.

AT+TEST

Assuming that ESP-AT ends the execution of the command and returns the execution result, the sample code is as
follows:

#define BUFFER_LEN (2048)


static xSemaphoreHandle at_sync_sema = NULL;

void wait_data_callback(void)
{
xSemaphoreGive(at_sync_sema);
}

uint8_t at_exe_cmd_test(uint8_t *cmd_name)


{
int32_t received_len = 0;
int32_t remain_len = 0;
uint8_t *buf = NULL;
uint8_t buffer[64] = {0};

buf = (uint8_t *)malloc(BUFFER_LEN);


if (buf == NULL) {
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "malloc failed\r\n");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 266 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


}

// sample code
// users don't have to create semaphores here
if (!at_sync_sema) {
at_sync_sema = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
assert(at_sync_sema != NULL);
}

// output input prompt ">"


esp_at_port_write_data((uint8_t *)">", strlen(">"));

// set the callback function which will be called by AT port after receiving␣
,→ the input data
esp_at_port_enter_specific(wait_data_callback);

// receive input data


while(xSemaphoreTake(at_sync_sema, portMAX_DELAY)) {
memset(buf, 0, BUFFER_LEN);

received_len = esp_at_port_read_data(buf, BUFFER_LEN);


// check whether to exit the mode
// the exit condition is the "+++" string received
if ((received_len == 3) && (strncmp((const char *)buf, "+++", 3)) == 0) {
esp_at_port_exit_specific();

// sample code
// if the remaining data length > 0, it means that there is still data␣
,→left in the buffer to be processed

// users can customize the operation to process the remaining data


// here is just a simple print out of the remaining data
remain_len = esp_at_port_get_data_length();
if (remain_len > 0) {
esp_at_port_recv_data_notify(remain_len, portMAX_DELAY);
}

break;
} else if (received_len > 0) {
// sample code
// users can customize the operation to process the received data
// here is just a simple print received data
memset(buffer, 0, 64);
snprintf((char *)buffer, 64, "\r\nreceived data is: ");
esp_at_port_write_data(buffer, strlen((char *)buffer));

esp_at_port_write_data(buf, strlen((char *)buf));


}
}

free(buf);

return ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK;
}

So, if the first input data is 1234567890, and the second input data is +++, the ESP-AT output is as follows:

AT+TEST
>
received data is: 1234567890
OK

Espressif Systems 267 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.4 How to Improve ESP-AT Throughput Performance

By default, UART is used for communication between ESP-AT and the host MCU, so the maximum throughput
speed will not exceed its default configuration, that is, 115200 bps. If users want ESP-AT to achieve high throughput,
it is necessary to understand this document and choose the appropriate configuration method. Taking ESP32-C3 as
an example, this document introduces how to improve the throughput performance of ESP-AT.

Note: This document describes general methods to improve TCP/UDP/SSL throughput performance when ESP-AT
is in Passthrough Mode.

Users could choose one of the following methods to improve throughput performance:
• [Simple] Quick Configuration
• [Recommended] Understand Data Stream and Make the Precise Configuration

5.4.1 [Simple] Quick Configuration

1. Configure system, LWIP, Wi-Fi parameters


Copy the following code snippet and append to tail of mod-
ule_config/module_esp32c3_default/sdkconfig.defaults file. For other ESP32-C3 series devices,
please modify the sdkconfig.defaults file in the corresponding folder.

# System
CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_TASK_STACK_SIZE=4096
CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE=n
CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ=1000
CONFIG_ESP32C3_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_240=y
CONFIG_ESP32C3_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ=240
CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE_QIO=y
CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_80M=y

# LWIP
CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SND_BUF_DEFAULT=65534
CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_WND_DEFAULT=65534
CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE=12
CONFIG_LWIP_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE=12
CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_RECVMBOX_SIZE=64

# Wi-Fi
CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM=16
CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM=64
CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM=64
CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_TX_BA_WIN=32
CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_RX_BA_WIN=32
CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED=y
CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED=y

2. Enlarge UART buffer size


Copy the following code snippet and replace the uart_driver_install() line of at_uart_task.c file.

uart_driver_install(esp_at_uart_port, 1024 * 16, 1024 * 16, 100, &esp_at_


,→uart_queue, 0);

3. Delete, Build, Flash, Run

Espressif Systems 268 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

rm -rf build sdkconfig


./build.py build
./build.py flash monitor

4. Increase UART baud rate before entering passthrough mode


A typical ESP-AT commands sequence is as follows:

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="ssid","password"
AT+UART_CUR=3000000,8,1,0,3
AT+CIPSTART="TCP","192.168.105.13",3344
AT+CIPSEND
// data transmission

This simple and quick configuration method can improve the throughput to a certain extent, but sometimes it might
not meet the expectations of users. In addition, some configurations may not hit the bottleneck of throughput. Higher
configurations may sacrifice memory resources or power consumption. Therefore, users could also familiarize them-
selves with the following recommended method and make the precise configuration.

5.4.2 [Recommended] Understand Data Stream and Make the Precise Configuration

The factors that generally affect ESP-AT throughput are illustrated in the following figure:

Fig. 2: Data Stream in Throughput

As shown by the arrows in the figure:


• The Data stream sent by ESP-AT is (TX): S1 -> S2 -> S3 -> S4 -> S5 -> S6 -> S7 -> S8
• The Data stream received by ESP-AT is (RX): R8 -> R7 -> R6 -> R5 -> R4 -> R3 -> R2 -> R1
The data stream of throughput is similar to water flow. In order to improve throughput, it is necessary to consider
optimizing between nodes with low data flow rate rather than making additional configuration between nodes with
expected data flow rate, so as to avoid unnecessary waste of resources. In actual products, usually, users only need to
improve the throughput of one data stream. So here, users need to configure it according to the following instructions.

Espressif Systems 269 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Note: The following configurations are based on sufficient available memory. Users can query the available memory
through the AT command: AT+SYSRAM.

1. G0 throughput optimization
G0 is a part of the system that can be optimized. The recommended configuration is as follows:

CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_TASK_STACK_SIZE=4096
CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE=n
CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ=1000
CONFIG_ESP32C3_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_240=y
CONFIG_ESP32C3_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ=240
CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE_QIO=y
CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_80M=y

2. S1, R1 throughput optimization


Generally, S1 and R1 are the key to the throughput of ESP-AT. Because UART is used for communi-
cation between ESP-AT and the host MCU by default, and the baud rate is 115200. On the hardware,
the baud rate upper limit is 5 Mbps. Therefore, if the throughput is expected to be less than 5 Mbps, the
user can use the default UART as the communication medium with the host MCU, and the following
optimization methods can be carried out.
2.1 Enlarge UART buffer size
Copy the following code snippet and replace the uart_driver_install() line of at_uart_task.c file.
• Improve UART TX throughput

uart_driver_install(esp_at_uart_port, 1024 * 16, 8192, 100, &esp_at_


,→uart_queue, 0);

• Improve UART RX throughput

uart_driver_install(esp_at_uart_port, 2048, 1024 * 16, 100, &esp_at_


,→uart_queue, 0);

• Improve UART TX and RX throughput

uart_driver_install(esp_at_uart_port, 1024 * 16, 1024 * 16, 100, &esp_


,→at_uart_queue, 0);

2.2 Increase UART baud rate before entering passthrough mode


A typical ESP-AT commands sequence is as follows:

AT+CWMODE=1
AT+CWJAP="ssid","password"
AT+UART_CUR=3000000,8,1,0,3
AT+CIPSTART="TCP","192.168.105.13",3344
AT+CIPSEND
// data transmission

Note: The user needs to ensure that the UART of the host MCU can support such a high rate, and the UART
connection between the host MCU and ESP-AT is as short as possible.

Note: If the user expects the throughput rate to be greater than or close to 5 Mbps, then SPI, SDIO, Socket or other
methods can be considered. Please refer to:
• SPI: SPI AT Guide
• Socket: Socket AT Guide

Espressif Systems 270 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

3. S2, R2, R3, S3 throughput optimization


Generally, S2, R2, R3, S3 are not the bottleneck of ESP-AT throughput. Because AT core transfers
data between UART buffer and the transport layer of communication protocol, where has minimal and
non-time-consuming application logic, there is no need to optimize them.
4. S4, R4, S5, R5, S6, R6 throughput optimization
If UART is used for communication between ESP-AT and host MCU, S4, R4, S5, R5, S6, R6 need not
be optimized. If other transmission media are used, S4, R4, S5, R5, S6, R6 should be a factor affecting
throughput.
S4, R4, S5, R5, S6, R6 is the data stream between the transport layer, network layer and data link layer
of the communication protocol. Users need to read How to improve Wi-Fi performance in ESP-IDF to
understand the principle and make reasonable configuration. These configurations can be configured in
./build.py menuconfig.
• Improve throughput of S4 -> S5 -> S6: TX direction
• Improve throughput of R6 -> R5 -> R4: RX direction
5. S6, R6 throughput optimization
S6 and R6 are the data link layers of the communication protocol. ESP32-C3 can use Wi-Fi or ethernet
as the transmission medium. In addition to the optimization methods described above, Wi-Fi throughput
optimization may also need users attention:
• Improve RF Power
The default RF power is usually not the bottleneck of throughput. Users could query and set RF
power through AT command: AT+RFPOWER.
• Set 802.11 b/g/n protocol
The default Wi-Fi mode is 802.11 b/g/n protocol. Users could query and set 802.11 b/g/n protocol
through AT command: AT+CWSTAPROTO. The configuration is bidirectional. Therefore, it is
recommended that the Wi-Fi mode of AP is configured as 802.11 b/g/n protocol and the bandwidth
mode of AP is configured as HT20/HT40 (20/40 MHz) mode.
6. S7, R7, S8, R8 throughput optimization
Generally, S7, R7, S8, R8 are not the scope of ESP-AT throughput optimization because this is related
to the actual network bandwidth, network routing, physical distance, etc.

5.5 How to Generate Factory Parameter Bin

This document explains how to generate a customized ESP-AT factory parameter bin file (fac-
tory_MODULE_NAME.bin) for your module. For example, you may want to self-define the country code,
RF restriction, or UART pins in your ESP-AT firmware. The two tables below allow you to define such parameters.
• factory_param_type.csv
• factory_param_data.csv
The following describes how to generate a customized factory parameter bin by modifying the two tables.
• Add a Customized Module
• Add a Customized Parameter
• Modify Factory Parameter Data on an Existing Module

5.5.1 factory_param_type.csv

The factory_param_type.csv table lists all the parameters that you can define as well as the offset, type, and size of
each parameter. It is located in customized_partitions/raw_data/factory_param/factory_param_type.csv.

Espressif Systems 271 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

The table below provides some information about each parameter.

param_name Note
description Additional information of the module, which is prompted when you are building the ESP-AT
project.
magic_flag The value must be 0xfcfc.
version The version of factory parameter management for internal use. The current version is 3. It is
not recommended to modify it.
reserved1 Reserved.
tx_max_power Wi-Fi maximum tx power for ESP32-C3: [40,84]. See ESP32-C3 tx power setting range for
details.
uart_port The UART port that is used to send AT commands and receive AT responses.
start_channel Wi-Fi start channel.
channel_num The total channel number of Wi-Fi.
country_code Country code.
uart_baudrate UART baudrate.
uart_tx_pin UART tx pin.
uart_rx_pin UART rx pin.
uart_cts_pin UART cts pin; it should be set to -1 if not used.
uart_rts_pin UART rts pin; it should be set to -1 if not used.
tx_control_pin For some boards, the tx pin needs to be separated from MCU when power on; it should be set
to -1 if not used.
rx_control_pin For some boards, the rx pin needs to be separated from MCU when power on; it should be set
to -1 if not used.
reserved2 Reserved.
platform The platform (or called chip series) that the current firmware runs on.
module_name The module that the current firmware runs on.

5.5.2 factory_param_data.csv

This factory_param_data.csv table holds the values for all the parameters defined in factory_param_type.csv. It covers
the modules of ESP32-C3 series. You can customize your factory parameter bin by modifying the values in the table.
It is located in customized_partitions/raw_data/factory_param/factory_param_data.csv.

5.5.3 Add a Customized Module

This section demonstrates how to add a customized module in factory_param_data.csv and generate the factory pa-
rameter bin for it with an example. Assuming that you want to generate the factory parameter bin for an ESP32-C3
module named as MY_MODULE, its country code is JP, Wi-Fi channel is from 1 to 14, and other parameters stay the
same with MINI-1 module of PLATFORM_ESP32C3, you can do as follows:

• Modify factory_param_data.csv
• Modify esp_at_module_info Structure
• Recompile the Project and Select the Customized Module

Modify factory_param_data.csv

Set all parameter values for MY_MODULE in the factory_param_data.csv table.


Firstly, insert a row at the bottom of the table, and then enter the following parameter values:
• param_name: value
• platform: PLATFORM_ESP32C3
• module_name: MY_MODULE

Espressif Systems 272 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

• description: MY_DESCRIPTION
• magic_flag: 0xfcfc
• version: 3
• reserved1: 0
• tx_max_power: 78
• uart_port: 1
• start_channel: 1
• channel_num: 14
• country_code: JP
• uart_baudrate: 115200
• uart_tx_pin: 17
• uart_rx_pin: 16
• uart_cts_pin: 15
• uart_rts_pin: 14
• tx_control_pin: -1
• rx_control_pin: -1
The modified factory_param_data.csv file is as follows.
platform,module_name,description,magic_flag,version,reserved1,tx_max_power,uart_
,→port,start_channel,channel_num,country_code,uart_baudrate,uart_tx_pin,uart_rx_

,→pin,uart_cts_pin,uart_rts_pin,tx_control_pin,rx_control_pin

PLATFORM_ESP32,WROOM-32,,0xfcfc,3,0,78,1,1,13,CN,115200,17,16,15,14,-1,-1
...
PLATFORM_ESP32C3,MY_MODULE,MY_DESCRIPTION,0xfcfc,3,0,78,1,1,14,JP,115200,17,16,15,
,→14,-1,-1

Modify esp_at_module_info Structure

Add customized module information in the esp_at_module_info structure in at/src/at_default_config.c.


The esp_at_module_info structure provides OTA upgrade verification token:
typedef struct {
char* module_name;
char* ota_token;
char* ota_ssl_token;
} esp_at_module_info_t;

If you do not want to use OTA features, member 2 ota_token and member 3 ota_ssl_token should be set to
NULL. Member 1 module_name must correspond to the field module_name in the factory_param_data.csv file.
The modified esp_at_module_info structure is as follows:
static const esp_at_module_info_t esp_at_module_info[] = {
#if defined(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32)
{"WROOM-32", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_WROOM32, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_WROOM32 }, // default:ESP32-WROOM-32
{"WROOM-32", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_WROOM32, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_WROOM32 }, // ESP32-WROOM-32
{"WROVER-32", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_WROVER32, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_WROVER32 }, // ESP32-WROVER
{"PICO-D4", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_ESP32_PICO_D4, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_ESP32_PICO_D4}, // ESP32-PICO-D4
{"SOLO-1", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_ESP32_SOLO_1, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_ESP32_SOLO_1 }, // ESP32-SOLO-1
{"MINI-1", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_ESP32_MINI_1, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_ESP32_MINI_1 }, // ESP32-MINI-1
{"ESP32-D2WD", NULL, NULL }, // ESP32-D2WD
{"ESP32_QCLOUD", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_ESP32_QCLOUD, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_ESP32_QCLOUD }, // ESP32-QCLOUD
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 273 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


{"MY_MODULE", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_MY_MODULE, CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_
,→SSL_TOKEN_MY_MODULE }, // MY_MODULE
#endif

#if defined(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C3)
{"MINI-1", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_ESP32C3_MINI, CONFIG_ESP_AT_
,→OTA_SSL_TOKEN_ESP32C3_MINI },

{"ESP32C3_QCLOUD", CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_ESP32C3_MINI_QCLOUD, CONFIG_ESP_AT_


,→OTA_SSL_TOKEN_ESP32C3_MINI_QCLOUD },

#endif
};

Macro CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_MY_MODULE and macro CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_SSL_TOKEN_MY_MODULE


are defined in the header file at/private_include/at_ota_token.h.

#if defined(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C3)
...
#define CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_MY_MODULE CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_TOKEN_DEFAULT

...
#define CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_SSL_TOKEN_MY_MODULE CONFIG_ESP_AT_OTA_SSL_TOKEN_
,→DEFAULT

Recompile the Project and Select the Customized Module

After adding the customized module information, recompile the whole project according to Compile ESP-AT Project
and select the customized module when configuring the project:

Platform name:
1. PLATFORM_ESP32
2. PLATFORM_ESP32C3
choose(range[1,2]):1

Module name:
1. WROOM-32
2. WROVER-32
3. PICO-D4
4. SOLO-1
5. MINI-1 (description: ESP32-U4WDH chip inside)
6. ESP32-D2WD (description: 2MB flash, No OTA)
7. ESP32_QCLOUD (description: QCLOUD TX:17 RX:16)
8. MY_MODULE (description: MY_DESCRIPTION)
choose(range[1,8]):8

You can find the factory parameter bin generated in esp-at/build/customized_partitions folder after
the build is completed.

5.5.4 Add a Customized Parameter

This section demonstrates how to add a customized parameter with an example. Assuming that you want to add the
parameter date for MY_MODULE and set it to 20210603, you should do as follows:

• Modify factory_param_type.csv
• Modify factory_param_data.csv
• Process a Customized Parameter
• Recompile the Project

Espressif Systems 274 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Modify factory_param_type.csv

Define the parameter date in the factory_param_type.csv.


Firstly, insert a row at the end of the table, and then set the name, offset, type, and size of the parameter:

param_name offset type size


description -1 String 0

date 88 String 9

Modify factory_param_data.csv

In the factory_param_data.csv, insert a column named as date to the right of the last column, then set its value to
20210603 for MY_MODULE.
The modified CSV table is as follows:
platform,module_name,description,magic_flag,version,reserved1,tx_max_power,uart_
,→port,start_channel,channel_num,country_code,uart_baudrate,uart_tx_pin,uart_rx_

,→pin,uart_cts_pin,uart_rts_pin,tx_control_pin,rx_control_pin,date

PLATFORM_ESP32,WROOM-32,,0xfcfc,3,0,78,1,1,13,CN,115200,17,16,15,14,-1,-1
...
PLATFORM_ESP32C3,MY_MODULE,MY_DESCRIPTION,0xfcfc,3,0,78,1,1,14,JP,115200,17,16,15,
,→14,-1,-1,20210603

Process a Customized Parameter

You can customize processing functions to process the customized parameter date. This section is just a simple
output:
static void esp_at_factory_parameter_date_init(void)
{
const esp_partition_t * partition = esp_at_custom_partition_find(0x40, 0xff,
,→"factory_param");

char* data = NULL;


char* str_date = NULL;

if (!partition) {
printf("factory_parameter partition missed\r\n");
return;
}

data = (char*)malloc(ESP_AT_FACTORY_PARAMETER_SIZE); // Notes


assert(data != NULL);
if(esp_partition_read(partition, 0, data, ESP_AT_FACTORY_PARAMETER_SIZE) !=␣
,→ESP_OK){

free(data);
return;
}

if ((data[0] != 0xFC) || (data[1] != 0xFC)) { // check magic flag, should be␣


,→ 0xfc 0xfc
return;
}

// sample code
// users can customize the operation of processing date
// here is just a simple print out of the date parameter
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 275 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


str_date = &data[88]; // date field offset address
printf("date is %s\r\n", str_date);

free(data);

return;
}

Recompile the Project

Recompile the whole project according to Compile ESP-AT Project.


You can find the factory parameter bin generated in esp-at/build/customized_partitions folder after
the build is completed.

5.5.5 Modify Factory Parameter Data on an Existing Module

Assuming that you need to modify the factory parameter data of an existing module in factory_param_data.csv, you
choose one of the following options:

• Recompile the Whole Project


• Only Recompile the Factory Parameter Bin
• Directly Modify Factory Parameter Bin

Recompile the Whole Project

Open the factory_param_data.csv and modify the parameters as needed.


Recompile the ESP-AT project according to Compile ESP-AT Project to generate the factory parameter bin in
esp-at/build/customized_partitions folder.

Only Recompile the Factory Parameter Bin

Firstly, clone the entire ESP-AT project.


Secondly, navigate to the root directory of ESP-AT project, enter the following command, and replace some param-
eters:
python tools/factory_param_generate.py --platform PLATFORM --module MODULE --
,→define_file DEFINE_FILE --module_file MODULE_FILE --bin_name BIN_NAME --log_file␣

,→LOG_FILE

• Replace PLATFORM with the platform of your module. It must correspond to the platform in the fac-
tory_param_data.csv.
• Replace MODULE with your module name. It must correspond to the module_name in the fac-
tory_param_data.csv.
• Replace DEFINE_FILE with the relative path of factory_param_type.csv.
• Replace MODULE_FILE with the relative path of factory_param_data.csv.
• Replace BIN_NAME with factory parameter bin file name.
• Replace LOG_FILE with the file name stored the module name.
Below is the example command for MY_MODULE:
python tools/factory_param_generate.py --platform PLATFORM_ESP32C3 --module MY_
,→MODULE --define_file components/customized_partitions/raw_data/factory_param/
(continues on next page)
,→factory_param_type.csv --module_file components/customized_partitions/raw_data/

,→factory_param/factory_param_data.csv --bin_name ./factory_param.bin --log_file ./

,→factory_parameter.log
Espressif Systems 276 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068
Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)

After the above command is executed, the three files will be generated in the current directory:
• factory_param.bin
• factory_parameter.log
• factory_param_MY_MODULE.bin
Download the new factory_param_MY_MODULE.bin into flash. ESP-AT provides esptool.py to do it. Execute
the following command under the root directory of ESP-AT project and replace some parameters:

python esp-idf/components/esptool_py/esptool/esptool.py -p PORT -b BAUD --before␣


,→default_reset --after hard_reset --chip auto write_flash --flash_mode dio --
,→flash_size detect --flash_freq 40m ADDRESS FILEDIRECTORY

• Replace PORT with the port name


• Replace BAUD with baud rate
• Replace ADDRESS with the start address in flash. ESP-AT has strict requirements on the ADDRESS parameter.
The address of factory parameter bin varies from firmware to firmware. Please refer to the table below:

Table 1: factory parameter bin download addresses


Platform Firmware Address
PLATFORM_ESP32C3 MINI-1 Bin 0x31000
PLATFORM_ESP32C3 QCLOUD Bin 0x30000

• Replace FILEDIRECTORY with the relative path of the factory parameter bin.
Below is the example command to flash the generated factory parameter bin to MY_MODULE:

python esp-idf/components/esptool_py/esptool/esptool.py -p /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 921600 -


,→-before default_reset --after hard_reset --chip auto write_flash --flash_mode␣
,→dio --flash_size detect --flash_freq 40m 0x31000 ./factory_param_MY_MODULE.bin

Directly Modify Factory Parameter Bin

Open the factory parameter bin with a binary tool, and directly modify the parameters in the corresponding position
according to the parameters offset in factory_param_type.csv.
Download the new factory_param.bin into flash (see Downloading Guide).

5.6 How to Customize Bluetooth® LE Services

This document describes how to customize Bluetooth LE services on your ESP32-C3 with the Bluetooth LE service
source file provided by ESP-AT.

• Bluetooth LE Service Source File


• Customize Bluetooth LE Services
– Modify the Bluetooth LE Service Source File
– Generate ble_data.bin
– Download ble_data.bin

The Bluetooth LE services are defined as a multivariate array of GATT structures, and the array contains at least one
primary service whose attribute type is defined as 0x2800. Each service always consists of a service definition and
several characteristics. Each characteristic always consists of a value and optional descriptors. Please refer to Part
Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) of Bluetooth Core Specification for more information.

Espressif Systems 277 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.6.1 Bluetooth LE Service Source File

The ESP-AT project creates Bluetooth LE services based on its Bluetooth LE service source file. It is located in
customized_partitions/raw_data/ble_data/example.csv. The table below shows the default source file.

index uuid_len uuid perm val_max_len val_cur_len value


0 16 0x2800 0x01 2 2 A002
1 16 0x2803 0x01 1 1 2
2 16 0xC300 0x01 1 1 30
3 16 0x2901 0x11 1 1 30

Below are descriptions of the table above.


• perm field describes the permission. Its definition in the ESP-AT project is as follows:

/* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_xxx in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */


/**
* @brief Attribute permissions
*/
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_READ (1 << 0) /* bit 0 - 0x0001 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_READ in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_READ_ENCRYPTED (1 << 1) /* bit 1 - 0x0002 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_READ_ENCRYPTED in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_READ_ENC_MITM (1 << 2) /* bit 2 - 0x0004 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_READ_ENC_MITM in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_WRITE (1 << 4) /* bit 4 - 0x0010 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_WRITE in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_WRITE_ENCRYPTED (1 << 5) /* bit 5 - 0x0020 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_WRITE_ENCRYPTED in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_WRITE_ENC_MITM (1 << 6) /* bit 6 - 0x0040 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_WRITE_ENC_MITM in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_WRITE_SIGNED (1 << 7) /* bit 7 - 0x0080 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_WRITE_SIGNED in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_WRITE_SIGNED_MITM (1 << 8) /* bit 8 - 0x0100 */
,→ /* relate to BTA_GATT_PERM_WRITE_SIGNED_MITM in bta/bta_gatt_api.h */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_READ_AUTHORIZATION (1 << 9) /* bit 9 - 0x0200 */
#define ESP_GATT_PERM_WRITE_AUTHORIZATION (1 << 10) /* bit 10 - 0x0400 */

• The first line of table is the service definition with a UUID of 0xA002.
• The second line is the declaration of a characteristic. UUID 0x2803 means the characteristic declaration.
The value 2 sets the permission. The length of permission is 8 bits, and each bit represents permission for an
operation. 1 indicates that the operation is supported, and 0 indicates not supported.

Bit Permission
0 BROADCAST
1 READ
2 WRITE WITHOUT RESPONSE
3 WRITE
4 NOTIFY
5 INDICATE
6 AUTHENTICATION SIGNED WRITES
7 EXTENDED PROPERTIES

• The third line defines a characteristic of the service. UUID of this line is the characteristic s UUID, and value
is the characteristic s value.
• The fourth line defines a descriptor of the characteristic (optional).
For more information about UUID, please refer to Bluetooth Special Interest Group (SIG) Assigned Numbers.
If you use the default source file on your ESP32-C3 without any modification and establish a Bluetooth LE connection,
you will get the following result after querying the server service on the client side.

Espressif Systems 278 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.6.2 Customize Bluetooth LE Services

If you want to customize the Bluetooth LE services, follow the steps below.

• Modify the Bluetooth LE Service Source File


• Generate ble_data.bin
• Download ble_data.bin

Modify the Bluetooth LE Service Source File

You can define more than one service. For example, if you want to define three services (Server_A, Server_B
and Server_C), these three services need to be arranged in order. Since the definition of each service is similar,
here we define one service as an example, and then you can define others one by one accordingly.
1. Add the service definition.
In this example, we define a primary service with a value of 0xFF01.

index uuid_len uuid perm val_max_len val_cur_len value


31 16 0x2800 0x01 2 2 FF01

2. Add the characteristic declaration and characteristic value.


In this example, we define a readable and writable characteristic with UUID 0xC300, and set its value to 0x30.

index uuid_len uuid perm val_max_len val_cur_len value


32 16 0x2803 0x11 1 1 0A
33 16 0xC300 0x11 1 1 30

3. Add the characteristic descriptor (optional).


In this example, we add client characteristic configuration. Its value 0x0000 represents notifications and indi-
cations are disabled.

index uuid_len uuid perm val_max_len val_cur_len value


34 16 0x2902 0x11 2 2 0000

After the above steps, the customized Bluetooth LE service has been defined as follows.

Espressif Systems 279 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

index uuid_len uuid perm val_max_len val_cur_len value


31 16 0x2800 0x01 2 2 FF01
32 16 0x2803 0x11 1 1 0A
33 16 0xC300 0x11 1 1 30
34 16 0x2902 0x11 2 2 0000

Generate ble_data.bin

You can generate ble_data.bin in either of the following ways:


• Recompile the ESP-AT project to generate ble_data.bin. See Step 6. Build the Project for more information.
• Execute the BLEService.py script to generate ble_data.bin
The path of BLEService.py is tools/BLEService.py. You can execute the following command in
the root directory of ESP-AT to generate ble_data.bin.
python ./tools/BLEService.py components/customized_partitions/raw_data/ble_
,→data/example.csv

Download ble_data.bin

You can download ble_data.bin in either of the following ways, corresponding to the ways to generate bin files in the
Generate ble_data.bin section.
• Download recompiled ESP-AT firmware. See Step 7. Flash onto the Device for more information.
• Download ble_data.bin only. This way only updates the ble_data area in the device.
You can execute the following command in the root directory of ESP-AT to download ble_data.bin.
esptool.py --chip auto --port PORTNAME --baud 921600 --before default_reset --
,→after hard_reset write_flash -z --flash_mode dio --flash_freq 40m --flash_

,→size 4MB ADDRESS ble_data.bin

Replace PORTNAME with your port name and replace ADDRESS with download ble_data.bin address. The
ble_data.bin has different addresses in different modules.
– ESP32-C3: 0x1F000
– ESP32-C3 QCLOUD: 0x21000
After the download is complete, re-establish the Bluetooth LE connection. Query the server service on the client side
as follows:

5.7 How to Customize Partitions

This document describes how to customize the partitions in your ESP32-C3 by modifying the at_customize.csv table
provided by ESP-AT. There are two partition tables: the primary partition and the secondary partition table.
The primary partition table partitions_at.csv is for system usage, based on which the partitions_at.bin file is generated.
If the primary partition table goes wrong, the system will fail to startup. Therefore, it is not recommended to modify
the partitions_at.csv.
ESP-AT provides a secondary partition table at_customize.csv that you can customize to store self-defined blocks of
data. It is based on the primary partition table.
To modify the partition in your ESP32-C3, please follow the first three steps. The fourth section illustrates the three
steps with an example.
• Modify at_customize.csv
• Generate at_customize.bin
• Flash at_customize.bin into ESP32-C3 Device

Espressif Systems 280 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

• Example

5.7.1 Modify at_customize.csv

Find the at_customize.csv for your module with reference to the following table.

Table 2: at_customize.csv paths


Platform Module Paths
ESP32-C3 MINI-1 module_config/module_esp32c3_default/at_customize.csv
ESP32-C3 ESP32C3_QCLOUD module_config/module_esp32c3_qcloud/at_customize.csv

Then, follow the rules below when modifying at_customize.csv.


• Do not change the Name and Type of the user partitions that have already been defined in it, while SubType,
Offset, and Size can be changed.
• If you need to add a new user partition, please check if it has already been defined in the ESP-IDF
(esp_partition.h) first.
– If yes, you should keep the Type value the same as that of ESP-IDF.
– If no, please set the Type to 0x40.
• A user partition s Name should not be longer than 16 bytes.
• The default size of the entire at_customize partition is defined in the partitions_at.csv table. Please do not
exceed the range when adding new user partitions.

5.7.2 Generate at_customize.bin

After having modified the at_customize.csv, you can either recompile the ESP-AT project to generate the
at_customize.bin file, or use the python script gen_esp32part.py.
If you use the script, execute the following command under the root directory of ESP-AT project and replace INPUT
and OUTPUT:

python esp-idf/components/partition_table/gen_esp32part.py <INPUT> [OUTPUT]

• Replace INPUT with the path to at_customize.csv or the binary file to parse.
• Replace OUTPUT with the path to output converted binary or CSV file. Stdout will be used if omitted.

Espressif Systems 281 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.7.3 Flash at_customize.bin into ESP32-C3 Device

Download the at_customize.bin into flash. Please refer to Flash AT Firmware into Your Device for how to flash bin
files into ESP32-C3 device and the following table for the download address for your module.

Table 3: at_customize.bin download address of modules


Platform Module Address Size
ESP32-C3 MINI-1 0x1E000 0x42000
ESP32-C3 ESP32C3_QCLOUD 0x20000 0xE0000

There are cases where at_customize.bin must be downloaded to flash in order to use certain AT commands:
• AT+SYSFLASH: Query/Set User Partitions in Flash
• AT+FS: Filesystem Operations
• SSL server relevant commands
• BLE server relevant commands

5.7.4 Example

The section demonstrates how to add a 4 KB partition named test into the ESP32-C3-MINI-1 module.
Firstly, find the at_customize.csv table for ESP32-C3-MINI-1 and set the Name, Type, Subtype, Offset, and
Size of the new partition:

# Name,Type,SubType,Offset,Size
... ...
test,0x40,15,0x3E000,4K
fatfs,data,fat,0x47000,100K

Secondly, recompile the ESP-AT project, or execute the python script in the ESP-AT root directory to generate
at_customize.bin.

python esp-idf/components/partition_table/gen_esp32part.py -q ./module_config/


,→module_esp32c3_default/at_customize.csv at_customize.bin

Then, the at_customize.bin will be generated in the ESP-AT root directory.


Thirdly, download the at_customize.bin to flash.
Execute the following command under the root directory of ESP-AT project and replace PORT and BAUD.

python esp-idf/components/esptool_py/esptool/esptool.py -p PORT -b BAUD --before␣


,→default_reset --after hard_reset --chip auto write_flash --flash_mode dio --

,→flash_size detect --flash_freq 40m 0x1E000 ./at_customize.bin

• Replace PORT with your port name.


• Replace BAUD with the baud rate.

5.8 How to Add Support for a Module

The ESP-AT project supports multiple modules, and provides configuration for them in the factory_param_data.csv
table and the files in the module_config folder. See the table below for the supported platforms (chip series) and
modules, as well as locations of the default configuration files.

Espressif Systems 282 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Table 4: default configuration files


Plat- Module Default
form
ESP32
• WROOM- • module_config/module_esp32_default/sdkconfig.defaults
32 • module_config/module_esp32_default/sdkconfig_silence.defaults
• PICO-D4
• SOLO-1
• MINI-1

ESP32 WROVER-32
• module_config/module_wrover-32/sdkconfig.defaults
• module_config/module_wrover-32/sdkconfig_silence.defaults

ESP32 ESP32-D2WD
• module_config/module_esp32-d2wd/sdkconfig.defaults
• module_config/module_esp32-d2wd/sdkconfig_silence.defaults

ESP32 ESP32_QCLOUD
• module_config/module_esp32_qcloud/sdkconfig.defaults
• module_config/module_esp32_qcloud/sdkconfig_silence.defaults

ESP32- MINI-1
• module_config/module_esp32c3_default/sdkconfig.defaults
C3
• module_config/module_esp32c3_default/sdkconfig_silence.defaults

ESP32- ESP32C3_QCLOUD
• module_config/module_esp32c3_qcloud/sdkconfig.defaults
C3
• module_config/module_esp32c3_qcloud/sdkconfig_silence.defaults

Note:
• When the silence mode in ./build.py menuconfig is 0, the default sdkconfig corresponding to
the module is sdkconfig.defaults.
• When the silence mode in ./build.py menuconfig is 1, the default sdkconfig corresponding to
the module is sdkconfig_silence.defaults.

If you want to add support for an ESP32-C3 module in your ESP-AT project, you need to modify those configuration
files. The ESP32-C3 module here means:
• Modules that the ESP-AT project has not supported yet, including those of supported platform and not sup-
ported platform. However, adding support for the latter requires extra huge work, thus not recommended and
not explained in this document.
• Modules that the ESP-AT project supports, but you want to modify the default configuration.
The document uses an example to explain how to add support for an ESP32-C3 module in the ESP-AT project. The
example module is ESP32-WROOM-32 that uses SDIO instead of the default UART interface.

5.8.1 Add Module to factory_param_data.csv

Open your local factory_param_data.csv , insert a new row at the end, set the parameters as needed. In the example,
we set platform to PLATFORM_ESP32, module_name to WROOM32-SDIO, as well as other parameters as
follows (see factory_param_type.csv for what each parameter represents):
• platform: PLATFORM_ESP32
• module_name: WROOM32-SDIO
• description:
• magic_flag: 0xfcfc

Espressif Systems 283 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

• version: 3
• reserved1: 0
• tx_max_power: 78
• uart_port: 1
• start_channel: 1
• channel_num: 13
• country_code: CN
• uart_baudrate: -1
• uart_tx_pin: -1
• uart_rx_pin: -1
• uart_cts_pin: -1
• uart_rts_pin: -1
• tx_control_pin: -1
• rx_control_pin: -1

5.8.2 Modify esp_at_module_info Structure

Refer to Modify esp_at_module_info Structure for details.

5.8.3 Configure the Module

Firstly, enter module_config folder, and create a new folder to store all the configuration files for your module.
Note that the folder name should be in lower case. Then, add the configuration files in the new folder: IDF_VERSION,
at_customize.csv, partitions_at.csv, sdkconfig.defaults, and sdkconfig_silence.defaults.
In this example, we copy the module_esp32_default folder as well as the files within it and rename it as
module_wroom32-sdio. The copied IDF_VERSION, at_customize.csv, and partitions_at.csv do not need any
modification in our case. We only need to modify the sdkconfig.defaults and sdkconfig_silence.defaults:
• Modify the two files to use the partition table in the module_wroom32-sdio folder as follows:

CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_CUSTOM_FILENAME="module_config/module_wroom32-sdio/
,→partitions_at.csv"

CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_FILENAME="module_config/module_wroom32-sdio/partitions_
,→at.csv"

CONFIG_AT_CUSTOMIZED_PARTITION_TABLE_FILE="module_config/module_wroom32-sdio/
,→at_customize.csv"

• Modify the two files to use the SDIO configuration and remove the UART configuration as follows:
– Remove the UART configuration

CONFIG_AT_BASE_ON_UART=n

– Add the SDIO configuration

CONFIG_AT_BASE_ON_SDIO=y

After finishing the above steps, you can recompile the ESP-AT project to generate the firmware for your module. In
this example, we choose PLATFORM_ESP32 and WROOM32-SDIO when configuring the project to generate the
firmware for it.

5.9 SPI AT Guide


This document mainly introduces the implementation and use of SPI AT, mainly involving the following aspects:

Espressif Systems 284 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

• Overview
• How to Use SPI AT?
• SPI AT Throughput

5.9.1 Overview

SPI AT is based on ESP-AT project and uses SPI protocol for data communication. When SPI AT is used, MCU
works as SPI master and ESP32-C3 AT device works as SPI slave. Both sides of communication exchange data based
on AT command through SPI protocol.

Why SPI AT?

ESP-AT project uses UART protocol for data communication by default, but UART protocol is not applicable in
some application scenarios that need high-speed data transmission. In this case, the SPI protocol which supports a
higher transmission rate is a better choice.

How to enable SPI AT?

You can configure and enable SPI AT through the following steps:
1. ./build.py menuconfig -> Component config -> AT -> communicate method for AT
command -> AT through HSPI to enable SPI AT.
2. ./build.py menuconfig -> Component config -> AT -> communicate method for AT
command -> AT SPI Data Transmission Mode to choose the SPI data transmission mode.
3. ./build.py menuconfig -> Component config -> AT -> communicate method for AT
command -> AT SPI GPIO settings to change the default pin assignments for SPI AT.
4. ./build.py menuconfig -> Component config -> AT -> communicate method for AT
command -> AT SPI driver settings to choose the SPI slave mode, and config the buffer size for
data transmission.
5. Recompile the esp-at project(see Compile ESP-AT Project), download AT bin into flash.

The Default Pin Assignment

The following pin assignments are used by default:

Table 5: The Default Pins for SPI AT


Signal GPIO Number
SCLK 6
MISO 2
MOSI 7
CS 10
HANDSHAKE 3
GND GND
QUADWP (qio/qout):sup:1 8
QUADHD (qio/qout):sup:1 9

Note 1: QUADWP and QUADHD signals are only used for 4-bit (qio/qout) transactions.
You can change the default pin assignments by ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > AT >
communicate method for AT command > AT through HSPI > AT SPI GPIO settings and
compile the project (see Compile ESP-AT Project).

Espressif Systems 285 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.9.2 How to Use SPI AT?

When SPI AT is used, ESP32-C3 works in SPI half-duplex mode as a slave. Usually, when SPI protocol works in
half-duplex mode, it is the SPI master that starts the read/write operation. However, when AT command is used for
data interaction, ESP32-C3 (slave) is required to actively report some information. Therefore, we add a handshake
line between SPI master and slave to realize the purpose. The specific methods of using handshake line are as follows:
• When master sends AT commands to slave via SPI, the workflow with an extra handshake line is as follows:
1. The master sends a request for data transmission to the slave, and then waits for the signal sent by the
slave to the handshake line to allow data transmission.
2. After the master detects the permission signal sent by the slave on the handshake line, it starts to send
data.
3. After sending the data, the master notifies slave that the data transmission is finished.
• When slave sends AT responses to master via SPI, the workflow with an extra handshake line is as follows:
1. The slave sends a signal through the handshake line to inform the master to start receiving data.
2. The master receives data and notifies slave that the data transmission is finished after receiving all data.

Communication Formats

The communication format used by SPI AT is CMD+ADDR+DUMMY+DATA (Read or Write). When using SPI
AT, some communication messages used by SPI master are described as follows:
• The message used by the master to send data to slave:

Table 6: Master write data to slave


CMD (1 byte) ADDR (1 byte) DUMMY (1 DATA (Up to 4092 bytes)
byte)
0x3 0x0 0x0 data_buffer

• The message used by the master to inform the slave all data has been sent:

Table 7: Master write data done


CMD (1 byte) ADDR (1 byte) DUMMY (1 DATA
byte)
0x7 0x0 0x0 null

• The message used by the master to receive data from the slave:

Table 8: Master read data from slave


CMD (1 byte) ADDR (1 byte) DUMMY (1 DATA (Up to 4092 bytes)
byte)
0x4 0x0 0x0 data_buffer

• The message used by the master to inform the slave all data has been received:

Table 9: Master read data done


CMD (1 byte) ADDR (1 byte) DUMMY (1 DATA
byte)
0x8 0x0 0x0 null

• The message used by the master to send a request to send data:

Table 10: Master request to send data


CMD (1 byte) ADDR (1 byte) DUMMY (1 DATA (4 bytes)
byte)
0x1 0x0 0x0 data_info

Espressif Systems 286 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

The 4-byte length data_info contains the information about the packet to be sent. The specific format is as
follows:
1. 0~15 bits: the length of the data that the master want to send to the slave.
2. 16~23 bits: the sequence number of the packet sent by the master to the slave.
3. 24~31 bits: the magic num, and default value is 0xFE.
• After receiving the signal from the handshake line, the master can send the message to query the read or write
status of the slave:

Table 11: Master query the read/write status of the slave


CMD (1 byte) ADDR (1 byte) DUMMY (1 DATA (4 bytes)
byte)
0x2 0x4 0x0 slave_status

After sending the query request, the slave s status returned will be stored in the 4-byte length slave_status,
the specific format is as follows:
1. 0~15 bits: the length of the data the slave wants to send to the master. This field is valid only when the slave is
readable.
2. 16~23 bits: the sequence number of the packet to be sent. The maximum sequence number is 0xFF, and if
the number is reached, the sequence number is incremented by 1 from 0.
3. 24~31 bits: the slave status (readable/writable). 0x1 means readable, and 0x2 means writable.

SPI AT Workflow

The workflows mainly includes two aspects:


• When master sends AT commands to slave, the workflow is as follows:

| SPI master | | SPI slave |


| |
| -------step 1: request to send----> |
| |
| <------step 2: GPIO interrupt------ |
| |
| -------step 3: read slave status--> |
| |
| -------step 4: send data----------> |
| |
| -------step 5: send done----------> |

The specific description of each step is as follows:


step 1. The master sends a request for data transmission to the slave. step 2. The slave receives the request from the
master. If the master is allowed to send data, the slave sets the status register, and then triggers the GPIO interrupt
on the master through the handshake line. step 3. After receiving the interrupt, master will query the status register
of slave. If the query result shows that the slave is in the writable state, the master starts to send data. step 4. The
master send data to the slave. step 5. After sending the data, the master notifies slave that the data transmission is
finished.
• When master receives AT responses from slave, the workflow is as follows:

| SPI master | | SPI slave |


| |
| <------step 1: GPIO interrupt------ |
| |
| -------step 2: read slave status--> |
| |
| <------step 3: send data----------- |
(continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 287 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)


| |
| -------step 4: receive done-------> |

The specific description of each step is as follows:


step 1. The slave sets the status register, and then triggers the GPIO interrupt on the master through the handshake
line. step 2. After receiving the interrupt, master will query the status register of slave. If the query result shows that
the slave is in the readable state, the master starts to receive data. step 3. The master receives the data send by the
slave. step 4. After receiving all data, the master notifies the slave that the data transmission is finished.

Sample Code of SPI Master for SPI AT

SPI AT is used as the SPI slave. For a code example of communication between the SPI master and the SPI slave,
please refer to at_spi_master/spi/esp32_c_series.
Note 1. Before developing with MCU, it is highly recommended to run this example using ESP32-C3 or ESP32
emulated MCU as SPI master to make it easier to debug problems.

5.9.3 SPI AT Throughput

Introduction of the Test

• An ESP32 or ESP32-C3 development board is been used as SPI master. The application runs in the board can
be found under the directory at_spi_master/spi/esp32_c_series of the ESP-AT project. Some related configu-
rations are described below:
1. Hardware configuration: The frequency of CPU is 240 MHz, flash SPI mode is in QIO mode with 40 MHz.
2. Software configuration: The ESP-IDF version is v4.3. The size of streambuffer is 8192 bytes.
• An ESP32-C3-DevKitC development board is been used as SPI slave. Please refer to Compile ESP-AT Project
to build your own ESP-AT project and flash the generated binary files into the board. The board works in the
TCP passthrough mode, and some related configurations are described below:
1. Hardware configuration: The frequency of CPU is 160 MHz.
2. Software configuration: The size of streambuffer is 8192 bytes, the sdkconfig is sdkconfig.defaults.esp32c3.

Reference Results

The table below shows the throughput results we got in a shield box.

Table 12: SPI AT Wi-Fi TCP Throughput


Clock SPI mode master->slave slave->master
10 M Standard 0.95 MByte/s 1.00 MByte/s
10 M Dual 1.37 MByte/s 1.29 MByte/s
10 M Quad 1.43 MByte/s 1.31 MByte/s
20 M Standard 1.41 MByte/s 1.30 MByte/s
20 M Dual 1.39 MByte/s 1.30 MByte/s
20 M Quad 1.39 MByte/s 1.30 MByte/s
40 M Standard 1.37 MByte/s 1.30 MByte/s
40 M Dual 1.40 MByte/s 1.31 MByte/s
40 M Quad 1.48 MByte/s 1.31 MByte/s

Note 1: When SPI clock frequency is high, due to the limitation of upper network components, the communication
rate of Dual or Quad mode is not significantly improved compared with Standard mode.
Note 2: For more information about SPI communication, please refer to the Technical Reference Manuals.

Espressif Systems 288 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.10 How to Implement OTA Upgrade

This document introduces how to implement OTA upgrade on ESP32-C3 series of modules. Currently, ESP-AT pro-
vides the following three OTA commands targeting at different scenarios. You could choose one command according
to your needs.
1. AT+USEROTA
2. AT+CIUPDATE
3. AT+WEBSERVER
The structure of this document is as follows:
• Comparison Among OTA Commands and Their Application Scenarios
• Perform OTA Upgrade with ESP-AT OTA Commands

5.10.1 Comparison Among OTA Commands and Their Application Scenarios

AT+USEROTA

This command implements OTA upgrade through a URL. You can upgrade to the firmware placed on the HTTP
server. Currently, the command only supports the upgrade of app partitions. For more information on this command,
please refer to AT+USEROTA for more details.
Since this command is a user-defined command, you can modify the implementation of this command by modifying
the at/src/at_user_cmd.c source code.
The application scenarios of this command are as follows:
1. You have your own HTTP server.
2. You need to specify the URL.

Important:
• If the firmware you upgrade is not officially released by Espressif, you may no longer be able to use
AT+CIUPDATE command to upgrade after the upgrade is complete, unless you create your own device ac-
cording to OTA Upgrade with AT+CIUPDATE.

AT+CIUPDATE

This command uses iot.espressif.cn as the default HTTP server. It can upgrade both the app partition and the user-
defined partitions that are defined in the at_customize.csv. If you are using the version released by Espressif,
it will only upgrade to the version released by Espressif. For more information on this command, please refer to
AT+CIUPDATE for more details.
To upgrade the customized bin file with this command, please select one of the following ways.
1. replace iot.espressif.cn with the your own HTTP server and implement the interactive process. For how
to implement your own AT+CIUPDATE command, please refer to at/src/at_ota_cmd.c.
2. create a devices on iot.espressif.cn and upload customized AT firmware on it. (The premise is that the
firmware running in the module already corresponds to the device you created on the Espressif server.)
For more information, please refer to OTA Upgrade with AT+CIUPDATE.
The application scenarios of this command are as follows:
1. You only use the firmware released by Espressif, and only want to upgrade to the firmware released by
Espressif.
2. You want to upgrade the customized bin file, but do not have an HTTP server.

Espressif Systems 289 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

3. You have your own HTTP server. In addition to the app partition, you also want to upgrade the user-
defined partitions in at_customize.csv.

AT+WEBSERVER

This command upgrades AT firmware with a browser or WeChat applet. Currently, this command only supports
the upgrade of app partitions. Before starting the upgrade, please enable the web server command and copy the AT
firmware to the computer or mobile phone in advance. For more information, you can refer to AT+WEBSERVER and
Web Server AT Example.
To implement your own HTML page, please refer to the example of fs_image/index.html. To implement your own
AT+WEBSERVER command, please refer to the example of at/src/at_web_server_cmd.c.
The application scenarios of this command are as follows:
1. You need a more convenient and faster OTA upgrade that does not rely on network status.

Important:
• If the firmware you upgrade is not officially released by Espressif, you may no longer be able to use
AT+CIUPDATE command to upgrade after the upgrade is complete, unless you create your own device ac-
cording to OTA Upgrade with AT+CIUPDATE.

5.10.2 Perform OTA Upgrade with ESP-AT OTA Commands

OTA Upgrade with AT+USEROTA

Please refer to AT+USEROTA: for more details.

OTA Upgrade with AT+CIUPDATE

To upgrade the customized bin file with AT+CIUPDATE command, the first thing to do is to upload the bin file to the
iot.espressif.cn and obtain the token value. The following steps describe how to create a device on iot.espressif.cn
and upload the bin file to it.
1. Open the website http://iot.espressif.cn or https://iot.espressif.cn.
2. Click Join in the upper right corner of the webpage, and enter your name, email address, and password.

Note:
• The Join function is currently not open to new users. If you want to use it, please contact Espressif.

3. Click on Device in the upper left corner of the webpage, and click on Create to create a device.
4. A key is generated when the device is successfully created, as the figure below shows.
5. Use the key to compile your own OTA bin file. The process of configuring the AT OTA token key is as follows:

Note:
• If using SSL OTA, the option The SSL token for AT OTA also needs to be configured.

6. Click on Product to enter the webpage, as shown below. Click on the device created. Enter version and
corename under ROM Deploy . Rename the bin file in Step 5 as ota.bin and save the configuration.

Note:
• If you want to upgrade the user-defined partition defined in the at_customize.csv, just replace
ota.bin with the bin of the user-defined partition.
• For the field corename, the purpose of this field is only to help you distinguish bin files.

Espressif Systems 290 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 3: Open iot.espressif.cn website

Fig. 4: Join iot.espressif.cn website

Espressif Systems 291 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 5: Click on Device

Fig. 6: Click on Create

Espressif Systems 292 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 7: A key has been generated

Fig. 8: Configuring the AT OTA token key - Step 1

Espressif Systems 293 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 9: Configuring the AT OTA token key - Step 2 and 3

Espressif Systems 294 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 10: Enter version and corename

Espressif Systems 295 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

7. Click on the ota.bin to save it as the current version.

Fig. 11: Save the current version of ota.bin

8. Run the command AT+USEROTA on the ESP32-C3. If the network is connected, OTA upgrade will begin.

Important:
• When setting the name of bin files uploaded to the iot.espressif.cn, please follow the rules below:
– If you upgrade app partitions, set the bin file name to ota.bin.
– If you upgrade a user-defined partition, set the bin file name as the Name field in the at_customize.
csv. For example, if you upgrade factory_Param partition, please set it to factory_ param.
bin.
• ESP-AT stores the new firmware in a spare OTA partition. In this way, even if OTA fails due to unexpected
reasons, the original ESP-AT firmware can still run. But for user-defined partitions, because ESP-AT has no
backup measures, please upgrade it carefully.
• If you intend to upgrade only customized bin file at the beginning, please set the OTA token to your
own token value when the initial version is released.

OTA Upgrade with AT+WEBSERVER

Please refer to AT+WEBSERVER and Web Server AT Example for more details.

5.11 How to Update the ESP-IDF Version

ESP-AT firmware is based on the Espressif IoT Development Framework (ESP-IDF), and each version of ESP-AT
firmware corresponds to a specific ESP-IDF version. It is strongly recommended to use the default ESP-IDF version
of the ESP-AT project, and NOT recommended to update it, because the inconsistency between the underlying
ESP-IDF versions of libesp32c3_at_core.a and the ESP-AT project may cause incorrect operation of the firmware.

Espressif Systems 296 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

However, in some special cases, a minor updated ESP-IDF version may be also able to work with the ESP-AT project.
In case you should update it, this document can be a reference.
The ESP-IDF version that a specific ESP-AT firmware corresponds to is recorded in the IDF_VERSION
files, which are distributed in different module folders under the module_config folder. The file describes
the branch, commit ID, and repository URL of the ESP-IDF that a module firmware is based on. For ex-
ample, the IDF_VERSION of the MINI-1 module of PLATFORM_ESP32C3 platform is located at mod-
ule_config/module_esp32c3_default/IDF_VERSION.
If you want to update the ESP-IDF version for your ESP-AT firmware, please follow the steps:
• Find the IDF_VERSION file for your module.
• Update the branch, commit ID, repository as needed.
• Delete the original esp-idf under the esp-at root directory, so that the ESP-IDF of the version specified
in IDF_VERSION will be cloned first in the next compilation.
• Recompile the ESP-AT project.
Note that when the ESP-AT version and the ESP-IDF version do not match, the following error will be reported when
compiling:

Please wait for the update to complete, which will take some time

5.12 ESP-AT Firmware Differences

This document compares the differences among AT firmwares of a certain ESP32-C3 series in terms of the supported
commands set, hardware, and supported modules.

5.12.1 ESP32-C3 Series

This section describes the differences among AT firmwares of ESP32-C3 series, including
• ESP32-C3-MINI-1_AT_Bin (referred to as MINI-1 Bin in this section);
• ESP32-C3-QCLOUD_AT_BIN (referred to as QCLOUD Bin in this section).

Supported Command Set

The table lists which command set is supported by default in the official AT firmware applicable to ESP32-C3 series
of modules (marked with ), which is not supported by default but can be supported after configuration of the ESP-
AT project (marked with ), and which is not supported at all (marked with ). Note that the command set that
is not shown in this table is not supported either. Applicable firmware that has not been officially released requires
compilation by yourself. Those self-compiled firmware cannot be upgraded OTA from Espressif official server.

Espressif Systems 297 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Command Set MINI-1 Bin QCLOUD Bin


base
user
wifi
net
MDNS
WPS
smartconfig
ping
MQTT
http
FS
driver
WPA2
WEB
OTA
qcloud IoT

Hardware Differences

Hardware MINI-1 QCLOUD


Flash 4 MB 4 MB
PSRAM
UART Pins1
TX: 7 TX: 7
RX: 6 RX: 6
CTS: 5 CTS: 5
RTS: 4 RTS: 4

Supported Modules

The table lists the ESP32-C3 modules or chips that each AT firmware supports.

Module/Chip MINI-1 Bin QCLOUD Bin


ESP32-C3-MINI-1
ESP32-C3-WROOM-02

5.13 How to Download the Latest Temporary Version of AT Firmware


from GitHub

As ESP-AT enables CI (Continuous Integration) on GitHub, temporary versions of ESP-AT firmware is generated
every time when the code is pushed to GitHub.

1 UART pins can be customized. See How to Set AT Port Pins for details.

Espressif Systems 298 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Attention: The temporary version of AT firmware is only for testing, and Espressif is not responsible for
it. You need to test functions what you need by yourself.
Please save the firmware and download link, for possible issue location in your follow-ups.

The following steps guide you on how to download the latest temporary version of AT firmware from GitHub.
1. Sign in your GitHub account
Before you start, please sign in your GitHub account, as you need login permission to download firmware.
2. Open the website https://github.com/espressif/esp-at

Fig. 12: ESP-AT GitHub Home Page

3. Click Actions to enter the Actions page


4. Click the branch and choose the specified branch
Default branch is master. If you want to download the temporary firmware of the specified branch, click
Branch to enter the workflow page of the specified branch.
5. Click the latest workflow and enter the latest workflow page
6. Scroll the page to the end, select the corresponding module on the Artifacts page
7. Click to download the temporary version of AT firmware for modules

Note: If you do not find the firmware of the corresponding module on the Artifacts page, you can refer
to ESP-AT Firmware Differences to select a similar firmware to download.

5.14 Customize Bluetooth LE Services Tools

ESP-AT provides python script BLEService.py to convert customized Bluetooth LE services into ble_data.
bin. For more information on customizing Bluetooth LE services, please refer to How to Customize Bluetooth® LE
Services.

Espressif Systems 299 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 13: Click Actions

Fig. 14: Actions Page

Espressif Systems 300 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 15: Click the Branch

Fig. 16: Click the Latest Workflow

Espressif Systems 301 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 17: Latest Workflow Page

Espressif Systems 302 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Fig. 18: Artifacts Page

Espressif Systems 303 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

• Generate Bin File


• Download or Update Bin File

5.14.1 Generate Bin File

Select one of the following ways to generate ble_data.bin.

• Script Generation
• Generation During Compilation

Script Generation

The path of BLEService.py is tools/BLEService.py. You can get help information of the script through the -h
option. You can also generate ble_data.bin directly through the following commands.
python <SCRIPT_PATH> [-t TARGET_FILE_NAME] <source_file>

• SCRIPT_PATH: the path the script. If you re in tools folder of ESP-AT project, SCRIPT_PATH is
BLEService.py.
• TARGET_FILE_NAME: the target file which you want to save the generated bin (absolute address or relative
address of the target file); if not specified, it will generate ATBleService.bin in the same directory with
source_file.
• source_file: the source file which you defines your Bluetooth LE GATT services (absolute address or
relative address of the source file).
For example, you can execute the following directory to generate ble_data.bin in the tools directory:
python BLEService.py -t ble_data.bin ../components/customized_partitions/raw_data/
,→ble_data/example.csv

Generation During Compilation

The storage path of Bluetooth LE GATT service files in ESP-AT is compo-


nents/customized_partitions/raw_data/ble_data/example.csv.
For how to customize Bluetooth LE services, you can refer to How to Customize Bluetooth® LE Services.
For how to compile ESP-AT project, you can refer to Compile ESP-AT Project.

5.14.2 Download or Update Bin File

The script BLEService.py is only responsible for converting example.csv file to bin file. You can download
bin files to the corresponding flash partition in the following ways:
1. Download bin file with tools
1. Windows
Please download Flash Download Tools for Windows.
For more details about the Tools, please see readme.pdf or the doc folder in the zip folder.
2. Linux or macOS
Please use esptool.py.
You can refer to How to Customize Bluetooth® LE Services for more details.
esptool.py --chip auto --port PORTNAME --baud 921600 --before default_reset --
,→after hard_reset write_flash -z --flash_mode dio --flash_freq 40m --flash_

,→size 4MB ADDRESS FILEDIRECTORY (continues on next page)

Espressif Systems 304 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

(continued from previous page)

Replace PORTNAME with your port name. Replace ADDRESS with the the download address. Replace
FILEDIRECTORY with the file directory of the bin.
2. Update bin file with commands
1. AT+SYSFLASH
Taking ESP32-C3 module as an example, you can execute the following command to upgrade the ble_data
partition. Please refer to AT+SYSFLASH for more details.
1. Query user partitions in flash
Command:

AT+SYSFLASH?

Response:

+SYSFLASH:"ble_data",64,1,0x21000,0x3000
+SYSFLASH:"server_cert",64,2,0x24000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"server_key",64,3,0x26000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"server_ca",64,4,0x28000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"client_cert",64,5,0x2a000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"client_key",64,6,0x2c000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"client_ca",64,7,0x2e000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"factory_param",64,8,0x30000,0x1000
+SYSFLASH:"wpa2_cert",64,9,0x31000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"wpa2_key",64,10,0x33000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"wpa2_ca",64,11,0x35000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"mqtt_cert",64,12,0x37000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"mqtt_key",64,13,0x39000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"mqtt_ca",64,14,0x3b000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"fatfs",1,129,0x70000,0x90000

OK

2. Erase ble_data sector


Command:

AT+SYSFLASH=0,"ble_data"

Response:

OK

3. Update ble_data sector


Command:

AT+SYSFLASH=1,"ble_data",0,6487

Response:

>

If the operator is write, wrap return > after the write command, then you can send the data
that you want to write. The length should be parameter <length>. When the write operation is
completed, the system will prompt the following information.

OK

2. AT+CIUPDATE
For example, you can execute the following command to upgrade the ble_data partition (The premise is
that you must use the Wi-Fi function). Please refer to AT+CIUPDATE for more details.

Important: If you want to update the ble_data partition in this way, you must implement your own OTA
device, please refer to How to Implement OTA Upgrade.

Espressif Systems 305 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

AT+CIUPDATE=1,"v2.2.0.0","ble_data"

Note: You must ensure that the download address is correct, otherwise the ESP-AT firmware may not work. The
simplest way to view the download address is to execute the command AT+SYSFLASH?.

5.15 How to Generate PKI Files

ESP-AT provides python script AtPKI.py to convert SSL server certificates, SSL client certificates, MQTT cer-
tificates, and WPA2 certificates files (including CA, cert, and private key files) into bin files.

• Certificate Bin Files Format


• Generate Certificate Bin Files
• Download or Update Certificate Bin Files

5.15.1 Certificate Bin Files Format

In addition to converting the certificate file into a bin file, the script AtPKI.py adds some additional information to
the bin file.
When converting a single certificate file, the script will add 12 bytes in little-endian format to the header and 4 bytes
aligned at the end.

Field Description
magic code (2 bytes) 0xF1 0xF1
list size (2 bytes) the number of certificate files
length (4 bytes) remaining file size = total file size - magic code size - list size -
length size
type (1 bytes)
ca: 0x01
certificate: 0x02
key: 0x03

ID (1 bytes) used to match certificate files


content len (2 bytes) the size of the certificate file converted to the bin file

Taking the client_cert.bin generated in the Generate Certificate Bin Files section as an example, the 12 bytes
in little-endian format at the beginning of the file are:

Field Description
magic code (2 bytes) 0xF1 0xF1
list size (2 bytes) 0x02 0x00
length (4 bytes) 0x20 0x09 0x00 0x00
type (1 bytes) 0x02
ID (1 bytes) 0x00
content len (2 bytes) 0x8C 0x04

When converting multiple certificate files, the script AtPKI.py inserts 4 bytes at the beginning of every file except
the first one. The 4 bytes in little-endian format at the beginning of the file are:

Espressif Systems 306 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Field Description
type (1 bytes)
ca: 0x01
certificate: 0x02
key: 0x03

ID (1 bytes) used to match certificate files


content len (2 bytes) the size of the certificate file converted to the bin file

Taking the client_cert.bin generated in the Generate Certificate Bin Files section as an example, the 4 bytes
in little-endian format at the beginning of the file are:

Field Description
type (1 bytes) certificate: 0x02
ID (1 bytes) 0x01
content len (2 bytes) 0x8C 0x04

5.15.2 Generate Certificate Bin Files

Select one of the following ways to generate certificate bin files.

• Script Generation
• Generation During Compilation

Script Generation

The path of AtPKI.py is tools/AtPKI.py. You can get help information of the script through the -h option. You
can also generate bin files directly through the following commands.

python <SCRIPT_PATH> generate_bin [-b OUTPUT_BIN_NAME] <PKI_LIST> <source_file>

• SCRIPT_PATH: the path the script. If you re in tools folder of ESP-AT project, SCRIPT_PATH is
AtPKI.py.
• OUTPUT_BIN_NAME: the target file which you want to save the generated bin (absolute address or relative
address of the target file); if -b OUTPUT_BIN_NAME is omitted, it will generate PKI.bin in the current
directory.
• PKI_LIST: must be equal to one of ca, cert, key.
• source_file: the certificate source file which you want to convert (absolute address or relative address of
the source file).
Taking the SSL client certificate files of ESP-AT as an example, you can execute the following command to generate
client_cert.bin in the tools directory:

python AtPKI.py generate_bin -b ./client_cert.bin cert ../components/customized_


,→partitions/raw_data/client_cert/client_cert_00.crt cert ../components/customized_

,→partitions/raw_data/client_cert/client_cert_01.crt

Generation During Compilation

The storage path of certificate files in ESP-AT is components/customized_partitions/raw_data.


Taking the SSL client certificate files of ESP-AT as an example. If you want to generate your own SSL client
certificates files, you must replace the CA certificate in the client_ca directory with your own CA certificate, the

Espressif Systems 307 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

cert certificate in the client_cert directory with your own cert certificate, and the private key in the
client_ key directory with your own private key.
If you have multiple sets of certificate files, please place them in the corresponding directory according to your
certificate chain. It is recommended that you end the file name with a number to ensure the parsing order of the
certificate files.
After replacement, You can refer to Compile ESP-AT Project to compile the ESP-AT project.

5.15.3 Download or Update Certificate Bin Files

The script AtPKI.py is only responsible for converting the certificate files to bin files. You can download bin files
to the corresponding flash partition in one of the following ways:

Download with Tools

• Windows
Please download Flash Download Tools for Windows.
For more details about the Tools, please see readme.pdf or the doc folder in the zip folder.
• Linux or macOS
Please use esptool.py.
You can execute the following command in the root directory of ESP-AT to download bin files.

esptool.py --chip auto --port PORTNAME --baud 921600 --before default_reset --


,→after hard_reset write_flash -z --flash_mode dio --flash_freq 40m --flash_

,→size 4MB ADDRESS FILEDIRECTORY

Replace PORTNAME with your port name. Replace ADDRESS with the the download address. Replace
FILEDIRECTORY with the file directory of the bin.

Update with Commands

• AT+SYSFLASH
Taking ESP32-C3 module as an example, you can execute the following command to upgrade the
client_cert partition. Please refer to AT+SYSFLASH for more details.
1. Query user partitions in flash
Command:

AT+SYSFLASH?

Response:

+SYSFLASH:"ble_data",64,1,0x1f000,0x6000
+SYSFLASH:"server_cert",64,2,0x25000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"server_key",64,3,0x27000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"server_ca",64,4,0x29000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"client_cert",64,5,0x2b000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"client_key",64,6,0x2d000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"client_ca",64,7,0x2f000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"factory_param",64,8,0x31000,0x1000
+SYSFLASH:"wpa2_cert",64,9,0x32000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"wpa2_key",64,10,0x34000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"wpa2_ca",64,11,0x36000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"mqtt_cert",64,12,0x38000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"mqtt_key",64,13,0x3a000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"mqtt_ca",64,14,0x3c000,0x2000
+SYSFLASH:"fatfs",1,129,0x47000,0x19000

OK

Espressif Systems 308 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

2. Erase client_cert sector


Command:

AT+SYSFLASH=0,"client_cert"

Response:

OK

3. Update client_cert sector


Command:

AT+SYSFLASH=1,"client_cert",0,2344

Response:

>

If the operator is write, wrap return > after the write command, then you can send the data
that you want to write. The length should be parameter <length>. When the write operation is
completed, the system will prompt the following information.

OK

• AT+CIUPDATE
For example, you can execute the following command to upgrade the client_ca partition. Please refer to
AT+CIUPDATE for more details.

Important: If you want to update the client_ca partition in this way, you must implement your own OTA
device, please refer to How to Implement OTA Upgrade.

AT+CIUPDATE=1,"v2.2.0.0","client_ca"

Note: You must ensure that the download address is correct, otherwise the ESP-AT firmware may not work. The
simplest way to view the download address is to execute the command AT+SYSFLASH?.

5.16 AT API Reference

5.16.1 Header File

• components/at/include/esp_at_core.h

5.16.2 Functions

void esp_at_module_init(uint32_t netconn_max, const uint8_t *custom_version)


This function should be called only once, before any other AT functions are called.
Parameters
• netconn_max the maximum number of the link in the at module
• custom_version version information by custom
esp_at_para_parse_result_type esp_at_get_para_as_digit(int32_t para_index, int32_t *value)
Parse digit parameter from command string.
Parameters
• para_index the index of parameter
• value the value parsed

Espressif Systems 309 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Returns
• ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK : succeed
• ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_FAIL : fail
• ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OMITTED : this parameter is OMITTED
esp_at_para_parse_result_type esp_at_get_para_as_str(int32_t para_index, uint8_t **result)
Parse string parameter from command string.
Parameters
• para_index the index of parameter
• result the pointer that point to the result.
Returns
• ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK : succeed
• ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_FAIL : fail
• ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OMITTED : this parameter is OMITTED
void esp_at_port_recv_data_notify_from_isr(int32_t len)
Calling the esp_at_port_recv_data_notify_from_isr to notify at module that at port received data. When re-
ceived this notice,at task will get data by calling get_data_length and read_data in esp_at_device_ops. This
function MUST be used in isr.
Parameters len data length
bool esp_at_port_recv_data_notify(int32_t len, uint32_t msec)
Calling the esp_at_port_recv_data_notify to notify at module that at port received data. When received this
notice,at task will get data by calling get_data_length and read_data in esp_at_device_ops. This function MUST
NOT be used in isr.
Parameters
• len data length
• msec timeout time,The unit is millisecond. It waits forever,if msec is port-
MAX_DELAY.
Returns
• true : succeed
• false : fail
void esp_at_transmit_terminal_from_isr(void)
terminal transparent transmit mode,This function MUST be used in isr.
void esp_at_transmit_terminal(void)
terminal transparent transmit mode,This function MUST NOT be used in isr.
bool esp_at_custom_cmd_array_regist(const esp_at_cmd_struct *custom_at_cmd_array, uint32_t
cmd_num)
regist at command set, which defined by custom,
Parameters
• custom_at_cmd_array at command set
• cmd_num command number
void esp_at_device_ops_regist(esp_at_device_ops_struct *ops)
regist device operate functions set,
Parameters ops device operate functions set
bool esp_at_custom_net_ops_regist(int32_t link_id, esp_at_custom_net_ops_struct *ops)

bool esp_at_custom_ble_ops_regist(int32_t conn_index, esp_at_custom_ble_ops_struct *ops)

void esp_at_custom_ops_regist(esp_at_custom_ops_struct *ops)


regist custom operate functions set interacting with AT,
Parameters ops custom operate functions set

Espressif Systems 310 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

uint32_t esp_at_get_version(void)
get at module version number,
Returns at version bit31~bit24: at main version bit23~bit16: at sub version bit15~bit8 : at test
version bit7~bit0 : at custom version
void esp_at_response_result(uint8_t result_code)
response AT process result,
Parameters result_code see esp_at_result_code_string_index
int32_t esp_at_port_write_data(uint8_t *data, int32_t len)
write data into device,
Parameters
• data data buffer to be written
• len data length
Returns
• >= 0 : the real length of the data written
• others : fail.
int32_t esp_at_port_read_data(uint8_t *data, int32_t len)
read data from device,
Parameters
• data data buffer
• len data length
Returns
• >= 0 : the real length of the data read from device
• others : fail
bool esp_at_port_wait_write_complete(int32_t timeout_msec)
wait for transmitting data completely to peer device,
Parameters timeout_msec timeout time,The unit is millisecond.
Returns
• true : succeed,transmit data completely
• false : fail
int32_t esp_at_port_get_data_length(void)
get the length of the data received,
Returns
• >= 0 : the length of the data received
• others : fail
bool esp_at_base_cmd_regist(void)
regist at base command set. If not,you can not use AT base command
bool esp_at_user_cmd_regist(void)
regist at user command set. If not,you can not use AT user command
bool esp_at_wifi_cmd_regist(void)
regist at wifi command set. If not,you can not use AT wifi command
bool esp_at_net_cmd_regist(void)
regist at net command set. If not,you can not use AT net command
bool esp_at_mdns_cmd_regist(void)
regist at mdns command set. If not,you can not use AT mdns command
bool esp_at_driver_cmd_regist(void)
regist at driver command set. If not,you can not use AT driver command

Espressif Systems 311 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

bool esp_at_wps_cmd_regist(void)
regist at wps command set. If not,you can not use AT wps command
bool esp_at_smartconfig_cmd_regist(void)
regist at smartconfig command set. If not,you can not use AT smartconfig command
bool esp_at_ping_cmd_regist(void)
regist at ping command set. If not,you can not use AT ping command
bool esp_at_http_cmd_regist(void)
regist at http command set. If not,you can not use AT http command
bool esp_at_mqtt_cmd_regist(void)
regist at mqtt command set. If not,you can not use AT mqtt command
bool esp_at_ble_cmd_regist(void)
regist at ble command set. If not,you can not use AT ble command
bool esp_at_ble_hid_cmd_regist(void)
regist at ble hid command set. If not,you can not use AT ble hid command
bool esp_at_blufi_cmd_regist(void)
regist at blufi command set. If not,you can not use AT blufi command
bool esp_at_bt_cmd_regist(void)
regist at bt command set. If not,you can not use AT bt command
bool esp_at_bt_spp_cmd_regist(void)
regist at bt spp command set. If not,you can not use AT bt spp command
bool esp_at_bt_a2dp_cmd_regist(void)
regist at bt a2dp command set. If not,you can not use AT bt a2dp command
bool esp_at_fs_cmd_regist(void)
regist at fs command set. If not,you can not use AT fs command
bool esp_at_eap_cmd_regist(void)
regist at WPA2 Enterprise AP command set. If not,you can not use AT EAP command
bool esp_at_eth_cmd_regist(void)
regist at ethernet command set. If not,you can not use AT ethernet command
bool esp_at_custom_cmd_line_terminator_set(uint8_t *terminator)
Set AT command terminator, by default, the terminator is \r\n You can change it by calling this function,
but it just supports one character now.
Parameters terminator the line terminator
Returns
• true : succeed,transmit data completely
• false : fail
uint8_t *esp_at_custom_cmd_line_terminator_get(void)
Get AT command line terminator,by default, the return string is \r\n .
Returns the command line terminator
const esp_partition_t *esp_at_custom_partition_find(esp_partition_type_t type,
esp_partition_subtype_t subtype, const char
*label)
Find the partition which is defined in at_customize.csv.
Parameters
• type the type of the partition

Espressif Systems 312 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

• subtype the subtype of the partition


• label Partition label
Returns pointer to esp_partition_t structure, or NULL if no partition is found. This pointer is
valid for the lifetime of the application
void esp_at_port_enter_specific(esp_at_port_specific_callback_t callback)
Set AT core as specific status, it will call callback if receiving data. for example:

static void wait_data_callback (void)


{
xSemaphoreGive(sync_sema);
}

void process_task(void* para)


{
vSemaphoreCreateBinary(sync_sema);
xSemaphoreTake(sync_sema,portMAX_DELAY);
esp_at_port_write_data((uint8_t *)">",strlen(">"));
esp_at_port_enter_specific(wait_data_callback);
while(xSemaphoreTake(sync_sema,portMAX_DELAY)) {
len = esp_at_port_read_data(data, data_len);
// TODO:
}
}

Parameters callback which will be called when received data from AT port

void esp_at_port_exit_specific(void)
Exit AT core as specific status.
const uint8_t *esp_at_get_current_cmd_name(void)
Get current AT command name.

5.16.3 Structures

struct esp_at_cmd_struct
esp_at_cmd_struct used for define at command

Public Members

char *at_cmdName
at command name

uint8_t (*at_testCmd)(uint8_t *cmd_name)


Test Command function pointer

uint8_t (*at_queryCmd)(uint8_t *cmd_name)


Query Command function pointer

uint8_t (*at_setupCmd)(uint8_t para_num)


Setup Command function pointer

Espressif Systems 313 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

uint8_t (*at_exeCmd)(uint8_t *cmd_name)


Execute Command function pointer

struct esp_at_device_ops_struct
esp_at_device_ops_struct device operate functions struct for AT

Public Members

int32_t (*read_data)(uint8_t *data, int32_t len)


read data from device

int32_t (*write_data)(uint8_t *data, int32_t len)


write data into device

int32_t (*get_data_length)(void)
get the length of data received

bool (*wait_write_complete)(int32_t timeout_msec)


wait write finish

struct esp_at_custom_net_ops_struct
esp_at_custom_net_ops_struct custom socket callback for AT

Public Members

int32_t (*recv_data)(uint8_t *data, int32_t len)


callback when socket received data

void (*connect_cb)(void)
callback when socket connection is built

void (*disconnect_cb)(void)
callback when socket connection is disconnected

struct esp_at_custom_ble_ops_struct
esp_at_custom_ble_ops_struct custom ble callback for AT

Public Members

int32_t (*recv_data)(uint8_t *data, int32_t len)


callback when ble received data

void (*connect_cb)(void)
callback when ble connection is built

Espressif Systems 314 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

void (*disconnect_cb)(void)
callback when ble connection is disconnected

struct esp_at_custom_ops_struct
esp_at_ops_struct some custom function interacting with AT

Public Members

void (*status_callback)(esp_at_status_type status)


callback when AT status changes

void (*pre_deepsleep_callback)(void)
callback before enter deep sleep

void (*pre_restart_callback)(void)
callback before restart

5.16.4 Macros

at_min(x, y)

at_max(x, y)

ESP_AT_ERROR_NO(subcategory, extension)

ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_OK
No Error

ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_NON_FINISH
terminator character not found ( \r\n expected)

ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_NOT_FOUND_AT
Starting AT not found (or at, At or aT entered)
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_LENGTH(which_para)
parameter length mismatch
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_TYPE(which_para)
parameter type mismatch
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_NUM(need, given)
parameter number mismatch
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_INVALID(which_para)
the parameter is invalid
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_PARSE_FAIL(which_para)
parse parameter fail

ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_UNSUPPORT
the command is not supported

Espressif Systems 315 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_EXEC_FAIL(result)
the command execution failed

ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_PROCESSING
processing of previous command is in progress

ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_OP_ERROR
the command operation type is error

5.16.5 Type Definitions

typedef void (*esp_at_port_specific_callback_t)(void)


AT specific callback type.

5.16.6 Enumerations

enum esp_at_status_type
esp_at_status some custom function interacting with AT
Values:

enumerator ESP_AT_STATUS_NORMAL
Normal mode.Now mcu can send AT command

enumerator ESP_AT_STATUS_TRANSMIT
Transparent Transmition mode

enum esp_at_module
module number,Now just AT module
Values:

enumerator ESP_AT_MODULE_NUM
AT module

enum esp_at_error_code
subcategory number
Values:

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_OK
OK

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_COMMON_ERROR
reserved

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_NO_TERMINATOR
terminator character not found ( \r\n expected)

Espressif Systems 316 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_NO_AT
Starting AT not found (or at, At or aT entered)

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_LENGTH_MISMATCH
parameter length mismatch

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_TYPE_MISMATCH
parameter type mismatch

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_NUM_MISMATCH
parameter number mismatch

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_INVALID
the parameter is invalid

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_PARSE_FAIL
parse parameter fail

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_UNSUPPORT_CMD
the command is not supported

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_EXEC_FAIL
the command execution failed

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_PROCESSING
processing of previous command is in progress

enumerator ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_OP_ERROR
the command operation type is error

enum esp_at_para_parse_result_type
the result of AT parse
Values:

enumerator ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_FAIL
parse fail,Maybe the type of parameter is mismatched,or out of range

enumerator ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OK
Successful

enumerator ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_RESULT_OMITTED
the parameter is OMITTED.

enum esp_at_result_code_string_index
the result code of AT command processing
Values:

Espressif Systems 317 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK
OK

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_ERROR
ERROR

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_FAIL
ERROR

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_SEND_OK
SEND OK

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_SEND_FAIL
SEND FAIL

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_IGNORE
response nothing, just change internal status

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_PROCESS_DONE
response nothing, just change internal status

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK_AND_INPUT_PROMPT

enumerator ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_MAX

5.16.7 Header File

• components/at/include/esp_at.h

5.16.8 Functions

const char *esp_at_get_current_module_name(void)


get current module name
const char *esp_at_get_module_name_by_id(uint32_t id)
get module name by index
uint32_t esp_at_get_module_id(void)
get current module id
void esp_at_board_init(void)
init peripheral and default parameters in factory_param.bin
bool esp_at_web_server_cmd_regist(void)
regist WiFi config via web command. If not,you can not use web server to config wifi connect
void esp_at_main_preprocess(void)
some workarounds for esp-at project

Espressif Systems 318 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

5.16.9 Macros

ESP_AT_PORT_TX_WAIT_MS_MAX

ESP_AT_FACTORY_PARAMETER_SIZE

Espressif Systems 319 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 5. How to Compile and Develop Your Own AT Project

Espressif Systems 320 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 6

Customized AT Commands and Firmware

6.1 Tencent Cloud IoT AT Commands and Firmware

6.1.1 Tencent Cloud IoT AT Command Set

Please refer to . The English version is not provided since the firmware and commands are applicable to the Chinese
market (Tencent).

6.1.2 Tencent Cloud IoT AT Firmware

ESP32-C3

• TODO

321
Chapter 6. Customized AT Commands and Firmware

Espressif Systems 322 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 7

AT FAQ

• AT Firmware
– There is no released firmware for my module. Where can I get the firmware for it?
– How to get the source code of AT firmware?
– How to download the AT firmware on Espressif s official website?
– How to combine all the bin files compiled by ESP-AT?
– Does the AT firmware shipped in modules support flow control?
• AT Commands and Responses
– What is the reason why AT prompts busy?
– Why does the ESP-AT firmware always return the following message after the I powered up the device
and sent the first command?
– What commands are supported by the default ESP-AT firmware on different modules, and from which
version are they supported?
– When the host MCU sends an AT command to the ESP32-C3 device, there is no response. What is the
reason?
– Do AT commands support ESP-WIFI-MESH?
– Does AT support websocket commands?
– Can AT command set Bluetooth LE transmit power?
– How to support commands that are not supported by the default firmware but can be supported after
configuring and compiling the ESP-AT project?
– How to handle special characters in AT commands?
– Can the serial port baudrate be modified in AT Commands? (Default: 115200)
– After ESP32-C3 enters the passthrough mode using AT commands, can ESP32-C3 give a message if the
connected hotspot is disconnected?
– How to set ADV broadcast parameters after it exceeds 32 bytes?
• Hardware
– How big is the chip flash required for ESP-AT firmware on different modules?
– How to view the error log of AT firmware?
– The UART1 communication pin used by ESP-AT on the ESP32-C3 module is inconsistent with the default
UART1 pin described in the ESP32-C3 module s datasheet?
• Performance
– How long does it take for the AT to connect to Wi-Fi?
– Is it possible to change the TCP send window size in AT firmware?
– How to test and optimize the throughput of ESP32-C3 AT?
• Other
– What interfaces of ESP32-C3 chips can be used to transmit AT commands?
– How does ESP-AT conduct BQB certification?
– How do I specify the TLS protocol version for ESP32-C3 AT?
– How to modify the number of TCP connections in AT?

323
Chapter 7. AT FAQ

7.1 AT Firmware

7.1.1 There is no released firmware for my module. Where can I get the firmware for it?

If there is no released fimware for your module in the AT Binary Lists chapter, please consider the following options:
• Use the firmware for the module that has the same hardware configuration as yours (see ESP-AT Firmware
Differences for which module has the same configuration).
• Create a factory parameter bin and compile the firmware for your module by yourself.

7.1.2 How to get the source code of AT firmware?

ESP-AT firmware is partially open-source. See esp-at for the open-source repository.

7.1.3 How to download the AT firmware on Espressif s official website?

• Download the flash tool: Flash Download Tools.


• See AT Downloading Guide for the download address.

7.1.4 How to combine all the bin files compiled by ESP-AT?

You can use the combine button of the Flash Download Tools.

7.1.5 Does the AT firmware shipped in modules support flow control?

• Hardware flow control is supported, but software flow control is not.


• To enable or disable hardware flow control, run AT+UART_CUR or AT+UART_DEF.
• See Hardware connection for more details.

7.2 AT Commands and Responses

7.2.1 What is the reason why AT prompts busy?

• The busy prompt indicates that the previous command is being executed, and the system cannot respond
to the current input. The processing mechanism of the AT commands is serial, i.e. one command at a time.
• Any input through serial ports is considered to be a command input, so the system will also prompt busy
or ERROR when there is any extra invisible character input.
– Serial input AT+GMR (change character CR LF) (space character), because AT+GMR (change character
CR LF) is already a complete AT command, the system will execute the command. At this time, if the
system has not completed the AT+GMR operation, it has received the following space character, which
will be regarded as a new command input, and the system will prompt busy . But if the system has
completed the AT+GMR operation, and then receives the following space character, the space character
will be regarded as an error command, and the system will prompt ERROR .
– After the MCU sends AT+CIPSEND and receives the busy p.. response, the MCU needs to resend the
data. Because busy p.. represents the previous command is being executed, the current input is invalid. It
is recommended to wait for the response of the last AT command before the MCU sends a new command
again.

Espressif Systems 324 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 7. AT FAQ

7.2.2 Why does the ESP-AT firmware always return the following message after the I
powered up the device and sent the first command?

ERR CODE:0x010b0000
busy p...

• This message means that the previous command is being executed.


• Normally only busy p is displayed. The ERR CODE is displayed because the error code
prompt is enabled.
• If you receive this message after sending the first command on power-up, the possible reasons are:
the command is followed by the unnecessary newline/space/other symbols; or two or more AT
commands are sent in succession.

7.2.3 What commands are supported by the default ESP-AT firmware on different mod-
ules, and from which version are they supported?

• To learn what commands are supported by the default ESP-AT firmware on different modules, please refer to
ESP-AT Firmware Differences.
• To learn from which version a command is supported and what issues are fixed in each version, please refer to
release notes.

7.2.4 When the host MCU sends an AT command to the ESP32-C3 device, there is no
response. What is the reason?

A terminator ( ATrn ) must be added after an AT command when the host MCU sending AT commands
to an ESP32-C3 device. Please see Check Whether AT Works.

7.2.5 Do AT commands support ESP-WIFI-MESH?

Currently, AT commands do not support ESP-WIFI-MESH.

7.2.6 Does AT support websocket commands?

• Not supported in the default firmware.


• It can be implemented by custom commands. See websocket and How to add user-defined AT commands for
more information.

7.2.7 Can AT command set Bluetooth LE transmit power?

Yes, the AT+RFPOWER command can set Bluetooth LE transmit power. ESP32-C3 Wi-Fi and Blue-
tooth LE share the same antenna.

7.2.8 How to support commands that are not supported by the default firmware but can
be supported after configuring and compiling the ESP-AT project?

For example, if you need to support the WPA2 Enterprise function on the ESP32-C3 series, configure
and compile the firmware by yourself. Open the WPA2 Enterprise function in menuconfig when compil-
ing: ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > AT > [*]AT WPA2 Enterprise
command support.

Espressif Systems 325 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 7. AT FAQ

7.2.9 How to handle special characters in AT commands?

Please refer to the escape character syntax described in the AT Command Types section.

7.2.10 Can the serial port baudrate be modified in AT Commands? (Default: 115200)

Yes, you can use either of the two ways below to modify it:
• Use the command AT+UART_CUR or AT+UART_DEF.
• Re-compile the AT firmware: establish the compiling environment and change the UART baudrate.

7.2.11 After ESP32-C3 enters the passthrough mode using AT commands, can ESP32-C3
give a message if the connected hotspot is disconnected?

• Yes, you can configure it with AT+SYSMSG, i.e., set AT+SYSMSG=4. In this way, the serial port will report
WIFI DISCONNECTrn when the connected hotspot is disconnected.
• Note that this command is added after AT v2.1.0. It is not available for v2.1.0 and earlier versions.

7.2.12 How to set ADV broadcast parameters after it exceeds 32 bytes?

The AT+BLEADVDATA command supports up to 32 bytes of ADV broadcast parameters. If you need
to set a bigger parameter, please use command AT+BLESCANRSPDATA.

7.3 Hardware

7.3.1 How big is the chip flash required for ESP-AT firmware on different modules?

• For ESP32-C3 series modules, please refer to ESP-AT Firmware Differences.

7.3.2 How to view the error log of AT firmware?

• For ESP32-C3, the error log is output through the download port. By default, UART0 is GPIO21
and GPIO20.
• See Hardware Connection for more details.

7.3.3 The UART1 communication pin used by ESP-AT on the ESP32-C3 module is incon-
sistent with the default UART1 pin described in the ESP32-C3 module s datasheet?

• ESP32-C3 supports IO matrix. When compiling ESP-AT, you can configure UART1 pins in menuconfig, so
they may be inconsistent with the pins described in the module datasheet.
• See factory_param_data.csv for more details.

7.4 Performance

7.4.1 How long does it take for the AT to connect to Wi-Fi?

• In an office scenario, the connection time is 5 seconds. However, in actual practice, Wi-Fi connection time
depends on the router performance, network environment, module antenna performance, etc.

Espressif Systems 326 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 7. AT FAQ

• The maximum timeout time can be set by the <jap_timeout> parameter of AT+CWJAP.

7.4.2 Is it possible to change the TCP send window size in AT firmware?

• Currently, it cannot be changed by AT commands, but you can configure and compile the ESP-AT project to
generate a new firmware.
• You can configure the menuconfig parameter: Component config > LWIP > TCP > Default send
buffer size.

7.4.3 How to test and optimize the throughput of ESP32-C3 AT?

• Many factors are affecting the AT throughput test. It is recommended to use the iperf example in esp-idf for
testing. While testing, please use the passthrough mode, adjust the data length to 1460 bytes, and send data
continuously.
• If the test rate does not meet your requirements, please refer to How to Improve ESP-AT Throughput Perfor-
mance.

7.5 Other

7.5.1 What interfaces of ESP32-C3 chips can be used to transmit AT commands?

• ESP32-C3 can transmit AT commands through UART and SPI.


• The default firmware uses UART for transmission. If you need SDIO or SPI interface to transmit
AT commands, you can configure it through ./build.py menuconfig -> Component
config -> AT when compiling the ESP-AT project by yourself.
• See AT through SDIO , AT through SPI , or AT through socket for more details.

7.5.2 How does ESP-AT conduct BQB certification?

Please contact Espressif for solutions.

7.5.3 How do I specify the TLS protocol version for ESP32-C3 AT?

When compiling the esp-at project, you can disable the unwanted versions in the ./build.py menuconfig
-> Component config -> mbedTLS.

7.5.4 How to modify the number of TCP connections in AT?

• At present, the maximum number of TCP connections of the AT default firmware is 5.


• The ESP32-C3 AT supports a maximum of 16 TCP connections, which can be configured in menuconfig as
follows:
– ./build.py menuconfig > Component config > AT > (16)AT socket maximum connection number
– ./build.py menuconfig > LWIP > (16)Max number of open sockets

Espressif Systems 327 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 7. AT FAQ

Espressif Systems 328 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 8

Index of Abbreviations

A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile

ADC Analog-to-Digital Converter

ALPN Application Layer Protocol Negotiation

AT AT stands for attention .


AT attention
AT command port The port that is used to send AT commands and receive responses. More details are in the AT
port introduction.
AT AT AT AT
AT log port The port that is used to output log. More details are in the AT port introduction.
AT AT AT AT
AT port AT port is the general name of AT log port (that is used to output log) and AT command port (that is used
to send AT commands and receive responses). Please refer to Hardware Connection for default AT port pins
and How to Set AT Port Pins for how to customize them.
AT AT AT AT AT
Hardware Connection AT How to Set AT Port Pins
AT
Bluetooth LE Bluetooth Low Energy

BluFi Wi-Fi network configuration function via Bluetooth channel


BluFi Wi-Fi
Command Mode Default operating mode of AT. In the command mode, any character received by the AT command
port will be treated as an AT command, and AT returns the command execution result to the AT command
port. AT enters Data Mode from Command Mode in the following cases.

• After sending the AT+CIPSEND set command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+CIPSEND execute command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+CIPSENDL set command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+CIPSENDEX set command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+SAVETRANSLINK set command successfully and sending the AT+RST command
and restart the module.
• After sending the AT+BLESPP execute command successfully and returns >.
In the data mode, send the +++ command, AT will exit from Data Mode and enter the Command Mode.
AT AT AT
AT AT

• AT+CIPSEND >
• AT+CIPSEND >
• AT+CIPSENDL >
• AT+CIPSENDEX >

329
Chapter 8. Index of Abbreviations

• AT+SAVETRANSLINK (AT+RST)
• AT+BLESPP >
+++
Data Mode In the data mode, any character received by the AT command port will be treated as data (except for
special +++) instead of the AT command, and these data will be sent to the opposite end without modification.
AT enters Data Mode from Command Mode in the following cases.

• After sending the AT+CIPSEND set command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+CIPSEND execute command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+CIPSENDL set command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+CIPSENDEX set command successfully and returns >.
• After sending the AT+SAVETRANSLINK set command successfully and sending the AT+RST command
and restart the module.
• After sending the AT+BLESPP execute command successfully and returns >.
In the data mode, send the +++ command, AT will exit from Data Mode and enter the Command Mode.
AT +++ AT
AT

• AT+CIPSEND >
• AT+CIPSEND >
• AT+CIPSENDL >
• AT+CIPSENDEX >
• AT+SAVETRANSLINK AT+RST
• AT+BLESPP >
+++
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DNS Domain Name System

DTIM Delivery Traffic Indication Map

GATTC Generic Attributes client


GATT
GATTS Generic Attributes server
GATT
HID Human Interface Device

I2C Inter-Integrated Circuit

ICMP Intemet Control Message Protocol

LwIP A Lightweight TCP/IP stack


TCP/IP
LWT Last Will and Testament

MAC Media Access Control


MAC
mDNS Multicast Domain Name System
DNS
MSB Most Significant Bit

MTU maximum transmission unit

NVS Non-Volatile Storage

Normal Transmission Mode Default Transmission Mode


In normal transmission mode, users can send AT commands. For examples, users can send MCU data received
by AT command port to the opposite end of transmission by AT+CIPSEND; and the data received from the

Espressif Systems 330 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 8. Index of Abbreviations

opposite end of transmission will also be returned to MCU through AT command port with additional prompt:
+IPD.
During a normal transmission, if the connection breaks, ESP32-C3 will give a prompt and will not attempt to
reconnect.
More details are in Transmission Mode Shift Diagram.

AT AT+CIPSEND AT
MCU AT MCU
+IPD
ESP32-C3
Transmission Mode Shift Diagram
Passthrough Mode Also called as Passthrough Sending & Receiving Mode .
In passthrough mode, users cannot send AT commands except special +++ command. All MCU data received
by AT command port will be sent to the opposite end of transmission without any modification; and the data
received from the opposite end of transmission will also be returned to MCU through AT command port
without any modification.
During the Wi-Fi passthrough transmission, if the connection breaks, ESP32-C3 (as client) will keep trying to
reconnect until +++ is input to exit the passthrough transmission; ESP32-C3 (as server) will shutdown the old
connection and listen new connection until +++ is input to exit the passthrough transmission.
More details are in Transmission Mode Shift Diagram.

AT +++ AT MCU
AT
MCU
Wi-Fi ESP32-C3
+++ ESP32-C3
+++
Transmission Mode Shift Diagram
Transmission Mode Shift Diagram

Fig. 1: Transmission Mode Shift Diagram

More details are in the following introduction.


• Normal Transmission Mode ( )
• Passthrough Receiving Mode ( )
• Passthrough Mode ( )
• AT+CIPMODE
• AT+CIPSEND
• +++
• AT+SAVETRANSLINK
Passthrough Receiving Mode The temporary mode between Normal Transmission Mode and Passthrough Mode.
In passthrough receiving mode, AT cannot send any data to the opposite end of transmission; but the data
received from the opposite end of transmission can be returned to MCU through AT command port without
any modification. More details are in Transmission Mode Shift Diagram.

AT AT AT
MCU Transmission Mode Shift Diagram
PBC Push Button Configuration

PCI Authentication Payment Card Industry Authentication. In ESP-AT project, it refers to all Wi-Fi authentication
modes except OPEN and WEP.

Espressif Systems 331 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 8. Index of Abbreviations

PCI ESP-AT OPEN WEP Wi-Fi


PKI A public key infrastructure (PKI) is a set of roles, policies, hardware, software and procedures needed to create,
manage, distribute, use, store and revoke digital certificates and manage public-key encryption.
More details are in Public Key Infrastructure.
PKI

PLCP Physical Layer Convergence Procedure


PLCP
PMF protected management frame

PSK Pre-shared Key

PWM Pulse-Width Modulation

QoS Quality of Service

RTC Real Time Controller. A group of circuits in SoC that keeps working in any chip mode and at any time.
SoC
SMP Security Manager Protocol

SNI Server Name Indication

SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol

SPI Serial Peripheral Interface

SPP Serial Port Profile


SPP
SSL Secure Sockets Layer
SSL
TLS Transport Layer Security
TLS
URC Unsolicited Result Code
MCU
UTC Coordinated Universal Time

UUID universally unique identifier

WEP Wired-Equivalent Privacy


WEP
WPA Wi-Fi Protected Access
Wi-Fi
WPA2 Wi-Fi Protected Access II
Wi-Fi II
WPS Wi-Fi Protected Setup
Wi-Fi

Espressif Systems 332 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Chapter 9

About

This is documentation of ESP-AT, a solution developed by Espressif to quickly and easily interface with ESP32-C3
products.
Espressif Wi-Fi and Bluetooth chipsets are often used as add-on modules to seamlessly integrate wireless connectivity
features into new and existing products. In an effort to facilitate this and cut down on engineering costs, Espressif
Systems has developed AT firmware as well as a rich set of AT commands that can be used to interface with Espressif
products.

Fig. 1: ESP-AT Solution

The AT firmware allows for rapid integration by providing:


• In-built TCP/IP stack and data buffering
• Easy integration with resource-constrained host platforms
• Easy-to-parse command-response protocols
• Customized, user-defined AT commands
• genindex

333
Chapter 9. About

Fig. 2: ESP-AT Commands

Espressif Systems 334 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Index

A ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_NON_FINISH (C macro),
A2DP, 329 315
ADC, 329 ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_NOT_FOUND_AT (C macro),
ALPN, 329 315
AT, 329 ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_OK (C macro), 315
AT command port, 329 ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_INVALID (C macro),
AT log port, 329 315
AT port, 329 ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_LENGTH (C macro),
AT , 329 315
AT , 329 ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_NUM (C macro), 315
AT , 329 ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_PARSE_FAIL (C
at_max (C macro), 315 macro), 315
at_min (C macro), 315 ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_PARA_TYPE (C macro), 315
esp_at_cmd_struct (C++ struct), 313
B esp_at_cmd_struct::at_cmdName (C++
member), 313
Bluetooth LE, 329
esp_at_cmd_struct::at_exeCmd (C++ mem-
BluFi, 329
ber), 313
C esp_at_cmd_struct::at_queryCmd (C++
member), 313
Command Mode, 329 esp_at_cmd_struct::at_setupCmd (C++
member), 313
D esp_at_cmd_struct::at_testCmd (C++
Data Mode, 330 member), 313
DHCP, 330 esp_at_custom_ble_ops_regist (C++ func-
DNS, 330 tion), 310
DTIM, 330 esp_at_custom_ble_ops_struct (C++ struct),
314
E esp_at_custom_ble_ops_struct::connect_cb
esp_at_base_cmd_regist (C++ function), 311 (C++ member), 314
esp_at_ble_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312 esp_at_custom_ble_ops_struct::disconnect_cb
esp_at_ble_hid_cmd_regist (C++ function), (C++ member), 314
312 esp_at_custom_ble_ops_struct::recv_data
esp_at_blufi_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312 (C++ member), 314
esp_at_board_init (C++ function), 318 esp_at_custom_cmd_array_regist (C++
esp_at_bt_a2dp_cmd_regist (C++ function), function), 310
312 esp_at_custom_cmd_line_terminator_get
esp_at_bt_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312 (C++ function), 312
esp_at_bt_spp_cmd_regist (C++ function), esp_at_custom_cmd_line_terminator_set
312 (C++ function), 312
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_EXEC_FAIL (C esp_at_custom_net_ops_regist (C++ func-
macro), 315 tion), 310
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_OP_ERROR (C macro), esp_at_custom_net_ops_struct (C++ struct),
316 314
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_PROCESSING (C esp_at_custom_net_ops_struct::connect_cb
macro), 316 (C++ member), 314
ESP_AT_CMD_ERROR_CMD_UNSUPPORT (C esp_at_custom_net_ops_struct::disconnect_cb
macro), 315

335
Index

(C++ member), 314 319


esp_at_custom_net_ops_struct::recv_dataesp_at_fs_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312
(C++ member), 314 esp_at_get_current_cmd_name (C++ func-
esp_at_custom_ops_regist (C++ function), tion), 313
310 esp_at_get_current_module_name (C++
esp_at_custom_ops_struct (C++ struct), 315 function), 318
esp_at_custom_ops_struct::pre_deepsleep_callback
esp_at_get_module_id (C++ function), 318
(C++ member), 315 esp_at_get_module_name_by_id (C++ func-
esp_at_custom_ops_struct::pre_restart_callbacktion), 318
(C++ member), 315 esp_at_get_para_as_digit (C++ function),
esp_at_custom_ops_struct::status_callback 309
(C++ member), 315 esp_at_get_para_as_str (C++ function), 310
esp_at_custom_partition_find (C++ func- esp_at_get_version (C++ function), 310
tion), 312 esp_at_http_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312
esp_at_device_ops_regist (C++ function), esp_at_main_preprocess (C++ function), 318
310 esp_at_mdns_cmd_regist (C++ function), 311
esp_at_device_ops_struct (C++ struct), 314 esp_at_module (C++ enum), 316
esp_at_device_ops_struct::get_data_length esp_at_module::ESP_AT_MODULE_NUM (C++
(C++ member), 314 enumerator), 316
esp_at_device_ops_struct::read_data esp_at_module_init (C++ function), 309
(C++ member), 314 esp_at_mqtt_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312
esp_at_device_ops_struct::wait_write_complete
esp_at_net_cmd_regist (C++ function), 311
(C++ member), 314 esp_at_para_parse_result_type (C++
esp_at_device_ops_struct::write_data enum), 317
(C++ member), 314 esp_at_para_parse_result_type::ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_
esp_at_driver_cmd_regist (C++ function), (C++ enumerator), 317
311 esp_at_para_parse_result_type::ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_
esp_at_eap_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312 (C++ enumerator), 317
esp_at_error_code (C++ enum), 316 esp_at_para_parse_result_type::ESP_AT_PARA_PARSE_
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_EXEC_FAIL (C++ enumerator), 317
(C++ enumerator), 317 esp_at_ping_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_OP_ERROR esp_at_port_enter_specific (C++ function),
(C++ enumerator), 317 313
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_CMD_PROCESSING
esp_at_port_exit_specific (C++ function),
(C++ enumerator), 317 313
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_COMMON_ERROR esp_at_port_get_data_length (C++ func-
(C++ enumerator), 316 tion), 311
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_NO_AT esp_at_port_read_data (C++ function), 311
(C++ enumerator), 316 esp_at_port_recv_data_notify (C++ func-
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_NO_TERMINATOR tion), 310
(C++ enumerator), 316 esp_at_port_recv_data_notify_from_isr
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_OK (C++ (C++ function), 310
enumerator), 316 esp_at_port_specific_callback_t (C++
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_INVALID type), 316
(C++ enumerator), 317 ESP_AT_PORT_TX_WAIT_MS_MAX (C macro), 319
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_LENGTH_MISMATCH
esp_at_port_wait_write_complete (C++
(C++ enumerator), 317 function), 311
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_NUM_MISMATCH
esp_at_port_write_data (C++ function), 311
(C++ enumerator), 317 esp_at_response_result (C++ function), 311
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_PARSE_FAIL
esp_at_result_code_string_index (C++
(C++ enumerator), 317 enum), 317
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_PARA_TYPE_MISMATCH
esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CO
(C++ enumerator), 317 (C++ enumerator), 318
esp_at_error_code::ESP_AT_SUB_UNSUPPORT_CMDesp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CO
(C++ enumerator), 317 (C++ enumerator), 318
ESP_AT_ERROR_NO (C macro), 315 esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CO
esp_at_eth_cmd_regist (C++ function), 312 (C++ enumerator), 318
ESP_AT_FACTORY_PARAMETER_SIZE (C macro), esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CO

Espressif Systems 336 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback
Index

(C++ enumerator), 318 PKI, 332


esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK
PLCP, 332
(C++ enumerator), 317 PMF, 332
esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_OK_AND_INPUT_PROMPT
PSK, 332
(C++ enumerator), 318 PWM, 332
esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_PROCESS_DONE
(C++ enumerator), 318 Q
esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_SEND_FAIL
QoS, 332
(C++ enumerator), 318
R
esp_at_result_code_string_index::ESP_AT_RESULT_CODE_SEND_OK
(C++ enumerator), 318 RTC, 332
esp_at_smartconfig_cmd_regist (C++ func-
tion), 312 S
esp_at_status_type (C++ enum), 316 SMP, 332
esp_at_status_type::ESP_AT_STATUS_NORMAL SNI, 332
(C++ enumerator), 316 SNTP, 332
esp_at_status_type::ESP_AT_STATUS_TRANSMIT SPI, 332
(C++ enumerator), 316 SPP, 332
esp_at_transmit_terminal (C++ function), SSL, 332
310
esp_at_transmit_terminal_from_isr T
(C++ function), 310
TLS, 332
esp_at_user_cmd_regist (C++ function), 311
Transmission Mode Shift Diagram, 331
esp_at_web_server_cmd_regist (C++ func-
tion), 318 U
esp_at_wifi_cmd_regist (C++ function), 311
esp_at_wps_cmd_regist (C++ function), 311 URC, 332
UTC, 332
G UUID, 332
GATTC, 330 W
GATTS, 330
WEP, 332
H WPA, 332
WPA2, 332
HID, 330
WPS, 332
I

I2C, 330
ICMP, 330 , 329

L �
LwIP, 330 , 330
LWT, 330 , 331

M �
MAC, 330 , 331
mDNS, 330 , 331
MSB, 330
MTU, 330

N
Normal Transmission Mode, 330
NVS, 330

P
Passthrough Mode, 331
Passthrough Receiving Mode, 331
PBC, 331
PCI Authentication, 331

Espressif Systems 337 Release v2.3.0.0-esp32c3-156-g205b068


Submit Document Feedback

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy